As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 12, 2018.
Registration No. 333- 222324
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
2834
45-3757789
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
200 Cardinal Way, 2nd Floor
Redwood City, California 94063
(650) 486-1416
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Steven L. Basta
President and Chief Executive Officer
Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
200 Cardinal Way, 2nd Floor
Redwood City, California 94063
(650) 486-1416
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
Copies to:
Stephen B. Thau
Alfredo B. D. Silva
Shannon E. Sibold
Morrison & Foerster LLP
755 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
Telephone: (650) 813-5600
Facsimile: (650) 494-0792
 
 
 
Alan C. Mendelson
Mark V. Roeder
Brian J. Cuneo
Latham & Watkins LLP
140 Scott Drive
Menlo Park, California 94025
Telephone: (650) 328-4600
Facsimile: (650) 463-2600
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 
 
Accelerated filer
 
Non-accelerated filer
 
☒ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company
 
 
 
 
 
Emerging growth company
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☒
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of each class of
securities to be registered
Amount to be Registered (1)
Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price Per Share
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (2)
Amount of
Registration Fee (3)
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share
6,516,667
$16.00
$104,266,672
$12,981.20
(1)
Includes 850,000 shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) The registrant previously paid a total of $12,169.88 in connection with previous filings of the registration statement. The remaining $811.32 is being paid in connection herewith.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 



The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, dated January 12, 2018
Preliminary Prospectus
5,666,667 Shares
MENLOLOGO.JPG
Common Stock

This is Menlo Therapeutics Inc.’s initial public offering. We are offering 5,666,667 shares of our common stock.
We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “MNLO.”
Certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these investors may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary —Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risks. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per Share
 
Total
 
 
Public offering price
$
 
$
 
 
Underwriting discounts and commissions  (1)
$
 
$
 
 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 141 for additional disclosure regarding total underwriting compensation.
Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about        , 2018 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional 850,000 shares of our common stock. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $       , and the total proceeds to us, before estimated expenses, will be $       .
Joint Book‑Running Managers
 
 
 
 
 
Jefferies
 
Piper Jaffray
 
Guggenheim Securities
 
 
 
 
 
Lead Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JMP Securities
 
 
Prospectus dated , 2018



TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
Page
 
 
Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell shares of common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus, or other earlier date stated in this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.
No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction. Through and including        , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in


i


these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
Menlo Therapeutics™ and our logo are some of our trademarks used in this prospectus. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® and ™ symbol, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames.


ii



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before deciding to invest in our common stock, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires or as otherwise noted, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “Menlo Therapeutics,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
Overview
We are a late‑stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus, or itch, associated with dermatologic conditions such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis. We are concurrently evaluating the use of serlopitant for the treatment of refractory chronic cough, a cough that persists for greater than eight weeks despite treatment of any identified underlying cause. We believe that serlopitant, a highly selective small molecule inhibitor of the neurokinin 1 receptor, or NK 1 ‑R, given as a once‑daily, oral tablet, has the potential to significantly alleviate pruritus and refractory chronic cough symptoms.
Pruritus is the primary patient complaint among atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis patients and represents a significant patient need. There are currently no therapies approved in the United States that are primarily intended to reduce the pruritus associated with these conditions. Refractory chronic cough also represents a significant opportunity, with no drugs specifically approved for this indication in the United States. We believe that serlopitant, if approved, could easily fit into the current treatment regimen for our target indications. We believe that serlopitant may be effective as an oral therapy adjunct to standard of care topical or systemic treatments for pruritic dermatologic conditions, and may also be effective as a monotherapy for patients for whom management of the pruritus or refractory chronic cough symptoms is the primary patient need.
We have initiated a broad clinical development program for serlopitant. We expect data from our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial in pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis in the second quarter of 2018 and from our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trials in pruritus associated with psoriasis and refractory chronic cough by late 2018 or early 2019. We plan to initiate two Phase 3 clinical trials in pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis in the first half of 2018, with results expected in the first half of 2020. If these and future trials we may initiate are successful, we could potentially submit a New Drug Application, or NDA, for up to three indications in 2020: pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis. Our development pipeline is summarized in the figure below:
UPDATEDPIPELINEIMAGEV2.JPG


1



We have completed two double‑blind Phase 2 clinical trials in over 380 patients with pruritus and observed clinically relevant and statistically significant improvements in pruritus in patients treated with serlopitant compared with patients treated with placebo. The first Phase 2 clinical trial, conducted in 257 patients with chronic pruritus, met its primary and multiple secondary efficacy endpoints of pruritus reduction for patients treated at our two highest doses (5 mg and 1 mg daily). At week six, for the primary efficacy analysis, the serlopitant 5 mg group and the serlopitant 1 mg group showed an improvement in pruritus of 42.5% and 41.4% from baseline, respectively, measured by the itch visual analog scale, or VAS. Each represents a statistically greater improvement compared with the placebo group improvement of 28.3% (5 mg, p = 0.013; 1 mg, p = 0.022). The second Phase 2 clinical trial, conducted in 127 patients with prurigo nodularis, a severely pruritic skin condition with lesions, also met its primary and multiple secondary efficacy endpoints demonstrating significant pruritus reduction. At week eight, for the primary efficacy analysis, the serlopitant 5 mg group showed a 36 mm improvement from baseline in average itch VAS score compared with a 19 mm improvement for the placebo group (p = 0.001). Serlopitant has been dosed in more than 1,000 individuals and has been shown to be well‑tolerated, including when administered to patients in a clinical trial for up to one year.
The primary efficacy results from our completed Phase 2 pruritus clinical trials are illustrated in the figures below:
Chronic Pruritus Phase 2 Clinical Trial (N=257)
 
Prurigo Nodularis Phase 2 Clinical Trial (N=127)
TCP101VASCHANGEFROMBASELINEN.JPG
 
IMAGE001A05.JPG
To report itch severity on the VAS, patients place a mark on a 100 mm line corresponding to the degree of severity of their pruritus. The distance from the origin of the line is measured to indicate pruritus severity, where 0 mm represents no itch and 100 mm represents the worst itch imaginable.

Our Strategy
Our goal is to become a fully integrated biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of serlopitant. The key elements of our strategy are to:
Obtain regulatory approval for serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with multiple highly pruritic dermatologic conditions. We plan to focus on the near‑term development and potential regulatory approval and commercialization of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with multiple dermatologic conditions. Following our discussions with the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and European regulatory agencies, we are advancing into Phase 3 clinical trials for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. We have also commenced Phase 2 clinical trials for the treatment of pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis. If the results of these trials are promising, we intend to rapidly advance into Phase 3 clinical trials for these indications, with the goal of seeking regulatory approval in the United States and Europe.
Build a specialty sales organization to commercialize and market serlopitant in the United States, if approved . If approved by the FDA for pruritus associated with our target dermatologic conditions, we


2



intend to commercialize serlopitant by developing our own sales organization targeting a subset of the 10,000 to 12,000 dermatologists in the United States. If approved for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, we anticipate that we may need to expand this sales organization to reach high prescribing pediatricians and primary care physicians. Outside the United States, we intend to establish commercialization strategies for serlopitant as we approach possible commercial approval in each market, which may include collaborations with other companies.
Develop serlopitant to treat refractory chronic cough . We believe that the mechanistic overlap of the NK 1 ‑R pathway in the pathology of pruritus and cough supports the development of serlopitant as a potentially efficacious therapy for patients suffering from refractory chronic cough. Our program builds upon data from several proof of concept studies with other NK 1 ‑R antagonists. We are evaluating the efficacy and safety of serlopitant in our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial for refractory chronic cough.
Leverage our development and commercial infrastructure to expand our pipeline over time. We may elect in the future to pursue additional indications for serlopitant or in‑license or acquire drug candidates or commercial products that leverage our development or commercial capabilities.
Management
Members of our management team have extensive experience in product development, having held drug development, commercial and leadership roles at numerous biopharmaceutical and dermatology products companies, including Genentech/Roche, Gilead Sciences, Millennium Pharmaceuticals (acquired by Takeda), Relypsa (acquired by Galenica), Anacor Pharmaceuticals (acquired by Pfizer), Medicis Pharmaceutical (acquired by Valeant), Connetics Corporation (acquired by Stiefel, now a division of GSK), BioForm Medical (acquired by Merz) and Merz Aesthetics. At their prior companies, our management team members have been involved in product development or commercialization of many successful dermatology products.
Risks Factors
Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks that you should be aware of before making an investment decision. These risks are described more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include the following, among others:
We have a limited operating history, have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We have only one product candidate in clinical trials and no commercial sales, which, together with our limited operating history, makes it difficult to assess our future viability.
We will require substantial additional financing and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development, other operations or commercialization efforts. 
We are substantially dependent on the success of our sole product candidate, serlopitant.
Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome.
Success in non‑clinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful.
The regulatory approval process is highly uncertain and we may not obtain regulatory approval for the commercialization of serlopitant.
We may not be successful in our efforts to obtain regulatory approval of serlopitant in multiple indications concurrently or at all.
We rely on third parties to conduct our non-clinical studies and our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize serlopitant.


3



We rely completely on third‑party suppliers to manufacture serlopitant, and we intend to continue to rely on third parties to produce non-clinical, clinical and commercial supplies of serlopitant. 
We currently have no sales organization. If we are unable to establish sales capabilities on our own or through third parties, we may not be able to market and sell serlopitant, if approved, or generate product revenue.
We may become subject to claims alleging infringement of third parties’ patents or proprietary rights and/or claims seeking to invalidate our patents, which would be costly, time consuming and, if successfully asserted against us, delay or prevent the development and commercialization of serlopitant.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated in October 2011 as a Delaware corporation under the name Tigercat Pharma, Inc. In May 2016, we changed our name to Menlo Therapeutics Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 200 Cardinal Way, 2nd Floor, Redwood City, CA 94063 and our telephone number is (650) 486-1416. Our website is www.menlotherapeutics.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We have included our web address as an inactive textual reference only.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of relief from some of the reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:
presentation of only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus;
exemption from the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;
reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and
no requirements for non‑binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.
We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our capital stock held by non‑affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non‑convertible debt over a three‑year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. For example, we have taken advantage of the reduced reporting requirements with respect to disclosure regarding our executive compensation arrangements, have presented only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus, and have taken advantage of the exemption from auditor attestation on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. To the extent that we take advantage of these reduced burdens, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might obtain from other public companies in which you hold equity interests.
In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.


4



THE OFFERING
Issuer
Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
 
 
Common stock offered by us
5,666,667 shares.
 
 
Common stock to be outstanding
after the offering
20,594,665 shares.
 
 
Underwriters’ option to purchase
additional shares
850,000 shares.
 
 
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $77.6 million, or approximately $89.4 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering: (i) to complete our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trials of serlopitant for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis, and for refractory chronic cough; (ii) to significantly advance our planned Phase 3 development of serlopitant for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis; (iii) to supply serlopitant for our clinical trials and for development and validation of our commercial manufacturing process for serlopitant in preparation for our NDA and Marketing Authorization Application, or MAA, submissions; (iv) $3.0 million for a milestone payment to Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp., or Merck, associated with initiating a Phase 3 clinical trial; and (v) the remainder for personnel expenses, other development activities, including potentially commencing Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis and for refractory chronic cough, working capital, and other general corporate purposes, including the costs of operating as a public company. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 48 for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.
 
 
Risk factors
See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.
 
 
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol
“MNLO”
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 14,927,998 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017, including an aggregate of 9,629,405 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding preferred stock, which will automatically convert on a one‑to‑one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and excludes the following:
2,152,906 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2017 having a weighted‑average exercise price of $2.89 per share;
246,793 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2011 Stock Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2017, which will no longer be available for issuance effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock;


5



3,000,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock; and
325,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock.
In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:
a 1‑for‑2.6975 reverse stock split of our capital stock effected on January 8, 2018, pursuant to which (i) every 2.6975 shares of outstanding common stock was decreased to one share of common stock, (ii) the number of shares of common stock for which each outstanding option to purchase common stock is exercisable was proportionally decreased on a 1-for-2.6975 basis, (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding option to purchase common stock was proportionately increased on a 1-for-2.6975 basis, and (iv) the conversion ratio for each share of outstanding preferred stock into common stock was proportionately reduced on a 1-for-2.6975 basis;
the automatic conversion of all shares of our preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2017 into an aggregate of 9,629,405 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
no exercise of stock options outstanding at September 30, 2017; and
no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.
Unless otherwise specified and unless the context otherwise requires, we refer to our Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock collectively as “convertible preferred stock” or “preferred stock” in this prospectus, as well as for financial reporting purposes and in the financial tables included in this prospectus, as more fully explained in Note 6 to our audited financial statements included in this prospectus.
Certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these investors may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these investors could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these investors than the investors indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to these investors.



6



SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 , and the summary balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and our interim results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2017 or any other period.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2016
 
2016
 
2017
 
(in thousands, except share and per share numbers)
Statements of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collaboration and license revenue
$

 
$
674

 
$
224

 
$
1,807

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
2,921

 
11,255

 
7,178

 
18,461

General and administrative
1,687

 
3,751

 
2,453

 
3,462

Total operating expenses
4,608

 
15,006

 
9,631

 
21,923

Loss from operations
(4,608
)
 
(14,332
)
 
(9,407
)
 
(20,116
)
Interest income and other expense, net

 
264

 
176

 
316

Net loss attributable to common stockholders
$
(4,608
)
 
$
(14,068
)
 
$
(9,231
)
 
$
(19,800
)
Net loss attributable to common stockholder per share, basic and diluted (1)    
$
(0.97
)
 
$
(2.82
)
 
$
(1.86
)
 
$
(3.89
)
Weighted‑average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (1)    
4,735,148

 
4,987,133

 
4,965,807

 
5,093,418

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)    
 
 
$
(1.38
)
 
 
 
$
(1.72
)
Pro forma weighted‑average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)    
 
 
10,221,933

 
 
 
11,539,193

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
See notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net loss per share, basic and diluted and the weighted‑average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
(2)
The pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and the pro forma weighted‑average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted, data is computed using the weighted‑average number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion of all


7



the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 9,629,405 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such transaction had occurred on September 30, 2017 . The pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted, and the pro forma weighted‑average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted, does not give effect to the issuance of shares from the proposed initial public offering nor do they give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti‑dilutive. See Note 9 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2017
 
 
Actual
 
Pro Forma (1)
 
Pro Forma As Adjusted (2)
 
 
(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and investments
 
$
73,547

 
$
73,547

 
$
151,097

Working capital
 
68,560

 
68,560

 
146,110

Total assets
 
75,800

 
75,800

 
153,350

Convertible preferred stock
 
109,330

 

 

Accumulated deficit
 
(49,915
)
 
(49,915
)
 
(49,915
)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
 
(47,961
)
 
61,369

 
138,919

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Reflects the conversion of all the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2017 into an aggregate of 9,629,405 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
(2)
Reflects the pro forma adjustment described in footnote (1) and the sale and issuance of 5,666,667 shares of our common stock by us in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash, cash equivalents and investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $5.3 million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, cash equivalents and investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $14.0 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us .



8



RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, prospects and stock price. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.
Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Needs 
We have a limited operating history, have incurred significant losses since our inception, and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We have only one product candidate in clinical trials and no commercial sales, which, together with our limited operating history, makes it difficult to assess our future viability.
We are a late‑stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. To date, we have focused principally on developing serlopitant, which is our only product in development. We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since our inception in 2011. We have only a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. In addition, we have limited experience and have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields, particularly in the biopharmaceutical industry. We have not generated any revenue from product sales to date. We continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. Our net loss for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was approximately $4.6 million and $14.1 million, respectively, and $9.2 million and $19.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 , respectively. As of September 30, 2017 , we had an accumulated deficit of $49.9 million . We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we anticipate these losses will increase as we continue our development, seek regulatory approval of, and, if approved, begin to commercialize serlopitant. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital.
We will require substantial additional financing, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development, other operations or commercialization efforts.
We have devoted substantially all of our financial resources and efforts to the development of serlopitant as a once‑daily, oral tablet treatment of pruritus associated with underlying dermatologic conditions such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis, and for the treatment of chronic refractory cough. As of September 30, 2017 , we had capital resources consisting of cash, cash equivalents and investments of $73.5 million . We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future as we advance serlopitant through clinical development, the regulatory approval process and, if approved, commercial launch activities. Specifically, in the near term, we expect to incur substantial expenses relating to our ongoing Phase 2 and planned Phase 3 clinical trials, the development and validation of our commercial manufacturing process for serlopitant, and other development activities including potentially commencing Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis, and for refractory chronic cough. In addition, we expect to pay a $3.0 million milestone payment to Merck upon the initiation of our Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We also expect to incur expenses related to the recruitment and retention of personnel, working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may incur additional expenses in connection with expanding our pipeline, including by pursuing additional indications for serlopitant or the in‑license or acquisition of additional drug candidates or commercial products.


9



We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and investments, will be sufficient to fund our planned operations through at least the next 12 months. However, because the outcome of any clinical trial or regulatory approval process is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development, regulatory approval process and commercialization of serlopitant. Our operating plan may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity, debt financings or other sources, such as strategic collaborations. Such financing may result in dilution to stockholders, imposition of debt covenants and repayment obligations, or other restrictions that may affect our business. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.
Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:
the time and cost necessary to complete our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trials for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis and for refractory chronic cough, our planned Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis as well as any additional current and planned clinical trials of serlopitant;
the number, size and type of any additional clinical trials or studies we may choose to initiate or that we may be required to complete prior to obtaining regulatory approval of serlopitant;
the timing of, and costs involved in, seeking and obtaining approvals from the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential by the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies than those that we current expect, and the costs of post‑marketing studies that could be required by regulatory authorities;
our ability to receive payments under our collaboration with Japan Tobacco Inc. and Torii Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd, together referred to as JT Torii, and the timing of receipt of any such payments;
the timing of the milestone payments we must make to Merck;
the costs of preparing to manufacture serlopitant on a commercial scale;
our ability to successfully commercialize serlopitant; 
the manufacturing, selling and marketing costs associated with serlopitant, including the cost and timing of forming and expanding our sales organization and marketing capabilities; 
the amount of sales and other revenues from serlopitant, including the sales price and the availability of adequate third‑party reimbursement;
the degree and rate of market acceptance of any products launched by us or our partners;
the cash requirements of any future acquisitions or discovery of product candidates; 
the progress, timing, scope and costs of our non‑clinical studies and clinical trials, including the ability to enroll patients in a timely manner in potential future clinical trials; 
the time and cost necessary to respond to technological and market developments;
the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;
our need and ability to hire additional personnel;
our ability to enter into additional collaboration, licensing, commercialization or other arrangements and the terms and timing of such arrangements; and


10



the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.
Additional funds may not be available when we need them, on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate: 
clinical trials or other development activities for serlopitant or any future product candidate; or
our establishment of sales and marketing capabilities or other activities that may be necessary to commercialize serlopitant or any future product candidate.
Risks Related to Our Business
We are substantially dependent on the success of our sole product candidate, serlopitant.
To date, we have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources in the development of serlopitant, which is currently our sole product candidate in development. Our prospects, including our ability to finance our operations and generate revenue from product sales, will currently depend entirely on the successful development and commercialization of serlopitant. The clinical and commercial success of serlopitant will depend on a number of factors, including the following:
the timely completion of and results from our three ongoing Phase 2 clinical trials of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis, and for refractory chronic cough;
the initiation of and results from our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis;
the initiation of and results from any Phase 3 clinical trials, if conducted, in pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, pruritus associated with psoriasis, or refractory chronic cough;
whether the FDA disagrees with the number, design, size, conduct, or implementation of our planned and future clinical trials;
our ability to demonstrate serlopitant’s safety and efficacy to treat pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, with psoriasis or with prurigo nodularis or to treat refractory chronic cough to the satisfaction of the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities; 
the timely completion and results of any additional clinical trials and non‑clinical studies conducted to support the filing for regulatory approvals of serlopitant;
whether we are required by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities to conduct additional clinical trials prior to approval to market serlopitant for any indication; 
our ability to execute on our clinical trial plans and monitor the conduct of the studies by the contract research organizations, or CROs, and medical institutions;
the prevalence, frequency and severity of adverse side effects of serlopitant; 
the timely receipt of necessary marketing approvals from the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities to treat pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, psoriasis or prurigo nodularis, or to treat refractory chronic cough;
our ability to raise sufficient additional capital to fund development, manufacturing and commercialization activities for serlopitant;
our ability to successfully commercialize serlopitant, if approved for marketing and sale by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities, whether alone or in collaboration with others;


11



the ability of our third‑party manufacturers to manufacture quantities of serlopitant using commercially sufficient processes at a scale sufficient to meet anticipated demand and at a cost appropriate for our commercialization;
the ability of our third‑party manufacturers to comply with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP;
achieving and maintaining compliance with all regulatory requirements applicable to serlopitant;
our success in educating physicians and patients about the benefits, administration and use of serlopitant;
the willingness of physicians and patients to utilize or adopt serlopitant;
the availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety and relative efficacy of alternative and competing treatments;
our ability to obtain and sustain an adequate level of reimbursement for serlopitant by third‑party payors;
the effectiveness of our own, our current collaborator’s, or any future strategic collaborators’ marketing, sales and distribution strategy and operations;
our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights in and to serlopitant;
our ability to avoid third‑party patent interference or patent infringement claims;
a continued acceptable safety profile of serlopitant following approval; and
emerging safety signals from other drugs generally perceived to be in the same drug class as serlopitant, including NK 1 -R antagonists.
Many of these factors are beyond our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will ever be able to generate revenue through the sale of serlopitant. If we are not successful in commercializing serlopitant, or are significantly delayed in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.
Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of serlopitant.  
To gain approval to market a drug product, we must provide the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities with non‑clinical, clinical, and chemistry, manufacturing, and controls, or CMC, data that adequately demonstrates the safety and efficacy of the product for the intended indication applied for in the NDA or other respective regulatory filing. Drug development is a long, expensive and uncertain process, and delay or failure can occur at any stage of any of our clinical trials. Further, although members of our management team have conducted clinical trials and obtained marketing approvals for product candidates in the past while employed at other companies, we as a company have not done so. As a result, such activities may require more time and cost more than we anticipate.
Our business currently depends entirely on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of serlopitant following completion of all required non‑clinical and clinical trials, and generation of adequate CMC data. We are in discussions with the FDA to finalize our Phase 3 clinical protocols for trials of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, which we plan to initiate in the first half of 2018 under our investigational new drug application, or IND, for serlopitant for pruritus indications. We also met with the FDA prior to the start of our Phase 2 clinical trial in pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis to discuss clinical trial design elements, primary endpoint measures, statistical considerations and other key elements of the development program. We anticipate that development of serlopitant for use in pediatric patients will be a required element of our development program for some of our target indications. We are developing a pediatric plan for review with regulatory authorities in Europe and the United States. In


12



September 2017, the FDA authorized us to proceed with our Phase 2 clinical trial in refractory chronic cough under a separate IND for this indication. We enrolled the first patients in the trial in October 2017 and we expect data from this trial to be available in late 2018 or early 2019.
We may experience numerous unforeseen events during or as a result of our non‑clinical studies and clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize serlopitant, including:
regulators or institutional review boards may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site; 
we may experience delays in reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites or CROs, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites; 
the number of subjects required for clinical trials of serlopitant may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials or fail to return for post‑treatment follow‑up at a higher rate than we anticipate; 
serlopitant may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, causing us or our investigators, regulators or institutional review boards to suspend or terminate the trials; 
our third‑party contractors and clinical trial sites may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all; 
regulators or institutional review boards may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical trials for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the trial subjects are being exposed to unacceptable risks; and
the supply or quality of serlopitant or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our drug candidates may be insufficient or inadequate. 
We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the institutional review boards of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by the data safety monitoring board for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Authorities may impose such a suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using serlopitant, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of serlopitant, the commercial prospects of serlopitant will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from serlopitant will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our development of serlopitant and its approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of serlopitant. If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of serlopitant beyond those that we currently contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of serlopitant candidates or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not favorable or if there are safety concerns, we may:
be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for serlopitant; 
not obtain marketing approval at all; 
obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired; 
obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings; 


13



be subject to additional post‑marketing testing requirements; or 
have the drug removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.
Success in non-clinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful, and we cannot assure you that any of our current Phase 2 clinical trials, planned Phase 3 clinical trials or any other clinical trials that we may conduct will demonstrate consistent or adequate efficacy and safety to obtain regulatory approval to market serlopitant in any indication.
The primary efficacy analysis in our completed Phase 2 clinical trials of pruritus was a statistically significant change in itch VAS from baseline compared to placebo measured at week six or eight. Based upon our interactions with the FDA, we will use a different efficacy analysis for our planned Phase 3 clinical trials, a 4‑point responder rate on the worst‑itch numeric rating scale, or WI‑NRS. We analyzed 4‑point responders in our Phase 2 clinical trials after the completion of the study. The analyses of the percentage of patients with at least a 40 mm response on the visual analogue scale, or VAS, or a 4‑point response on WI‑NRS, were not pre‑specified in our initial completed Phase 2 clinical trials’ statistical analysis plans, and are thus considered post‑hoc analyses. For these and other reasons, our Phase 2 clinical trials may not predict serlopitant’s ability to demonstrate a statistically significant reduction in pruritus using this measure in Phase 3 clinical trials. It is also possible that the FDA or other regulatory agencies may require additional endpoints that are not currently included in our serlopitant clinical trials.
In our completed Phase 2 clinical trial of serlopitant for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, concomitant medications for treatment of pruritus other than loratadine or cetirizine were excluded . In our planned Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, patients will be permitted to take certain additional medications that were not permitted in the Phase 2 clinical trial. The efficacy or safety of serlopitant when used with other agents in the Phase 3 clinical trials may differ from the Phase 2 clinical trial as a result of these additional medications. Phase 3 clinical trials with larger numbers of patients or longer durations of therapy may also reveal safety concerns that were not identified in earlier smaller or shorter trials.
Other companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have frequently suffered significant setbacks in later clinical trials, even after achieving promising results in earlier non‑clinical studies or clinical trials.
Use of patient-reported outcome assessments, or PROs, in our clinical trials may delay or impair the development of serlopitant and/or adversely impact our clinical trials.
Due to the difficulty of objectively measuring pruritus, the assessment of pruritus in clinical trials typically involves the use of PROs . For example, our clinical trials evaluating serlopitant in pruritus indications have used both the VAS and NRS scales, which require patients to evaluate their pruritus according to a numerical scale with the lowest number representing no itch and the highest number representing the worst itch imaginable. PROs have an important role in the development and regulatory approval of treatments for pruritus such as serlopitant. PROs involve patients’ subjective assessments of efficacy, and this subjectivity can increase the uncertainty of clinical trial outcomes assessing pruritus. Such assessments can be influenced by factors outside of the patient’s control, and can vary widely from day to day for a particular patient, and from patient to patient and site to site within a clinical trial.
The variability of PRO measures for itch and the high placebo response rates could adversely impact our serlopitant development program. In addition, PROs for itch assessment have historically been observed to have high placebo group response rates, including in some of our trials. For example, in our Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with chronic pruritus, patients receiving placebo reported a greater than 25% decrease from baseline in itch VAS scores. Variability in the placebo group response has adversely impacted clinical results of other therapies being tested for itch reduction, and could adversely impact our clinical trial results. The variability of a PRO measure may be greater than some measures used for clinical trial assessments, and that variability can complicate clinical trial design, adversely impact the ability of a study to show a statistically significant improvement, and generally adversely impact a clinical development program by introducing additional uncertainties.


14



It is also possible that the FDA may require changes in the PRO we are currently using or may indicate that the PRO we are using is not acceptable for demonstrating efficacy in pruritus reduction, potentially delaying clinical development of serlopitant, increasing our costs and making additional clinical trials necessary.
If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of subjects in clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.
Successful and timely completion of clinical trials will require that we enroll a sufficient number of subjects. Patient enrollment, a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, is affected by many factors including the size and nature of the patient population and the ability of clinical sites to successfully recruit subjects to participate in clinical trials. Trials may be subject to delays as a result of patient enrollment taking longer than anticipated or patient withdrawal. For example, we previously initiated a clinical trial of serlopitant to treat pruritus following burn injury, but discontinued the trial due to lack of timely enrollment. Enrollment can also be affected by seasonality and other factors. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our drug candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible subjects to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. In particular, among our target indications, prurigo nodularis is a relatively rare condition, and we are in discussions regarding the specific population of prurigo nodularis patients that we may enroll in our Phase 3 clinical trials. It is possible that the specific requirements by the FDA for our patients to be included in these trials may make the trials more difficult to conduct, or may significantly extend the time required for enrollment of these trials.
We cannot predict how successful we will be at enrolling subjects in future clinical trials. Subject enrollment is affected by other factors including:
the eligibility criteria for the trial in question; 
the prevalence and incidence of the conditions being studied in the clinical trials;
the perceived risks and benefits of serlopitant; 
clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs or therapeutic biologics that may be approved for the indications we are investigating; 
the efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials; 
competition for patients from other clinical trials;
the success of any advertising campaigns conducted to recruit subjects to enroll in clinical trials;
the willingness of potential clinical trial subjects to provide informed consent to participate in the trial;
the patient referral practices of physicians; 
the ability to monitor subjects adequately during and after treatment; and 
the proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective subjects. 
Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of subjects for clinical trials would result in significant delays and could require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Enrollment delays in these clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our drug candidates or delays in regulatory filings and progression, which would cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing. Furthermore, we rely on and expect to continue to rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials and we will have limited influence over their performance. 


15



We rely on third parties to conduct our non-clinical studies and our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize serlopitant or any future product candidates. 
We do not have the ability to independently conduct non‑clinical studies and clinical trials. We rely on medical institutions, clinical investigators, contract laboratories, collaborative partners and other third parties, such as CROs, to conduct non‑clinical studies and clinical trials on our drug candidates. The third parties with whom we contract for execution of our non‑clinical studies and clinical trials play a significant role in the conduct of these studies and trials and the subsequent collection and analysis of data. However, these third parties are not our employees, and except for contractual duties and obligations, we have limited ability to control the amount or timing of resources that they devote to our programs.
Although we rely on third parties to conduct our non‑clinical studies and clinical trials, we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our non‑clinical studies and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with its investigational plan and protocol. Moreover, the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities require us to comply with regulations and standards, including some regulations commonly referred to as good clinical practices, or GCPs, for conducting, monitoring, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to ensure that the data and results are scientifically credible and accurate, and that the trial subjects are adequately informed of the potential risks of participating in clinical trials. In the past, we have experienced an issue of non‑compliance with dosing among several patients at one of the clinical sites in one of our trials. We determined through analysis of the results of the trial and a comprehensive third‑party audit that this single‑site issue did not affect the results of that clinical trial.
In addition, the execution of non‑clinical studies and clinical trials, and the subsequent compilation and analysis of the data produced, requires coordination among various parties. In order for these functions to be carried out effectively and efficiently, it is imperative that these parties communicate and coordinate with one another. Moreover, these third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, some of which may compete with us. Under certain circumstances, these third parties may terminate their agreements with us upon as little as 30 days’ prior written notice. Some of these agreements may also be terminated by such third parties under certain other circumstances, including our insolvency. If the third parties conducting our clinical trials do not perform their contractual duties or obligations, experience work stoppages, do not meet expected deadlines, terminate their agreements with us or need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical trial protocols or GCPs, or for any other reason, we may need to enter into new arrangements with alternative third parties, which could be difficult, costly or impossible, and our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated or may need to be repeated. If any of the foregoing were to occur, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize the product candidate being tested in such trials.
We rely completely on third-party suppliers to manufacture serlopitant, and we intend to continue to rely on third parties to produce non-clinical, clinical and commercial supplies of serlopitant. 
We currently contract with one third party for the manufacture of serlopitant drug substance and another third party for serlopitant drug products for clinical trials, and we do not plan to acquire the infrastructure or internal capability to produce our non‑clinical, clinical and commercial supplies of serlopitant. We anticipate that these third parties will have capacity to support commercial scale, but we do not have any formal agreements at this time to cover commercial production of serlopitant. We may engage additional contract manufacturers for production of supplies of precursor materials used to synthesize serlopitant drug substance and to assist in the manufacture of the drug product.
In order for us to obtain approval of serlopitant or any future product candidates, our contract manufacturers must, pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit our NDA or relevant foreign regulatory submission, maintain a compliance status acceptable to the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory agencies.We do not directly control the manufacturing of serlopitant, and we are completely dependent on our contract manufacturers for compliance with the cGMP requirements for manufacture of both active drug substances and finished drug products. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or foreign regulatory agencies, we will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. In


16



addition, we have no direct control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. Furthermore, all of our contract manufacturers are engaged with other companies to supply or manufacture materials or products for such companies, which exposes our manufacturers to regulatory risks for the production of such materials and products. As a result, failure to meet the regulatory requirements for the production of those materials and products may generally affect the regulatory clearance of our contract manufacturers’ facilities. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory agency does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws its approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would negatively impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved. 
We and our third‑party suppliers continue to refine and improve the manufacturing process, certain aspects of which are complex and unique, and we may encounter difficulties with new or existing processes, particularly as we seek to significantly increase our capacity to commercialize serlopitant. Our reliance on contract manufacturers also exposes us to the possibility that they, or third parties with access to their facilities, will have access to and may appropriate our trade secrets or other proprietary information.
As drug candidates are developed through non‑clinical studies to late‑stage clinical trials towards approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods, methods of making drug formulations, and drug formulations, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our drug candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the altered materials. Such changes may also require additional testing, FDA notification or FDA approval. This could delay completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our drug candidates and jeopardize our ability to commence sales and generate revenue.
Key manufacturing steps and materials used in our drug substance and in our drug product are provided by limited numbers of suppliers, and supply shortages or loss of these suppliers could result in interruptions in supply or increased costs.
Certain manufacturing steps and materials used in our serlopitant drug substance and in our serlopitant drug product, are currently performed by or purchased from a single outside source. The reliance on a sole or limited number of suppliers could result in:
delays associated with redesigning or revalidating a drug product or manufacturing process due to a failure to obtain a single source material from an existing validated supplier;
an inability to obtain an adequate supply of required materials; and
reduced control over pricing, quality and delivery time.
We have supply agreements in place for certain starting materials of our drug substance and drug products, but do not have in place long term supply agreements. Therefore, the supply of a particular starting material could be terminated at any time without penalty to the supplier. In addition, we may not be able to procure required starting materials from third‑party suppliers at a quantity, quality and cost acceptable to us. Any interruption in the supply of single source starting material could cause us to seek alternative sources of supply or manufacture these materials internally. Furthermore, in some cases, we are relying on our third‑party collaborators to procure supply of necessary materials. If the supply of any materials for our drug product is interrupted, materials from alternative suppliers may not be available in sufficient volumes or at acceptable quality levels, or at acceptable cost within required timeframes, if at all, to meet our needs or those of our third‑party collaborators. This could delay our ability to complete clinical trials and obtain approval for commercialization and marketing of our product candidates, causing us to incur additional costs, delay new product introductions, or lose sales, and could harm our reputation.


17



Investigator sponsored trials of serlopitant may produce results and safety signals that are beyond our control and impact our development and commercialization of serlopitant.
Serlopitant is being evaluated in a 14‑patient exploratory investigator sponsored study at Stanford University as a potential treatment to reduce pruritus associated with epidermolysis bullosa, a rare primarily pediatric skin condition. If serious adverse events or other undesirable side effects, or unexpected characteristics of serlopitant, are observed in this trial, it may adversely affect or delay our clinical development of serlopitant, and the occurrence of these events would have a material adverse effect on our business.
We may in the future choose to permit other investigators to evaluate serlopitant or future product candidates in other investigator sponsored studies which could adversely impact our development programs.
We currently have no sales organization. If we are unable to establish sales capabilities on our own or through third parties, we may not be able to market and sell serlopitant, if approved, or any future product candidates or generate product revenue. 
We currently do not have a sales organization. In order to commercialize serlopitant, if approved, we must build our marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non‑technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. If serlopitant receives regulatory approval, we expect to establish a specialty sales organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize it to dermatologists and possibly also to pediatricians and primary care physicians or to pulmonologists and allergists, which will be expensive and time consuming. We have no prior experience in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel, gain access to physicians or persuade adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe serlopitant, if approved, or any future drugs, and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Our efforts to commercialize serlopitant on our own may also be impacted by the lack of complementary drugs to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines, and any unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products.
We may choose to collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales organization and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales organization and distribution systems. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize serlopitant. If we are not successful in commercializing serlopitant or any future product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future product revenue will suffer and we would incur significant additional losses.
If we breach our license agreement for serlopitant, we could lose the ability to continue the development and commercialization of our product. Merck also retains rights to serlopitant in specific fields.
In December 2012, we entered into a license agreement with Merck to obtain exclusive worldwide rights to research, develop, manufacture, market and sell serlopitant, other than for the treatment or prevention of nausea and vomiting. This agreement requires us to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize serlopitant, make timely milestone payments, provide certain information regarding our activities with respect to such products, maintain the confidentiality of information we receive from Merck and indemnify Merck with respect to our development and commercialization activities under the terms of the agreement.
If we fail to meet these obligations, Merck has the right to terminate our exclusive license and upon the effective date of such termination, has the right to re‑obtain the licensed technology as well as aspects of any intellectual property controlled by us and developed during the period the agreement was in force that relate to the licensed technology. This means that Merck could effectively take control of the development and commercialization of serlopitant after an uncured, material breach of our license agreement by us. This would also be the case if we voluntarily terminate the agreement. While we would expect to exercise all rights and remedies available to us, including seeking to cure any breach by us, and otherwise seek to preserve our rights under the patents licensed to us, we may not be able to do so in a timely manner, at an acceptable cost or at all. Any uncured, material


18



breach under the license could result in our loss of exclusive rights and may lead to a complete termination of our product development and any commercialization efforts for serlopitant.
Merck could also develop serlopitant for treatment of nausea or vomiting, or license these rights to a third party. Development of serlopitant in other fields could increase the possibility of identification of adverse safety results that impact our development of serlopitant for pruritus associated with dermatologic conditions and refractory chronic cough. In addition, if approved, commercialization of serlopitant in other fields could result in an increased threat of off‑label use to compete with the sale of serlopitant to treat these indications.
We depend on our collaborative relationship with JT Torii for the development and commercialization of serlopitant in Japan. The collaboration relationship with JT Torii or any other collaboration arrangements that we may enter into in the future may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize serlopitant.
We have a license and collaboration agreement with JT Torii under which we have granted JT Torii the rights to develop and commercialize products containing serlopitant in Japan in exchange for an up‑front payment and potential future development, regulatory and commercial milestone payments and royalties based on future sales of licensed product in Japan.
We may seek additional collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for the development or commercialization of serlopitant. We may enter into these arrangements on a selective basis depending on the merits of retaining commercialization rights ourselves compared to entering into selective collaboration arrangements with leading pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for serlopitant internationally and possibly also in the United States.
Our ability to generate revenues from our collaboration arrangement with JT Torii will depend on JT Torii’s ability to successfully perform the functions assigned to it in the arrangement, and accordingly, any failure by JT Torii to develop and commercialize serlopitant could adversely affect our cash flows. Similarly, the success of future collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborators generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations.
When entering collaboration arrangements, such as that with JT Torii, we are subject to a number of risks, including:
collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial, stop a clinical trial or abandon products, repeat or conduct new clinical trials, require a new formulation of products for clinical testing, may decide not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in their strategic focus due to their acquisition of competitive products or their internal development of competitive products, availability of funding or other external factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;
any safety issues or adverse side effects that result from trials conducted by a collaborator will adversely impact our ability to obtain regulatory approval for serlopitant or any other product we may develop in the future;
any failure by a collaborator to demonstrate efficacy of serlopitant, or any potential future product candidate, in its clinical trials could decrease the perceived likelihood of success for our clinical trials;
disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement regarding clinical development and commercialization matters may lead to delays in the development process or commercializing the applicable product candidate and, in some cases, termination of the collaboration arrangement;
collaboration arrangements are complex and time consuming to negotiate, document and implement, and we may not be successful in our efforts to establish and implement collaborations or other alternative arrangements should we so chose to enter into such arrangements;


19



collaborations with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and other third parties often are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party and any such termination or expiration would adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation;
collaboration agreements may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in delays or the need for a new collaborator or additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of serlopitant or other future product candidates in certain markets;
collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates;
terms of any collaborations or other arrangements that we may establish may not be favorable to us;
we could grant exclusive rights to our collaborators that would prevent us from collaborating with others;
we will face, to the extent that we decide to enter into collaboration agreements, significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators;
collaborations with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and other third parties often are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party and any such termination or expiration could adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation;
collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability;
collaborators may own or co‑own intellectual property covering products that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to develop or commercialize such intellectual property;
disputes may arise with respect to the ownership of any intellectual property developed pursuant to our collaborations;
collaborators’ sales and marketing activities or other operations may not be in compliance with applicable laws resulting in civil or criminal proceedings;
adverse regulatory determinations or other legal action may interfere with the ability of a collaborator to conduct clinical trials or other development activity;
one or more collaborator may be subject to regulatory or legal action resulting from the failure to meet healthcare industry compliance requirements in the conduct of clinical trials or the promotion and sale of products; and
collaboration arrangements could be adversely impacted by changes in collaborators’ key management personnel and other personnel that are administering collaboration agreements.
Additionally, JT Torii will be conducting clinical trials of serlopitant under our collaboration agreement. If serious adverse events or other undesirable side effects, or unexpected characteristics of serlopitant, are observed in these trials, it may adversely affect or delay our clinical development of serlopitant, and the occurrence of these events would have a material adverse effect on our business.
We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing drugs before or more successfully than we do.
The biopharmaceutical industry is intensely competitive and is subject to rapid and significant change. We face competition from other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, research institutions, and other organizations, particularly companies that develop and market pharmaceutical products for dermatologic and respiratory conditions. Our commercial potential may be limited by other companies that develop and sell other


20



novel products that are effective for our target indications, or that may be more effective, safer or cost less than serlopitant.
Although there are currently no approved drugs specifically indicated for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, psoriasis or prurigo nodularis, either in the United States or in Europe, we may face competition from those companies that are developing drugs specifically to treat pruritus associated with a variety of underlying dermatologic or systemic conditions, companies that are developing drugs specifically to treat chronic cough, companies that are developing and marketing other NK 1 ‑R antagonists for pruritus or other conditions, that, when approved, could be used off‑label to treat pruritus or cough, and companies that currently market or are developing treatments intended directly to treat the underlying disease condition in atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, or prurigo nodularis that have also been shown to have anti‑pruritic effects.
We are aware of other companies targeting pruritus or chronic cough as the primary outcome measure in United States clinical studies of drugs. There are multiple companies developing products at varying stages of development specifically intended to treat pruritus including: Vanda Pharmaceuticals, Trevi Therapeutics, Galderma, Sienna Biopharmaceuticals, Tioga and Cara Therapeutics. In addition, Merck and Nerre Therapeutics are developing therapeutic treatments for chronic cough. Of these companies, Vanda and Nerre are developing NK 1 ‑R antagonists for indications t hat may compete directly with serlopitant. Other companies, including Tesaro and Merck, are also marketing or developing NK 1 ‑R antagonists for other indications and could compete with serlopitant.
Even if serlopitant receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success. 
If serlopitant receives marketing approval, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third‑party payors and others in the medical community. If serlopitant does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant revenue and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of serlopitant, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:
its efficacy, safety and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments; 
our ability to offer serlopitant for sale at competitive prices; 
the convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments; 
the willingness of the target patient population to try new treatments and of physicians to prescribe these treatments;
the risk that a competitor product may treat both the underlying condition and the associated pruritus; 
our ability to hire and retain a sales force in the United States; 
our ability to attract and retain potential commercialization collaborators in markets outside of the United States if we choose to do so;
the strength of our marketing and distribution support; 
the availability of third‑party coverage and adequate reimbursement; 
the willingness of patients to pay out of pocket for serlopitant to the extent it is not reimbursed by third‑party payors; 
the prevalence and severity of any side effects; and 
any restrictions on the use of serlopitant together with other medications. 


21



If coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors are not available, it may make it difficult for us to sell serlopitant profitably. 
Our ability to commercialize serlopitant successfully will depend in part on the extent to which governmental authorities, private health insurers and other third‑party payors establish adequate coverage and reimbursement for it. Patients who are prescribed treatments for their conditions and providers furnishing such services generally rely on third‑party payors to reimburse all or part of the associated healthcare costs. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of serlopitant. 
Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of newly approved products. A trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and other third‑party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medical products. Third‑party payors also are increasingly challenging the effectiveness of and prices charged for medical products and services, including requiring companies to demonstrate the comparative effectiveness of a new therapy against other types of therapies that are available. The clinical trials we have conducted and plan to conduct on serlopitant test serlopitant’s performance against a placebo. Third‑party payors may request additional trials to demonstrate comparative effectiveness. Such trials would be expensive and time consuming, and the results are uncertain. As a result of these cost containment measures, coverage and reimbursement may not be available for serlopitant when it is approved for commercialization, and, even if available, the level of reimbursement may not be sufficient enough for successful commercialization of serlopitant or may significantly limit our revenue or profits, if any. 
In the United States, private third‑party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies. However, no uniform policy requirement for coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third‑party payors and coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payor to payor. Each plan determines whether or not it will provide coverage, what amount it will pay, and with respect to pharmaceutical products, on what tier of its formulary such product will be placed. The position of a prescription drug on a formulary generally determines the co‑payment that a patient will need to make to obtain the product and can strongly influence the adoption of a product by patients and physicians. Each plan may separately require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products and, as a result, the coverage determination process is often a time‑consuming and costly process with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained at all. Our inability to obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement promptly from both government‑funded and private payors for any approved products that we develop could significantly harm our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize our product candidates and our overall financial condition.
Serlopitant may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent its regulatory approval or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any. The number of patients exposed to serlopitant treatment and the average exposure time in the clinical development program may be inadequate to detect rare adverse events that may only be detected once serlopitant is administered to more patients and for greater periods of time. 
Undesirable side effects caused by serlopitant could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign authorities. Serlopitant has been dosed in more than 1,000 individuals across 13 completed Phase 1 clinical trials and four completed Phase 2 clinical trials and has been shown to be well‑tolerated, including when administered to patients in a clinical trial for up to one year, and in shorter trials at much higher doses than our current planned therapeutic dose. However, patients may experience adverse reactions when using serlopitant. In our clinical trials, the most commonly reported treatment‑emergent adverse events across all completed Phase 2 studies were nasopharyngitis, urinary tract infection, diarrhea and headache. Although we have not seen any evidence of these reactions causing a safety concern in our clinical programs, it is possible that the FDA may ask for additional data regarding any adverse events seen in our trials. Results of our future trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of these or other side effects. In such an event, our trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval for our product candidate for any or all targeted indications. The drug‑related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the


22



ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.
Additionally, clinical trials by their nature utilize a sample of the potential patient population. However, with a limited number of subjects and limited duration of exposure, we cannot be fully assured that rare and severe side effects of serlopitant may only be uncovered with a significantly larger number of patients exposed to the drug. If one or more of our product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:
regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such product;
regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label;
we may be required to create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;
we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and
our reputation may suffer.
We must successfully manage multiple complex clinical trials simultaneously while growing our business.
We currently have three ongoing Phase 2 clinical trials of serlopitant and we plan to initiate two Phase 3 clinical trials in the first half of 2018. If the results of our Phase 2 clinical trials are promising, we plan to rapidly advance serlopitant into Phase 3 clinical trials in up to two additional dermatologic conditions and refractory chronic cough. As of September 30, 2017, we had 25 employees. In order to manage our operations, clinical trials, regulatory filings, manufacturing and supply activities, marketing and commercialization activities for serlopitant or any future product candidates, we will need to continue to expand our managerial, operational, finance, systems, facilities and other resources. To effectively execute our strategy we must: 
manage all of our clinical trials, which are being conducted at multiple trial sites globally through multiple third parties;
manage our internal development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to third parties;
expand our general and administrative and sales and marketing organizations;
identify, recruit, retain, incentivize and integrate additional employees; and
continue to improve our operational, legal, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.
Inability to effectively expand or manage our personnel and other resources, and complexities or unforeseen expenses or setbacks associated with managing our clinical trials and other activities, could delay or prevent completion of our planned clinical trials, the commercialization of serlopitant or any future product candidates, or the successful expansion of our product pipeline.
We are highly dependent on the services of our senior management and our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. 
Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified personnel. In particular, we are highly dependent upon our experienced senior management, including Steven Basta, Chief Executive Officer, Paul Kwon, M.D., Chief Medical Officer and Kristine Ball, Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Chief Financial Officer. The loss of services of any of these individuals could materially adversely impact our ability to sustain or grow our operations.


23



Although we have not historically experienced unique difficulties attracting and retaining qualified employees, we could experience such problems in the future. For example, competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology and pharmaceuticals field is intense due to the limited number of individuals who possess the skills and experience required by our industry. In addition to the competition for personnel, the San Francisco Bay Area in particular is characterized by a high cost of living. We will need to hire additional personnel as we expand our clinical development and commercial activities, and may be required to expend significant financial resources in our employee recruitment and retention efforts. We may not be able to attract and retain quality personnel on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their research output or other proprietary knowledge.
We may not be successful in our efforts to obtain regulatory approval of serlopitant in multiple indications concurrently or at all.
One element of our strategy is to seek approval for and commercialize serlopitant for pruritus associated with multiple dermatologic conditions. If our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of serlopitant for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and any Phase 3 clinical trials we may initiate for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis following the completion of our Phase 2 clinical trials for such indications, are successfully completed, and such clinical trials demonstrate efficacy and safety of the same dosage form and route of administration of serlopitant in more than one indication at approximately the same time, we may seek FDA approval concurrently for the treatment of pruritus in multiple indications. There can be no assurance that we will successfully initiate any Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis, or that any of the Phase 3 clinical trials that we do initiate will be completed in time to permit this, or that the FDA will review or approve multiple indications simultaneously. It is possible that our strategy of pursuing multiple indications may distribute our activities in a manner that is less advantageous than a strategy that may focus on fewer indications or a single indication. It is possible that the data from trials in multiple indications could adversely affect the regulatory review of serlopitant as compared with review for a single indication. The FDA may not accept our submission in a single NDA application and we may not be able to seek approval of multiple indications for review at the same time, which could increase the time and expense required to obtain approval of multiple indications, and delay the launch of one or more of our planned indications.
We may have chosen indications for serlopitant development that are more difficult or have less commercial potential than other possible indications. 
Because we have limited financial and management resources, we are focusing on development programs for specific indications. As such, we are currently primarily focused on the development of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with several dermatologic conditions and refractory chronic cough. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities in other indications, or with other drug candidates that we may identify or that may be available, that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future development programs and drug candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable indication. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular indication for serlopitant, or for any other drug candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that drug candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such drug candidate. 
If we seek and obtain approval to commercialize serlopitant outside of the United States, a variety of risks associated with international operations could materially adversely affect our business. 
If serlopitant is approved for commercialization outside the United States, we may choose to commercialize it ourselves or enter into agreement with third parties to do so. For example, our agreement with JT Torii gives them rights to commercialize serlopitant in Japan. If we chose to commercialize internationally, we expect that we will be subject to additional risks, including: 
different regulatory requirements for drug approvals in foreign countries; 
differing United States and foreign drug import and export rules; 


24



different protection for intellectual property rights in foreign countries; 
unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements; 
different reimbursement systems, and different competitive drugs indicated to treat pruritus and refractory chronic cough; 
economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets; 
compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad; 
foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes; 
foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country; 
workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States; 
production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; 
potential liability resulting from development work conducted by these distributors; and 
business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters.
Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of serlopitant or any future product candidates that we may develop. 
We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of serlopitant in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we sell commercially any drugs that we may develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that serlopitant causes injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:
delays in clinical trials;
decreased demand for serlopitant, if approved for marketing; 
injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention; 
withdrawal of clinical trial participants; 
significant costs to defend the related litigation; 
substantial monetary awards paid to trial participants or patients; 
loss of revenue; 
reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy; and 
the inability to commercialize any drugs that we may develop. 
We currently hold $7.0 million in product liability insurance coverage in the aggregate, with a per incident limit of $7.0 million, which may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials or if we commence commercialization of our drug candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.


25



Our business involves the use of hazardous materials and we and our third-party manufacturers and suppliers must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive and restrict how we do business. 
Our research and development activities and our third‑party manufacturers’ and suppliers’ activities involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials, including the components of our product and product candidates and other hazardous compounds. We and our manufacturers and suppliers are subject to laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. In some cases, these hazardous materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our and our manufacturers’ facilities pending their use and disposal. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, environmental damage resulting in costly clean‑up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third‑party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of certain materials and/or interrupt our business operations. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. We do not currently carry biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage.
Significant disruptions of information technology systems or breaches of data security could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. 
We collect and maintain information in digital form that is necessary to conduct our business, and we are increasingly dependent on information technology systems and infrastructure to operate our business. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, store and transmit large amounts of confidential information, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personal information. It is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such confidential information. We have established physical, electronic and organizational measures to safeguard and secure our systems to prevent a data compromise, and rely on commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide security for our information technology systems and the processing, transmission and storage of digital information. We have also outsourced elements of our information technology infrastructure, and as a result a number of third‑party vendors may or could have access to our confidential information. Our internal information technology systems and infrastructure, and those of our current and any future collaborators, contractors and consultants and other third parties on which we rely, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, malware, natural disasters, terrorism, war, telecommunication and electrical failures, cyber‑attacks or cyber‑intrusions over the Internet, attachments to emails, persons inside our organization, or persons with access to systems inside our organization. 
The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber‑attacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers, foreign governments and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. In addition, the prevalent use of mobile devices that access confidential information increases the risk of data security breaches, which could lead to the loss of confidential information or other intellectual property. The costs to us to mitigate network security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could be significant, and while we have implemented security measures to protect our data security and information technology systems, our efforts to address these problems may not be successful, and these problems could result in unexpected interruptions, delays, cessation of service and other harm to our business and our competitive position. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our product development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Moreover, if a computer security breach affects our systems or results in the unauthorized release of personally identifiable information, our reputation could be materially damaged. In addition, such a breach may require notification to governmental agencies, the media or individuals pursuant to various federal and state privacy and security laws, if applicable, including the Health


26



Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Clinical Health Act of 2009, and its implementing rules and regulations, as well as regulations promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission and state breach notification laws. We would also be exposed to a risk of loss or litigation and potential liability, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by earthquakes or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster. 
Our corporate headquarters and other facilities are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, which in the past has experienced severe earthquakes. We do not carry earthquake insurance. Earthquakes or other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. 
If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as our enterprise financial systems or manufacturing resource planning and enterprise quality systems, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business. 
Furthermore, integral parties in our supply chain are operating from single sites, increasing their vulnerability to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen and severe adverse events. If such an event were to affect our supply chain, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property 
We may become subject to claims alleging infringement of third parties’ patents or proprietary rights and/or claims seeking to invalidate our patents, which would be costly, time consuming and, if successfully asserted against us, delay or prevent the development and commercialization of serlopitant or any future product candidates. 
There have been many lawsuits and other proceedings asserting patents and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. We cannot assure you that serlopitant or any future product candidates will not infringe existing or future third‑party patents. Because patent applications can take many years to issue and may be confidential for 18 months or more after filing, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware and which may later result in issued patents that we may infringe by commercializing serlopitant or future product candidates. Moreover, we may face claims from non‑practicing entities that have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patent portfolio may thus have no deterrent effect. We may be unaware of one or more issued patents that would be infringed by the manufacture, sale or use of serlopitant. 
We may be subject to third‑party claims in the future against us or our collaborators that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successful against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorney’s fees if we are found to be willfully infringing a third‑party’s patents. We may be required to indemnify future collaborators against such claims. If a patent infringement suit were brought against us or our collaborators, we or they could be forced to stop or delay research, development, manufacturing or sales of the product or product candidate that is the subject of the suit. As a result of patent infringement claims, or in order to avoid potential claims, we or our collaborators may choose to seek, or be required to seek, a license from the third‑party and would most likely be required to pay license fees or royalties or both. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we or our collaborators were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which would give our competitors access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or forced to redesign it, or to cease some aspect of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we or our collaborators are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, such litigation can be expensive and time consuming to litigate and would divert management’s attention from our core business. Any of these events could harm our business significantly. 


27



In addition to infringement claims against us, if third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology similar or identical to ours, we may have to participate in interference or derivation proceedings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, to determine which party is entitled to a patent on the disputed invention. We may also become involved in similar opposition proceedings in the European Patent Office or similar offices in other jurisdictions regarding our intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology. Since patent applications are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to our product candidates.
If our intellectual property related to serlopitant or any future product candidates is not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market. 
We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to serlopitant and our development programs. Patents covering the composition of matter for serlopitant will expire in 2025, subject to potential extensions, where available, including, potential extension of up to five years in the United States. Patents and patent applications, if issued, covering methods‑of‑use for serlopitant to treat pruritus will expire in 2033 in the United States and 2034 in foreign countries. We have filed a U.S. provisional patent application covering methods‑of‑use of serlopitant to treat refractory chronic cough, but there can be no assurance that such patent will issue. The expiration of our patents will limit our ability to profit from the commercialization of serlopitant. Furthermore, any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential or proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in our market. 
The strength of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. The patent applications that we own, co‑own, or license may fail to result in issued patents in the United States or in foreign countries. Even if patents do successfully issue, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. For example, patents granted by the USPTO may be subject to third‑party challenges such as (without limitation) re‑examination proceedings, post‑grant review, or inter partes review, and patents granted by the European Patent Office may be opposed by any person within nine months from the publication of the grant. Similar proceedings are available in other jurisdictions, and in some jurisdictions third parties can raise questions of validity with a patent office even before a patent has granted. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property or prevent others from designing around our claims. For example, a third‑party may develop a competitive product that provides therapeutic benefits similar to serlopitant but has a sufficiently different composition to fall outside the scope of our patent protection. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold or pursue with respect to serlopitant or any future product candidates is successfully challenged, then our ability to commercialize serlopitant or any future product candidates could be negatively affected, and we may face unexpected competition that could have a material adverse impact on our business. Further, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market serlopitant or any future product candidates under patent protection would be reduced. 
Even where laws provide protection, costly and time‑consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and the outcome of such litigation would be uncertain. If we or one of our future collaborators were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering serlopitant or one of our future products, the defendant could counterclaim that our patent is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non‑enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to validity, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability against our intellectual property related to serlopitant, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on serlopitant. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse


28



impact on our business. Moreover, our competitors could counterclaim that we infringe their intellectual property, and some of our competitors have substantially greater intellectual property portfolios than we do. 
We also rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know‑how that may not be patentable, processes for which patents may be difficult to obtain and/or enforce and any other elements of our product development processes that involve proprietary know‑how, information or technology that is not covered by patents. Although we require all of our employees to assign their inventions to us, and endeavor to execute confidentiality agreements with all of our employees, consultants, advisors and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know‑how, information or technology, we cannot be certain that we have executed such agreements with all parties who may have helped to develop our intellectual property or who had access to our proprietary information, nor can we be certain that our agreements will not be breached. We cannot guarantee that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, we will not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.
As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involve both technological and legal complexity. Therefore, obtaining and enforcing biopharmaceutical patents is costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, the United States has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide‑ranging patent reform legislation. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future. 
Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements. 
The USPTO and various foreign patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions to maintain patent applications and issued patents. Noncompliance with these requirements can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case.
We have not yet registered trademarks for a commercial trade name for serlopitant in the United States or elsewhere and failure to secure such registrations could adversely affect our business.
We have not yet registered trademarks for a commercial trade name for serlopitant in the United States or elsewhere. During trademark registration proceedings, our trademark application may be rejected. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties can oppose pending trademark applications and seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. Moreover, any name we propose to use with our product candidates in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to


29



expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA.
We may not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, especially those relating to life sciences. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. 
Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Furthermore, while we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in our expected significant markets, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish to market serlopitant or any future products. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain and enforce adequate intellectual property protection for our technology.
If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information and know‑how, the value of our technology and products could be adversely affected. 
We may not be able to protect our proprietary information and technology adequately. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our proprietary information, technology, and know‑how, our employees, consultants, contractors and outside scientific advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information to competitors. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using any of our proprietary information, technology or know‑how is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect proprietary information, technology and know‑how. We rely, in part, on non‑disclosure and confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and other parties to protect our proprietary information, technology and know‑how. These agreements may be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. Moreover, others may independently develop similar or equivalent proprietary information, and third parties may otherwise gain access to our proprietary knowledge.
Our intellectual property agreements with third parties may be subject to disagreements over contract interpretation, which could narrow the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology or increase our financial or other obligations to our licensors.
Certain provisions in our intellectual property agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could affect the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or affect financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. Our assignment agreements may not be self‑executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.


30



Risks Related to Government Regulation
The regulatory approval process is lengthy, time-consuming, and highly uncertain, and we may experience significant delays and may not obtain regulatory approval for the commercialization of serlopitant or any future product candidates.  
The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, import, export, marketing and distribution of drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. We currently have no products approved for sale, and we may never obtain regulatory approval to commercialize serlopitant. Neither we nor any current or future collaborator is permitted to market serlopitant or any future product candidate in the United States or in any foreign countries until we or they receive approval of an NDA from the FDA or marketing authorization from the applicable regulatory authorities of such jurisdictions. We have not submitted an application or obtained marketing approval for serlopitant anywhere in the world. Obtaining regulatory approval of an NDA can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. In addition, failure to comply with FDA and other applicable United States and foreign regulatory requirements may subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions or other actions, including: 
warning or untitled letters; 
civil and criminal penalties; 
injunctions; 
withdrawal of regulatory approval of products; 
product seizure or detention; 
product recalls; 
total or partial suspension of production; and 
refusal to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs. 
Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a drug candidate in the United States or abroad, we or our collaborators must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well‑controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or other foreign regulatory agencies, that such drug candidate is safe and effective for its intended uses. The number of non-clinical studies and clinical trials that will be required for FDA approval varies depending on many factors, including the drug candidate, the disease or condition that the drug candidate is designed to address, and results of non-clinical studies and clinical trials of the drug candidate. Even if we believe the non‑clinical or clinical data for our drug candidates is promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. Administering drug candidates to humans may produce undesirable side effects, which could interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities denying approval of a drug candidate for any or all targeted indications. 
Regulatory approval of an NDA is not guaranteed, and the approval process is expensive and may take several years. The FDA also has substantial discretion in the approval process and we may encounter matters with the FDA that requires us to expend additional time and resources and delay or prevent the approval of our product candidates. For example, the FDA may require us to conduct additional studies or trials for serlopitant either prior to or post‑approval, such as additional drug‑drug interaction studies or safety or efficacy studies or trials, or it may object to elements of our clinical development program such as the number of subjects in our current clinical trials from the United States. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a drug candidate for many reasons, including, but not limited to, the following: 
a drug candidate may not be deemed safe or effective; 
FDA officials may not find the data from non‑clinical studies and clinical trials sufficient; 


31



the FDA might not approve our third‑party manufacturers’ processes or may find objectionable conditions at our third‑party manufacturers’ facilities that must be corrected before our drug candidate can be approved; or 
the FDA may change its approval policies or adopt new regulations. 
If serlopitant or any future product candidate fails to demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical trials or does not gain regulatory approval, our business and results of operations will be materially and adversely harmed. Additionally, if the FDA requires that we conduct additional clinical studies, places limitations on serlopitant in our label, delays approval to market serlopitant or limits the use of serlopitant, our business and results of operations may be harmed.
Even if we receive regulatory approval of serlopitant or any future product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense, and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.
Any regulatory approvals or other marketing authorizations we obtain for serlopitant or any future product candidates may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or the conditions of approval or marketing authorization, or contain requirements for potentially costly post‑market testing and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority authorizes our product candidates for marketing, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, import, export and record keeping for our product candidates will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post‑marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMPs, and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post‑approval. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third‑party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things: 
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our product, withdrawal of the product from the market, or product recalls; 
fines, warning or untitled letters or holds on clinical trials; 
refusal by the FDA to accept new marketing applications or supplements, approve or otherwise authorize for marketing pending applications or supplements to applications filed by us or current or future collaborators or suspension or revocation of approvals or other marketing authorizations; 
product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of our product; and 
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties. 
The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. For example, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, was signed into law. The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of drugs and devices and to spur innovation, but its ultimate implementation is unclear. In addition, in August 2017, the FDA Reauthorization Act was signed into law, which reauthorized the FDA’s user fee programs and included additional drug and device provisions that build on the Cures Act. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may not obtain marketing approval or we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. 
A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and other third‑party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medical products and services, implementing reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, and applying new payment methodologies. For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively the


32



Affordable Care Act, was enacted, which, among other things, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by most manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program; introduced a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected; extended the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to utilization of prescriptions of individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care plans; imposed mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries as a condition for manufacturers’ outpatient drugs coverage under Medicare Part D; subjected drug manufacturers to new annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal healthcare programs; imposed a new federal excise tax on the sale of certain medical devices; created a new Patient Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; created the Independent Payment Advisory Board, which, once empaneled, will have authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs; and established a Center for Medicare Innovation at the CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending.
Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the Affordable Care Act in the future. The Trump administration and members of the U.S. Congress have indicated that they may continue to seek to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the Affordable Care Act. Most recently, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts was enacted, which, among other things, removes penalties for not complying with the individual mandate to carry health insurance. It is uncertain the extent to which any such changes may impact our business or financial condition.
In addition, we cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the Trump administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the Trump administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. Notably, on January 30, 2017, President Trump issued an Executive Order, applicable to all executive agencies, including the FDA, that requires that for each notice of proposed rulemaking or final regulation to be issued in fiscal year 2017, the agency shall identify at least two existing regulations to be repealed, unless prohibited by law. These requirements are referred to as the “two‑for‑one” provisions. This Executive Order includes a budget neutrality provision that requires the total incremental cost of all new regulations in the 2017 fiscal year, including repealed regulations, to be no greater than zero, except in limited circumstances. For fiscal years 2018 and beyond, the Executive Order requires agencies to identify regulations to offset any incremental cost of a new regulation and approximate the total costs or savings associated with each new regulation or repealed regulation. In interim guidance issued by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs within the Office of Management and Budget, or OMB, on February 2, 2017, the administration indicates that the “two‑for‑one” provisions may apply not only to agency regulations, but also to significant agency guidance documents. In addition, on February 24, 2017, President Trump issued an executive order directing each affected agency to designate an agency official as a “Regulatory Reform Officer” and establish a “Regulatory Reform Task Force” to implement the two‑for‑one provisions and other previously issued executive orders relating to the review of federal regulations, and on September 8, 2017, the FDA published notices in the Federal Register soliciting broad public comment to identify regulations that could be modified in compliance with these Executive Orders. It is difficult to predict how these requirements will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on the FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.
We expect that any regulatory approval to market serlopitant in the United States will be limited by indication. If we fail to comply or are found to be in violation of FDA and other regulations restricting the promotion of serlopitant for unapproved uses, we could be subject to criminal penalties, substantial fines or other sanctions and damage awards. 
If our clinical trials are successful, we intend to seek approval to market serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with specified dermatologic conditions, as well as for refractory chronic cough. We do not have plans to seek approval of serlopitant for any other indication at this time, including for the treatment of pruritus associated with any dermatologic condition other than atopic dermatitis, psoriasis or prurigo nodularis. If we


33



obtain regulatory approval to market serlopitant with an indication statement for the treatment of one or more of these indications, we will likely be prohibited from marketing serlopitant using any promotional claims relating to treatment of pruritus generally. Marketing of serlopitant may also be limited by regulatory authorities based on use as a monotherapy or adjuvant, concomitant medications, severity of pruritus and other factors.
The regulations relating to the promotion of products for unapproved uses are complex and subject to substantial interpretation by the FDA and other government agencies. While serlopitant is being studied in pruritus associated with each of atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis, as well as refractory chronic cough, serlopitant may not be promoted for uses that are not approved in the labeling by the FDA or EMA. Physicians may nevertheless prescribe serlopitant off‑label to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label. We intend to implement compliance and training programs designed to ensure that our sales and marketing practices comply with applicable regulations. Notwithstanding these programs, the FDA or other government agencies may allege or find that our practices constitute prohibited promotion of serlopitant for unapproved uses. We also cannot be sure that our employees will comply with company policies and applicable regulations regarding the promotion of products for unapproved uses. 
In recent years, a significant number of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have been the target of inquiries and investigations by various federal and state regulatory, investigative, prosecutorial and administrative entities in connection with the promotion of products for unapproved uses and other sales practices, including the Department of Justice and various U.S. Attorneys’ Offices, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, the FDA, the Federal Trade Commission and various state Attorneys General offices. These investigations have alleged violations of various federal and state laws and regulations, including claims asserting antitrust violations, violations of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, the False Claims Act, the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, anti‑kickback laws and other alleged violations in connection with the promotion of products for unapproved uses, pricing and Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement. Many of these investigations originate as “ qui tam ” actions under the False Claims Act. Under the False Claims Act, any individual can bring a claim on behalf of the government alleging that a person or entity has presented a false claim, or caused a false claim to be submitted, to the government for payment. The person bringing a qui tam suit is entitled to a share of any recovery or settlement. Qui tam suits, also commonly referred to as “whistleblower suits,” are often brought by current or former employees. In a qui tam suit, the government must decide whether to intervene and prosecute the case. If it declines, the individual may pursue the case alone. 
If the FDA or any other governmental agency initiates an enforcement action against us or if we are the subject of a qui tam suit and it is determined that we violated prohibitions relating to the promotion of products for unapproved uses, we could be subject to substantial civil or criminal fines or damage awards and other sanctions such as consent decrees and corporate integrity agreements pursuant to which our activities would be subject to ongoing scrutiny and monitoring to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Any such fines, awards or other sanctions would have an adverse effect on our revenue, business, financial prospects and reputation.
If approved, serlopitant or any future products may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to regulatory agencies and if we fail to do so we could be subject to sanctions that would materially harm our business. 
If we are successful in commercializing serlopitant or any other products, FDA and foreign regulatory agency regulations require that we report certain information about adverse medical events if those products may have caused or contributed to those adverse events. The timing of our obligation to report would be triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events we become aware of within the prescribed time frame. We may also fail to appreciate that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of our products. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA or a foreign regulatory agency could take action, including criminal prosecution, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, seizure of our products or delay in approval or clearance of future products. 


34



If third-party manufacturers fail to comply with manufacturing regulations, our financial results and financial condition will be adversely affected. 
Before our contract manufacturers can begin commercial manufacture of serlopitant, the process and systems used in the manufacture of serlopitant must be approved and each facility must have a compliance status that is acceptable to the FDA and other regulatory authorities. In addition, pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities are continuously subject to inspection by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities, before and after product approval. Due to the complexity of the processes used to manufacture pharmaceutical products and product candidates, any potential third‑party manufacturer may be unable to continue to pass or initially pass federal, state or international regulatory inspections in a cost‑effective manner.  Furthermore, although we do not have day‑to‑day control over the operations of our contract manufacturers, we are responsible for ensuring compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including cGMPs.
If a third‑party manufacturer with whom we contract is unable to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including cGMP s, serlopitant may not be approved, or we may be subject to fines, unanticipated compliance expenses, recall or seizure of our products, total or partial suspension of production and/or enforcement actions, including injunctions, and criminal or civil prosecution. These possible sanctions would adversely affect our financial results and financial condition. 
Our failure to obtain regulatory approvals for serlopitant in foreign jurisdictions would prevent us from marketing our products internationally. 
In order to market any product in the European Economic Area, or EEA (which is composed of the 28 Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein), and many other foreign jurisdictions, separate regulatory approvals are required. In the EEA, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. Before granting the MA, the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk‑benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.
The approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional clinical testing, and the time required to obtain approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. Clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one or more foreign regulatory authorities does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or to do so on a timely basis, and even if we do file we may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market.
We may be subject to healthcare laws and regulations relating to our business, and could face substantial penalties if we are determined not to have fully complied with such laws, which would have an adverse impact on our business. 
Our business operations and current and future arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third‑party payors, customers and patients, may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations, including how we research, market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. Such laws include: 
the U.S. federal Anti‑Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a U.S. healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the U.S. federal Anti‑Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the U.S. federal Anti‑Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act; 


35



U.S. federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalties laws, including the civil False Claims Act, which, among other things, impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the U.S. government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or from knowingly making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the U.S. government; 
the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement, in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the U.S. federal Anti‑Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation; 
HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization by covered entities subject to the rule, such as health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and healthcare providers as well as their business associates that perform certain services for or on their behalf involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information; 
the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the government information related to payments or other “transfers of value” made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and requires applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations to report annually to the government ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members; 
federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers; and 
analogous state and non‑U.S. laws and regulations, such as state anti‑kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to our business practices, including, but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non‑governmental third‑party payors, including private insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical and device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws and regulations that require manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and pricing information; and state and non‑U.S. laws governing the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts. 
Efforts to ensure that our current and future business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities may conclude that our business practices, including our consulting and advisory board arrangements with physicians and other healthcare providers, some of whom receive stock options as compensation for services provided, do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable healthcare laws. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these or any other health regulatory laws that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other U.S. healthcare programs,


36



contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. Defending against any such actions can be costly, time‑consuming and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. If any of the above occur, it could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. 
Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain. 
In the United States and some non‑U.S. jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could, among other things, prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post‑approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. 
For example, in March 2010, the Affordable Care Act was enacted in the United States to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. The law has continued the downward pressure on the pricing of medical items and services, especially under the Medicare program, and increased the industry’s regulatory burdens and operating costs. Among the provisions of the Affordable Care Act of importance to our potential product candidates are the following: 
an annual, nondeductible fee payable by any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents; 
an annual excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States; 
an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program; 
a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected; 
a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point‑of‑sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; 
extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; 
expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs in certain states; 
expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program; 
a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; 
a new Patient‑Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and 
an independent payment advisory board that will submit recommendations to Congress to reduce Medicare spending if projected Medicare spending exceeds a specified growth rate. 


37



Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the Affordable Care Act in the future. The new Presidential Administration and U.S. Congress will likely continue to seek to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the Affordable Care Act. It is uncertain the extent to which any such changes may impact our business or financial condition. 
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. These changes include the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, resulted in reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year and will remain in effect through 2025; the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years; and the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015, which, among other things, ended the use of the sustainable growth rate formula and provides for a 0.5% update to physician payment rates for each calendar year through 2019, after which there will be a 0% annual update each year through 2025. More recently, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed bills designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products. 
Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product and medical device pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. For example, in October 2017, California passed a new law, to become effective in January 2019, which will require transparency from biopharmaceutical companies regarding price increases for prescription drugs. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and medical devices to purchase and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. 
We expect that the Affordable Care Act, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved or cleared product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, our product candidates may lose any regulatory approval that may have been obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to this Offering, Ownership of Our Common Stock and Our Status as a Public Company
An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price, if at all.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after the closing of this offering. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. Further, certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering and, to the extent these affiliated investors purchase shares in this offering, fewer shares may be actively traded in the public market because these stockholders will be restricted from selling the shares by restrictions under applicable securities laws, which would reduce the liquidity of the market for our common stock.


38



If an active market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchased in this offering at an attractive price or at all.
The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.
Our stock price may be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the price paid for the shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:
the commencement, enrollment or results of our ongoing and planned clinical trials of serlopitant or any future clinical trials we may conduct, or changes in the development status of serlopitant;
announcements of clinical trials results by competitors;
adverse results from, delays in or termination of clinical trials;
any delay in our regulatory filings for serlopitant or any other drug candidate and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the applicable regulatory authority’s review of such filings, including without limitation the FDA’s issuance of a “refusal to file” letter or a request for additional information;
adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approval of our drug candidates;
unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of serlopitant or any other drug candidate;
changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;
conditions or trends in our industry;
changes in the market valuations of similar companies;
stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in particular, those that operate in the biopharmaceutical industry;
publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;
announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;
investors’ general perception of our company and our business;
recruitment or departure of key personnel;
overall performance of the equity markets;
trading volume of our common stock;
disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;
significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;
general political and economic conditions; and


39



other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.
In addition, in the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.
If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by equity research analysts. Equity research analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock after this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the event we do have equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.
We expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $8.25 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering and the assumed initial public offering price.
In addition, as of September 30, 2017, we had outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of 2,152,906  shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.89 per share. To the extent these outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering.
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding 20,594,665 shares of common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017 into 9,629,405 shares of our common stock, and assuming no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares, the 5,666,667 shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable and 14,927,998 additional shares of common stock will be available for sale in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus following the expiration of lock‑up agreements between some of our stockholders and the underwriters. Jefferies LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. may release these stockholders from their lock‑up agreements with the underwriters at any time and without notice, which would allow for earlier sales of shares in the public market.
In addition, promptly following the closing of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S‑8 under the Securities Act registering the issuance of approximately 5,477,906 shares of common stock subject to options or other equity awards issued or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S‑8 will be available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options, the lock‑up agreements described above and the restrictions of Rule 144 in the case of our affiliates.


40



Additionally, after this offering, the holders of an aggregate of approximately 12.6 million shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file one or more registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If we were to register the resale of these shares, they could be freely sold in the public market. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.
Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering will contain provisions that could delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions will include the following:
a classified board of directors with three‑year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;
no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror;
the ability of our board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;
the required approval of at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;
a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chief executive officer or the president or the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and
advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
In addition, these provisions would apply even if we were to receive an offer that some stockholders may consider beneficial.
We are also subject to the anti‑takeover provisions contained in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other exceptions, the board of directors has approved the transaction. For a description of our capital stock, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”


41



Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third‑party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:
We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.
We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.
We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.
We will not be obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.
The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.
We may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, any action to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees.
Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.
We do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future. Since we do not intend to pay dividends, your ability to receive a return on your investment will depend on any future appreciation in the market value of our


42



common stock. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate or even maintain the price at which our holders have purchased it.
Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.
Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own 62.6% of our outstanding common stock. Certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Any such purchases, if completed, would be made on the same terms as the shares that are sold to the public generally and not pursuant to any pre-existing contractual rights or obligations. If such investors purchase all of the shares they have indicated interests in purchasing, our executive officers, directors, current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 75.3% of our outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options).
As a result, these persons, acting together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other significant corporate transactions.
Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors, or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.
We are an “emerging growth company” and, as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:
being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus;
not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;
not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and
not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth


43



company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non‑affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non‑convertible debt during the prior three‑year period.
Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.
After the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the stock market on which our common stock is listed. The Sarbanes‑Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Form 10‑K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to this offering, we have never been required to test our internal control within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.
We may identify weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.
If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or other regulatory authorities.
We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not increase the value of your investment.
We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering. You may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds to us from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents: (i) to complete our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trials of serlopitant for prutitus associated with atopic dermatitus and psoriasis, and for refractory chronic cough; (ii) to significantly advance our planned Phase 3 development of serlopitant for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis; (iii) to supply serlopitant for our clinical trials and for the development and validation of our commercial manufacturing process for serlopitant in preparation for our NDA and Marketing Authorization Application, or MAA submissions; (iv) for a $3.0 million milestone payment to Merck, associated with initiating a Phase 3 clinical trial; and (v) the remainder for personnel expenses, other development activities, including potentially commencing Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis, and for refractory chronic cough, working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the costs of operating as a public company. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 48 for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering. Our failure to apply the net proceeds from this offering effectively could compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy and we might not be able to yield a


44



significant return, if any, on our investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.
We might not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards.
As of December 31, 2016 , we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $28.2 million and $15.0 million, respectively. These carryforwards will begin to expire in 2031 for federal and state purposes, if not utilized before they expire. As of December 31, 2016 , we had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal credits begin to expire in 2031 and the California research credits have no expiration dates. These net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable if we do not generate sufficient taxable income prior to their expiration. In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three‑year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre‑change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre‑change tax attributes to offset its post‑change income or tax liability may be limited. We have not determined if we have experienced Section 382 ownership changes in the past and if a portion of our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation under Sections 382 or 383. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, including this offering, some of which may be outside of our control. As a result, even if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be materially limited, which could harm our future operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.
We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of being a public company.
As a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other costs. These additional costs could negatively affect our financial results. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time‑consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue‑generating activities to compliance activities. If notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.
Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain some types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.


45



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD‑LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward‑looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward‑looking statements by terminology such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “due,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “objective,” “plan,” “predict,” “potential,” “positioned,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward‑looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:
our clinical and regulatory development plans for serlopitant, including the timing of the commencement of, and receipt of results from, our ongoing Phase 2 and planned Phase 3 clinical trials and the timing of our submission of an NDA to the FDA for serlopitant;
our expectations regarding the potential market size and size of the potential patient populations for serlopitant, if approved or cleared for commercial use;
the timing of commencement of future non-clinical studies and clinical trials;
our ability to successfully complete, clinical trials;
our intentions and our ability to establish collaborations;
the timing or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals or clearances for our product candidates;
our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and expectations;
our intentions with respect to the commercialization of serlopitant or any other candidates;
the pricing and reimbursement of serlopitant, if approved;
the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our product candidates, including the projected terms of patent protection;
estimates of our expenses, future revenue, capital requirements, our needs for additional financing and our ability to obtain additional capital;
our use of proceeds from this offering;
our future financial performance;
developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry, including competing drugs and therapies; and
other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the caption “Risk Factors.”
These forward‑looking statements are based on management’s current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate, and management’s beliefs and assumptions are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. As a result, any or all of our forward‑looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Potential investors are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the forward‑looking statements. These forward‑looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward‑looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”


46



INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our product candidates, including data regarding the estimated patient population and market size for our product candidates prepared by our management. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.


47



USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of 5,666,667 shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $77.6 million at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that net proceeds will be approximately $89.4 million at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $5.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $14.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.
We currently expect to use our net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, as follows:
approximately $16.0 million of external clinical costs to complete our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trials of serlopitant for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis, and for refractory chronic cough;
approximately $23.0 million of external clinical costs to significantly advance our planned Phase 3 development of serlopitant for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis;
approximately $13.0 million of external development and manufacturing costs primarily associated with supplying serlopitant for our clinical trials, and development and validation of our commercial manufacturing process for serlopitant in preparation for our NDA and MAA submissions;
$3.0 million milestone payment to Merck associated with initiating a Phase 3 clinical trial; and
the remainder for personnel expenses, other development activities, including potentially commencing Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis and for refractory chronic cough, working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the costs of operating as a public company.
However, due to the uncertainties inherent in the clinical development and regulatory approval process, it is difficult to estimate with certainty the exact amounts of the net proceeds from this offering that may be used for the above purposes. As such, our management will retain broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including (i) the time and cost necessary to advance serlopitant through our ongoing and planned non-clinical studies and clinical trials; (ii) our ability to obtain regulatory approval or clearance for and subsequently commercialize our product candidates; and (iii) the time and cost necessary to develop non-clinical and clinical supplies and a commercial‑scale manufacturing process for product candidates, as well as the infrastructure to commercialize our product candidates.
We believe that our existing cash, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our planned operations into the fourth quarter of 2019, enabling us to complete our three ongoing Phase 2 clinical


48



trials and to significantly advance our planned Phase 3 clinical trials and our NDA and MAA preparations. Following this offering, we will require substantial capital to complete clinical development, seek regulatory approval of, and, if approved, commercialize, serlopitant. We may seek additional funds through public or private equity, debt financings or other sources, including strategic collaborations. For additional information regarding our potential capital requirements, see “Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Needs” under the heading “Risk Factors.”
Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in interest‑bearing, investment‑grade securities, certificates of deposit, or government securities.


49



DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors.


50



CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and investments and capitalization as of September 30, 2017:
on an actual basis;
on a pro forma basis to give effect to:
the automatic conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding into an aggregate of 9,629,405 shares of our common stock, which conversion will be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and
the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale of 5,666,667 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
You should read this information together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2017
 
Actual
 
Pro Forma
 
Pro
Forma, as
Adjusted  (1)
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Cash, cash equivalents and investments
$
73,547

 
$
73,547

 
$
151,097

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share: 28,322,761 shares authorized, 25,975,346 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2017; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
109,330

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 55,000,000 shares authorized, 5,298,593 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2017; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 14,927,998 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 300,000,000 shares authorized, 20,594,665 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
1

 
1

 
2

Additional paid‑in capital
1,968

 
111,298

 
188,848

Accumulated other comprehensive income
(15
)
 
(15
)
 
(15
)
Accumulated deficit
(49,915
)
 
(49,915
)
 
(49,915
)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
(47,961
)
 
61,369

 
138,919

Total capitalization
$
61,369

 
$
61,369

 
$
138,919

 
 
 
 
 
 


51



(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the amount of cash, cash equivalents and investments, additional paid‑in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $5.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) cash, cash equivalents and investments, additional paid‑in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $14.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
The outstanding share information in the table above excludes the following:
2,152,906 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2017 having a weighted‑average exercise price of $2.89 per share;
246,793 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2011 Stock Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2017, which will no longer be available for issuance effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock;
3,000,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock; and
325,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock.


52



DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. As of September 30, 2017, we had a historical net tangible book value of $61.4 million , or $11.58 per share of common stock. Our net tangible book value represents total tangible assets less total liabilities all divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on September 30, 2017. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017, before giving effect to this offering, was $61.4 million , or $4.11  per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value, before the issuance and sale of shares in this offering and gives effect to the conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2017, which will be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
After giving effect to the sale of 5,666,667 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 would have been approximately $138.9 million, or $6.75 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $2.64 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $8.25 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
 
 
 
 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
 
 
 
$
15.00

Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017
 
$
11.58

 
 
Pro forma decrease in net tangible book value per share
 
(7.47
)
 
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017
 
4.11

 
 
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
 
2.64

 
 
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
 
 
 
6.75

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering
 
 
 
$
8.25

 
 
 
 
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 after this offering by approximately $5.3 million, or approximately $0.26 per share, and would decrease (increase) dilution to investors in this offering by approximately $0.74 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Assuming the assumed initial public price per share remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, an increase of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 after this offering by approximately $14.0 million, or approximately $0.33 per share, and would decrease dilution to investors in this offering by approximately $0.33 per share, and a decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 after this offering by approximately $14.0 million, or approximately $0.37 per share, and would increase dilution to investors in this offering by approximately $0.37 per share. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares, pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would increase to approximately $7.03 per share, and there would be an immediate dilution of approximately $7.97 per share to new investors.


53



To the extent that outstanding options with an exercise price per share that is less than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.
The following table shows, as of September 30, 2017, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (in thousands, except share and per share amounts and percentages):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares Purchased
 
Total Consideration
 
Average
Price Per
Share
 
Number
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Existing stockholders (1)
14,927,998

 
72.5
%
 
$
109,940

 
56.4
%
 
$
7.36

Investors participating in this offering
5,666,667

 
27.5

 
85,000

 
43.6

 
15.00

Total
20,594,665

 
100
%
 
$
194,940

 
100
%
 
$
9.47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Certain of our existing institutional investors have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. The presentation in this table regarding ownership by existing stockholders does not give effect to any purchases in this offering by such investors. See the footnotes to the beneficial ownership table in "Principal Stockholders" for more details.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to 69.6% of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to 30.4% of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and excludes the following:
2,152,906 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2017 having a weighted‑average exercise price of $2.89 per share;
246,793 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2011 Stock Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2017, which will no longer be available for issuance effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock;
3,000,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock; and
325,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock.


54


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 , and the selected balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 , from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and our interim results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2017, or any other period.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2016
 
2017
 
 
(in thousands, except share and per share numbers)
Statements of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collaboration and license revenue
 
$

 
$
674

 
$
224

 
$
1,807

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
 
2,921

 
11,255

 
7,178

 
18,461

General and administrative
 
1,687

 
3,751

 
2,453

 
3,462

Total operating expenses
 
4,608

 
15,006

 
9,631

 
21,923

Loss from operations
 
(4,608
)
 
(14,332
)
 
(9,407
)
 
(20,116
)
Interest income and other expenses, net
 

 
264

 
176

 
316

Net loss attributable to common stockholders
 
$
(4,608
)
 
$
(14,068
)
 
$
(9,231
)
 
$
(19,800
)
Net loss attributable to common stockholder per share, basic and diluted (1)   
 
$
(0.97
)
 
$
(2.82
)
 
$
(1.86
)
 
$
(3.89
)
Weighted-average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (1)    
 
4,735,148

 
4,987,133

 
4,965,807

 
5,093,418

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)    
 
 
 
$
(1.38
)
 
 
 
$
(1.72
)
Pro forma weighted‑average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)    
 
 
 
10,221,933

 
 
 
11,539,193

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
See notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net loss per share, basic and diluted and the weighted‑average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
(2)
The pro forma net loss per share, attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted, and the pro forma weighted‑average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted, data is computed using the


55


weighted‑average number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion of all the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 9,629,405 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such transaction had occurred on September 30, 2017 . The pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted, and the pro forma weighted‑average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted, does not give effect to the issuance of shares from the proposed initial public offering nor do they give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti‑dilutive. See Note 9 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
September 30,
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
 
(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and investments
 
$
43,808

 
$
41,328

 
$
73,547

Working capital
 
43,115

 
27,637

 
68,560

Total assets
 
43,885

 
42,053

 
75,800

Convertible preferred stock
 
59,003

 
59,003

 
109,330

Accumulated deficit
 
(16,047
)
 
(30,115
)
 
(49,915
)
Total stockholders’ deficit
 
(15,953
)
 
(29,441
)
 
(47,961
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


56


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section of this prospectus entitled “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward‑looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward‑looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.”
Overview
We are a late‑stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with dermatologic conditions such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis. We are concurrently evaluating the use of serlopitant for the treatment of refractory chronic cough. We believe that serlopitant, a highly selective small molecule inhibitor of the neurokinin 1 receptor, or NK 1 ‑R, has the potential to significantly alleviate pruritus and refractory chronic cough symptoms.
Since commencing operations in 2011, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts and financial resources to the clinical development of serlopitant. We have not generated any revenue from product sales and, as a result, we have never been profitable and have incurred net losses in each year since commencement of our operations. As of December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 , we had accumulated deficits of $30.1 million and $49.9 million , respectively, primarily as a result of research and development and general and administrative expenses. We incurred net losses of approximately $4.6 million , $14.1 million and $19.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , respectively. We do not expect to generate product revenue unless and until we obtain marketing approval for and commercialize serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with one or more dermatologic conditions or for refractory chronic cough, and we can provide no assurance that we will ever generate significant revenue or profits.
To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of convertible preferred stock, from which we have received net proceeds of $109.3 million through September 30, 2017 , including gross proceeds of $50.5 million from the sale of Series C convertible preferred stock in July 2017, and from an upfront, non‑refundable payment of $11.0 million under our August 2016 license and collaboration agreement with Japan Tobacco Inc. and Torii Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., together referred to as JT Torii, which we refer to as the Collaboration Agreement.
As of September 30, 2017 , our cash and cash equivalents and investments totaled $73.5 million . We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and investments will be sufficient to fund our planned operations for at least the next twelve months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future as we advance serlopitant through clinical development, the regulatory approval process and, if approved, commercial launch activities. Specifically, in the near term, we expect to incur substantial expenses relating to our ongoing Phase 2 and planned Phase 3 clinical trials, the development and validation of our commercial manufacturing process for serlopitant, and other development activities including potentially commencing Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis, and for refractory chronic cough. In addition, we expect to pay a $3.0 million milestone payment to Merck upon the initiation of our Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.
We will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from sales of serlopitant, if ever, we expect to finance


57


our operations through the sale of equity, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. Adequate funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such agreements as, and when, needed, we may have to significantly delay, scale back, or discontinue the development and commercialization of serlopitant for one or more indications or delay our efforts to expand our product pipeline.
Components of Operating Results
Revenue
We have not generated any revenue from the sale of products since our inception and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the near future.
Collaboration and License Revenue
We recognize revenue pursuant to the Collaboration Agreement and our services agreement with JT Torii in connection with the clinical development and commercialization of products covered by the collaboration, including non-refundable upfront license fees, contingent consideration payments based on the achievement of defined collaboration milestones and royalties on sales of commercialized products.
Under the Collaboration Agreement, we granted to JT Torii the right to develop and commercialize products containing serlopitant in Japan, for the treatment of diseases and conditions other than nausea or vomiting. In exchange, JT Torii paid us an upfront, non‑refundable payment of $11.0 million in August 2016. In addition, we are entitled to receive aggregate payments of up to $28.0 million upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones, and $15.0 million upon the achievement of a commercial milestone, as well as tiered royalties from the mid-single digits up to the mid‑teens on sales of licensed products in Japan.
Revenue from the upfront payment is being amortized over the period of performance of the Collaboration Agreement, the period which we expect to provide research and development services to JT Torii.
On September 1, 2017, we entered into a new services agreement with JT Torii to provide research and development services, including regulatory, chemistry and manufacturing support and related materials, that is distinct from the original Collaboration Agreement. We evaluated the new services agreement and determined that the research and materials delivered to JT Torii represent a separate earnings process that provides stand alone value to JT Torii. The fees received under the services agreement are recognized as and when such services are performed by us and JT Torii consumes the benefits of those services. We have no obligation to provide services unless requested by JT Torii and agreed to by us. We are eligible to receive reimbursement of estimated costs incurred, and payment for research services performed directly by us, at agreed upon rates.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development Expenses
Substantially all of our research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in connection with the development of serlopitant. These expenses include certain payroll and personnel expenses including stock‑based compensation, consulting costs, contract manufacturing costs and fees paid to clinical research organizations or CROs to conduct certain research and development activities on our behalf. We do not allocate our costs by each indication for which we are developing serlopitant, as a significant amount of our development activities broadly support all indications.  In addition, several of our departments support our serlopitant drug candidate development program and we do not identify internal costs for each potential indication. We do not separately track costs incurred in connection with our agreements with JT Torii, which are also included in research and development expenses. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.
We expense both internal and external research and development expenses as they are incurred. We are focusing substantially all of our resources and development efforts on the development of serlopitant. We expect our research and development expenses to increase during the next few years as we seek to complete our clinical program, pursue regulatory approval of serlopitant in the United States and prepare for a possible commercial launch of serlopitant. Predicting the timing or the final cost to complete our clinical program or validation of our commercial manufacturing and supply processes is difficult and delays may occur because of many factors,


58


including factors outside of our control. For example, if the FDA or other regulatory authorities were to require us to conduct clinical trials beyond those that we currently anticipate, or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development. Furthermore, we are unable to predict when or if serlopitant will receive regulatory approval in the United States with any certainty.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses consist principally of personnel‑related costs, including stock‑based compensation, for personnel in executive, finance, business and corporate development, and other administrative functions, professional fees for legal, consulting, accounting services, rent and other general operating expenses not otherwise classified as research and development expenses.
We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase as a result of increased personnel costs, including stock‑based compensation, expanded infrastructure and higher consulting, legal and accounting services associated with maintaining compliance with stock exchange listing and SEC requirements, investor relations costs and director and officer insurance premiums associated with being a public company.
Interest Income and Other Expense, Net
Interest income consists primarily of interest earned on our investments in corporate notes and government agency notes.
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016 and 2017
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods indicated (in thousands):  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended  
September 30,
 
Increase
 
% Change
 
 
2016
 
2017
 
 
Collaboration and license revenue
 
$
224

 
$
1,807

 
$
1,583

 
*
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
Research and development
 
7,178

 
18,461

 
11,283

 
157
General and administrative
 
2,453

 
3,462

 
1,009

 
41
Loss from operations
 
(9,407
)
 
(20,116
)
 
(10,709
)
 
114
Interest income and other expense, net
 
176

 
316

 
140

 
80
Net loss
 
$
(9,231
)
 
$
(19,800
)
 
$
(10,569
)
 
114
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Not meaningful.

Collaboration and License Revenue
Collaboration and license revenue of $1.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was primarily due to the allocation of revenue we recognized during the period from the initial upfront payment of $11.0 million under the Collaboration Agreement with JT Torii we entered into in August 2016, as well as additional revenue of $0.5 million from JT Torii for development support services recognized by us during the period. We had collaboration and license revenue of $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 related to two months of revenue that we recognized from the $11.0 million upfront payment under the Collaboration Agreement.


59


Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses increased $11.3 million , or 157% , from $7.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 to $18.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was primarily due to an increase in clinical trial expenses of $6.9 million, an increase in personnel expenses of $1.8 million as a result of an increase in our employee headcount, as well as an increase of $2.4 million in consulting expenses and professional fees. For the periods presented, substantially all of our research and development expenses related to our development activity for serlopitant.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased $1.0 million , or 41% , from $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 to $3.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase was primarily due to increases in consulting expenses and professional fees of $0.7 million and personnel expenses of $0.3 million as we expanded our operations.
Interest Income and Other Expense, Net
Interest income and other expense, net was $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively, which related to interest earned on our outstanding investment balances.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2016
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods indicated (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Increase
 

 % change
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
 
Collaboration and license revenue
 
$

 
$
674

 
$
674

 
*
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
Research and development
 
2,921

 
11,255

 
8,334

 
285
General and administrative
 
1,687

 
3,751

 
2,064

 
122
Loss from operations
 
(4,608
)
 
(14,332
)
 
(9,724
)
 
211
Interest income and other expense, net
 

 
264

 
264

 
*
Net loss
 
$
(4,608
)
 
$
(14,068
)
 
$
(9,460
)
 
205
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Not meaningful.

Collaboration and License Revenue
Collaboration and license revenue of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 was entirely due to the allocation of revenue we recognized during the period from the initial upfront payment of $11.0 million under the Collaboration Agreement with JT Torii we entered into in August 2016. We had no collaboration and license revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 .
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses increased $8.3 million , or 285% , from $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 . The increase was primarily due to a $5.2 million increase in clinical trial costs, an increase of $1.5 million in personnel expenses as a result of an increase in our employee headcount , and a $1.2 million increase in consulting expenses and professional fees. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, substantially all of our research and development expenses related to our development activity for serlopitant.


60


General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased $2.1 million , or 122% , from $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 . The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel expenses of $1.0 million and an increase in consulting expenses and professional fees of $0.9 million incurred as we expanded our operations.
Interest Income and Other Expense, Net
Interest income and other expense, net was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, which related to interest earned on our outstanding investment balances. We had no interest income and other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2015 .
Liquidity and Capital Resources
To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of convertible preferred stock and from a payment under the Collaboration Agreement. We received net proceeds of $109.3 million from the sale and issuance of preferred stock through September 30, 2017 , including $50.5 million received from the sale of our Series C convertible preferred stock in July 2017. In August 2016, we received an upfront, non-refundable payment of $11.0 million from JT Torii in connection with the entry into the Collaboration Agreement. As of September 30, 2017 , we had cash, cash equivalents and investments of $73.5 million . Our cash, cash equivalents and investments are held in money market accounts and investments in corporate notes and government notes.
We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future as we advance serlopitant through clinical development, the regulatory approval process and, if approved, commercial launch activities. Specifically, in the near term, we expect to incur substantial expenses relating to our ongoing Phase 2 and planned Phase 3 clinical trials, the development and validation of our commercial manufacturing process for serlopitant, and other development activities including potentially commencing Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis and for refractory chronic cough. In addition, we expect to pay a $3.0 million milestone payment to Merck upon the initiation of our Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.
We will continue to require additional capital to develop our product candidate and fund operations for the foreseeable future. We may seek to raise capital through private or public equity or debt financings, collaborative or other arrangements with corporate sources, or through other sources of financing. Adequate additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed could have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategies. We anticipate that we will need to raise substantial additional capital, the requirements of which will depend on many factors, including:
the time and cost necessary to complete our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trials for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis and for refractory chronic cough, our planned Phase 3 clinical trials for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis as well as any additional current and planned clinical trials of serlopitant;
the number, size and type of any additional clinical trials or studies we may choose to initiate or that we may be required to complete prior to obtaining regulatory approval of serlopitant;
the timing of, and costs involved in, seeking and obtaining approvals from the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential by the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies than those that we current expect , and the costs of post‑marketing studies that could be required by regulatory authorities;
our ability to receive payments under our collaboration with JT Torii, and the timing of receipt of any such payments;
the timing of the milestone payments we must make to Merck;


61



the costs of preparing to manufacture serlopitant on a commercial scale;
our ability to successfully commercialize serlopitant; 
the manufacturing, selling and marketing costs associated with serlopitant, including the cost and timing of forming and expanding our sales organization and marketing capabilities;
the degree and rate of market acceptance of any products launched by us or our partners;
the cash requirements of any future acquisitions or discovery of product candidates; 
the progress, timing, scope and costs of our non-clinical studies and clinical trials, including the ability to enroll patients in a timely manner for potential future clinical trials; 
the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;
our need and ability to hire additional personnel;
our ability to enter into additional collaboration, licensing, commercialization or other arrangements and the terms and timing of such arrangements; and
the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.
If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose upon us additional covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our common stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce, or terminate some or all of our development programs and clinical trials. We may also be required to sell or license to others rights to serlopitant in certain territories or indications that we would prefer to develop and commercialize ourselves.
See “Risk Factors” for additional risks associated with our substantial capital requirements.
Summary Statement of Cash Flows
The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented below (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2016
 
2017
Net cash (used in) provided by:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
 
$
(4,183
)
 
$
(2,291
)
 
$
2,258

 
$
(18,054
)
Investing activities
 

 
(37,490
)
 
(38,646
)
 
(21,376
)
Financing activities
 
47,718

 

 

 
50,361

Net increase (decrease) in cash
 
$
43,535

 
$
(39,781
)
 
$
(36,388
)
 
$
10,931

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $2.3 million compared to cash used in operations of $18.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 . Cash provided by operating activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was primarily due to changes in


62



operating assets and liabilities, including an increase in deferred revenue of $10.8 million and an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $0.9 million, which were partially offset by the net loss for the period of $9.2 million. The cash used in operating activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was primarily due to the net loss for the period of $19.8 million as well as non‑cash stock‑based compensation expense of $1.2 million , and was also affected by changes in operating assets and liabilities, including a decrease of $1.3 million in deferred revenue, an increase in prepaid expenses of $1.1 million and an increase in accounts receivable of $0.5 million, offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $3.3 million .
Cash used in operating activities was $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and cash used in operating activities was $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 . Cash used in operating activities in 2015 was primarily due to the use of funds in our operations related to the development of serlopitant and the resulting net loss of $4.6 million , offset by a decrease in accrued expenses of $0.3 million . Cash used in operating activities in 2016 was primarily due an increase of $10.3 million in deferred revenue associated with the upfront cash payment received in August 2016 in connection with the Collaboration Agreement, non‑cash stock‑based compensation expense of $0.6 million , offset by use of funds in our operations that resulted in a net loss of $14.1 million , as well as changes in other operating assets and liabilities, including an increase of $0.6 million in prepaid expenses and an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $1.4 million.
Cash Used in Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 represented purchases of investments of $49.5 million , offset by proceeds received from maturities and sales of investments of $10.9 million . Cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 represented purchases of investments of $59.2 million , offset by proceeds received from maturities and sales of investments of $37.8 million .
Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 represented purchases of investments of $55.3 million , offset by proceeds from maturities and sales of investments of $17.9 million . We had no cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 .
Cash Provided by Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities was $0 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 cash provided by financing activities was $50.4 million, consisting primarily of net proceeds from the sale of Series C convertible preferred stock.
Cash provided by financing activities was $47.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 consisted primarily of net proceeds from the issuance of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock. We had no cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 .
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments due by period
 
 
Less than
1 year
 
1 to 3
years
 
4 to 5
years
 
After 5
years
 
Total
Lease obligations, net
 
$
244

 
$
124

 
$

 
$

 
$
368

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016, we have lease obligations consisting of an operating lease for our operating facility for approximately 4,000 square feet, which we executed in April 2016. The term of the lease commenced in May 2016 and expires in June 2018. In September 2017, we entered into a new operating facility lease in Redwood City, California for 13,904 square feet, with a term from October 2017 to March 2020. The monthly lease payments under the new lease are approximately $55,000, with annual increases.


63



In December 2012, we entered into an exclusive worldwide royalty‑free license agreement with Merck for exclusive worldwide rights for the development and commercialization of serlopitant and two other NK 1 ‑R antagonists in all human diseases, disorders or conditions, except for the treatment and prevention of nausea or vomiting. We have agreed to make aggregate payments of up to $25.0 million dollars upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones for serlopitant. However, because the achievement of these milestones is not fixed and determinable, such commitments have not been included on our balance sheet or in the Contractual Obligations and Commitments table above. In the near term, upon dosing our first patient in our Phase 3 clinical trials for serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis , we will be obligated to make a milestone payment of $3.0 million to Merck pursuant to our license agreement, which we anticipate paying from our existing cash resources. For additional information regarding future payments to third parties, including milestone and royalty payments to Merck, please see “Business—Commercial Agreements.”
We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs for clinical trials, non‑clinical studies and testing, manufacturing and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination upon notice, and therefore we believe that our non‑cancelable obligations under these agreements are not material.
Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Judgments and Use of Estimates
Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.
While our significant accounting policies are described in the Notes to our financial statements, we believe that the following critical accounting policies are most important to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.
Revenue Recognition
To date, our clinical drug candidate, serlopitant, has not been approved for sale by the FDA and we have not generated any revenue from the sale of products. We generate revenue pursuant to the Collaboration Agreement and our services agreement with JT Torii in connection with the clinical development and commercialization of products covered by these agreements.
On August 10, 2016, we entered into the Collaboration Agreement with JT Torii. Under the Collaboration Agreement, we granted to JT Torii the rights to develop and commercialize products containing serlopitant in Japan, for the treatment of diseases and conditions other than nausea or vomiting. In exchange, JT Torii paid us an upfront, non‑refundable payment of $11.0 million. In addition, we are entitled to receive aggregate payments of up to $28.0 million upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones, and $15.0 million upon the achievement of a commercial milestone, as well as tiered royalties from the mid-single digits up to the mid‑teens on sales of licensed products in Japan. Our performance obligations under the license agreement include the transfer of intellectual property rights in the form of licenses, obligations to participate on certain development and/or commercialization committees with the collaboration partners and supply manufactured drug product for clinical trials.
We recognize revenue pursuant to the Collaboration Agreement in connection with the clinical development and commercialization of products covered by the collaboration, including non-refundable upfront license fees, contingent consideration payments based on the achievement of defined collaboration objectives and royalties on sales of commercialized products. Revenue from our Collaboration Agreement is recognized when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) transfer of technology has been completed, services have been performed or products have been delivered; (iii) the fee is fixed and determinable, and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.


64



For revenue agreements with multiple elements such as the Collaboration Agreement, we evaluate the agreements in accordance with ASC 605-25 Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements to identify the deliverables included within the agreement and evaluate which deliverables represent separate units of accounting based on the achievement of certain criteria including whether the deliverable has stand alone value. Upfront payments for licenses are evaluated to determine if the licensee can obtain standalone value from the license separate from the value of the research and development services and other deliverables in the arrangement to be provided by us. The assessment of multiple-element arrangements also requires judgment in order to determine the allocation of revenue to each deliverable and the appropriate period of time over which the revenue should be recognized.
Under the Collaboration Agreement, we have determined that the license does not have standalone value separate from the research and development services because JT Torii cannot resell such license on a standalone basis or use the license with its available resources to obtain any economic value without our participation. T he license and the services are combined as one unit of accounting and upfront payments are recorded initially as deferred revenue in the balance sheet. Revenue is then recognized on a straight-line basis over an estimated performance period that is consistent with the term of performance obligations, unless we determine there is a discernible pattern of performance other than straight-line, in which case we use a proportionate performance method to recognize the revenue over the estimated performance period. We are recognizing the upfront fee on a straight-line basis over the initial period of performance of six years, which represents the estimated development period in the territories based on the initial development plan managed by the joint steering committee. The term of the agreement is through the expiration of the patents associated with serlopitant. We periodically review our estimated periods of performance based on the progress under each arrangement and account for the impact of any changes in estimated periods of performance on a prospective basis.
At the inception of each agreement that includes milestone payments, including the Collaboration Agreement, we evaluate whether each milestone is substantive and at risk to both parties on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone. We evaluate factors such as the scientific, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the respective milestone, the level of effort and investment required to achieve the respective milestone, and whether the milestone consideration is reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement in making this assessment. Non‑refundable payments that are contingent upon achievement of a substantive milestone are recognized in their entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Other contingent payments in which a portion of the milestone consideration is refundable or adjusts based on future performance or non‑performance (e.g., through a penalty or clawback provision) are not considered to relate solely to past performance, and therefore, not considered substantive. Amounts that are not recognized as revenue due to the uncertainty as to whether they will be retained or because they are expected to be refunded are recorded as a liability. We recognize non‑substantive milestone payments over the remaining estimated period of performance once the milestone is achieved. Contingent payments associated with the achievement of specific objectives in certain contracts that are not considered substantive because we do not contribute effort to the achievement of such milestones are recognized as revenue upon achievement of the objective, as long as there are no undelivered elements remaining and no continuing performance obligations by us, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. We are entitled to receive aggregate payments of up to $28.0 million upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones, and $15.0 million upon the achievement of a commercial milestone. Certain of the milestones related to preparation of an IND for submission to regulatory authorities in the territory are considered substantive given that they are triggered by our performance relative to the achievement of pre-specified, “at risk” milestone events, such as the initiation or successful completion of regulatory development phases. All other milestones are considered non-substantive because the milestone is dependent upon the performance of the collaboration partner rather than us.
On September 1, 2017, we entered into a new services agreement with JT Torii to provide research and development services, including regulatory, chemistry and manufacturing support and related materials that is distinct from the original Collaboration Agreement. We evaluated the new services agreement and determined that the research and materials delivered to JT Torii represents a separate earnings process that provides stand alone value to JT Torii. The fees received under the services agreement will be recognized as and when such services are performed by us and JT Torii consumes the benefits of those services. We have no obligation to provide services unless requested by JT Torii and agreed to by us. We are eligible to receive reimbursement of


65



estimated costs incurred and payment for research services performed directly by us at agreed upon rates. During the quarter ended September 30, 2017, we recognized revenue of $0.5 million related to the new services agreement. The services agreement terminates upon the termination of the Collaboration Agreement or by mutual agreement of the parties. Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue in our balance sheets. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, current portion. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, net of current portion.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.
We estimate non‑clinical study and clinical trial expenses based on the services performed pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage non‑clinical studies and clinical trials on our behalf. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, we will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses until the services are rendered.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
We account for stock‑based compensation arrangements with employees in accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation. ASC 718 requires the recognition of compensation expense, using a fair value‑based method, for costs related to all stock‑based payments including stock options. Our determination of the fair value of stock options on the date of grant utilizes the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model for stock options with time‑based vesting, and is impacted by our common stock price as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include expected term that options will remain outstanding, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, risk‑free interest rates and expected dividends.
The fair value is recognized over the period during which an optionee is required to provide services in exchange for the option award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight‑line basis.
Equity instruments issued to non‑employees are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date and are subject to periodic adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest. The fair value of options granted to consultants is expensed when vested.
Estimating the fair value of equity‑settled awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black‑Scholes option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock‑based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop.
Expected Term— The expected term assumption represents the weighted average period that the stock‑based awards are expected to be outstanding. We have elected to use the “simplified method” for estimating the expected term of the options, whereby the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option.
Expected Volatility— For all stock options granted to date, the volatility data was estimated based on a study of publicly traded industry peer companies. For purposes of identifying these peer companies, we considered the industry, stage of development, size and financial leverage of potential comparable companies.
Expected Dividend— The Black‑Scholes valuation model valuation model calls for a single expected dividend yield as an input. We currently have no history or expectation of paying cash dividends on our common stock.


66



Risk‑Free Interest Rate— The risk‑free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero‑coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the equity‑settled award.
The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of awards granted to employees and directors during the periods indicated:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2016
 
2017
Expected term (in years)
 
3.1
 
4.6 - 6.1
 
4.6 - 6.1
 
6.0 - 6.1
Volatility
 
74%
 
68% - 74%
 
68% - 71%
 
75% - 100%
Risk-free interest rate
 
1.0%
 
1.3% - 2.1%
 
1.3% - 1.5%
 
1.9% - 2.2%
Dividend yield
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of awards granted to non employees during the periods indicated:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2016
 
2017
Expected term (in years)
 
1.0 - 1.8
 
9.3 - 10.0
 
9.5 - 9.8
 
8.5 - 10.0
Volatility
 
62% - 74%
 
84% - 86%
 
84% - 86%
 
74% - 100%
Risk-free interest rate
 
0.5% - 0.7%
 
1.6% - 2.5%
 
1.6%
 
2.1% - 2.5%
Dividend yield
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms and interest rates utilized for our stock‑based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis.
Stock‑based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, is reflected in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2016
 
2017
Research and development
 
$
1

 
$
257

 
$
127

 
$
676

General and administrative
 
64

 
316

 
184

 
541

Total stock-based compensation
 
$
65

 
$
573

 
$
311

 
$
1,217

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016, total unamortized stock‑based compensation was $2.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining vesting period of 3.0 years. At September 30, 2017 , there was approximately $4.4 million of unamortized compensation expense, which was expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.8 years.


67



The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2017 was approximately $26.1 million based on a hypothetical common stock fair value of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
Common Stock Valuations
The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined at each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant.
In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date, we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock based on the information known to us on the date of grant, upon a review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock, and in part on input from an independent third‑party valuation. As is provided for in Section 409A of the Code, we generally rely on our valuations for up to twelve months unless we have experienced a material event that would have affected the estimated fair value per common share.
Our valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately‑Held‑Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the Practice Aid. The methodology to determine the fair value of our common stock included estimating the fair value of the enterprise using a market approach, which estimates the fair value of the company by including an estimation of the value of the business based on guideline public companies under a number of different scenarios. The assumptions used to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock are based on numerous objective and subjective factors, combined with management judgment, including external market conditions affecting the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry and trends within the industry; our stage of development; the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; the prices at which we sold shares of our convertible preferred stock; our financial condition and operating results, including our levels of available capital resources; the progress of our research and development efforts, our stage of development and business strategy; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; general U.S. market conditions and the lack of marketability of our common stock.
The Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the following methods:
Option Pricing Method. Under the option pricing method, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.
Probability‑Weighted Expected Return Method. The probability‑weighted expected return method, or PWERM, is a scenario‑based analysis that estimates value per share based on the probability‑weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.
Based on our early stage of development and other relevant factors, we determined that a PWERM was the most appropriate method for allocating our enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock for valuations performed for September 2016, December 2016, June 2017 and September 2017, which resulted in the fair value of our common stock being $3.56, $4.56, $4.83 and $7.01, respectively. In determining the estimated fair value of our common stock, our board of directors also considered the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the public markets. Accordingly, we applied discounts to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock based on the weighted‑average expected time to liquidity. The estimated fair value of our common stock at each grant date reflected a non‑marketability discount partially based on the anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event.
Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors intends to determine the fair value of our common stock based on the closing price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market on the date of grant.


68



Income Taxes
We provide for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Current income tax expense or benefit represents the amount of income taxes expected to be payable or refundable for the current year. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and credit carryforwards, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such items are expected to reverse. Deferred income tax assets are reduced, as necessary, by a valuation allowance when management determines it is more likely than not that some or all of the tax benefits will not be realized.
We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740‑10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes . We assess all material positions taken in any income tax return, including all significant uncertain positions, in all tax years that are still subject to assessment or challenge by relevant taxing authorities. Assessing an uncertain tax position begins with the initial determination of the position’s sustainability and is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As of each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions must be reassessed, and we will determine whether (i) the factors underlying the sustainability assertion have changed and (ii) the amount of the recognized tax benefit is still appropriate. The recognition and measurement of tax benefits requires significant judgment. Judgments concerning the recognition and measurement of a tax benefit might change as new information becomes available.
As of December 31, 2016 our total deferred tax assets were $11.6 million. Due to our lack of earnings history and uncertainties surrounding our ability to generate future taxable income, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The deferred tax assets were primarily comprised of federal and state tax net operating losses, or NOLs. Utilization of NOLs may be limited by the “ownership change” rules, as defined in Section 382 of the Code. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Our ability to use our remaining NOLs may be further limited if we experience an ownership change in connection with this offering, future offerings or as a result of future changes in our stock ownership.
Investment Securities
We have an investment policy which limits us to investing in highly rated corporate and government notes, and no individual investment may comprise more than 5% of the total portfolio.
We classify our investment securities as available‑for‑sale. Those investments with maturities less than 12 months at the date of purchase are considered short‑term investments. Those investments with maturities greater than 12 months at the date of purchase are considered long‑term investments. Our investment securities classified as available‑for‑sale are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices at period end. Unrealized gains and losses, deemed temporary in nature, are reported as a separate component of comprehensive income or loss.
A decline in the fair value of any security below cost that is deemed other than temporary results in a charge to earnings and the corresponding establishment of a new cost basis for the security. Premiums (discounts) are amortized (accreted) over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the straight‑line interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.
We determine the fair value of our assets and liabilities based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. We use a fair value hierarchy with three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, to measure fair value:
Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs


69



that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and
Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Since our inception, we have not engaged in any off‑balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC. See Note 5 of our audited financial statements included in this prospectus, Commitments and Contingencies, regarding our guarantees and indemnifications.
Related Party Transactions
From 2011 through 2016, we have operated with significant consulting and management services provided by Velocity Pharmaceutical Development, LLC, or VPD. Development services fees paid to VPD under a development services agreement (the “Development Services Agreement”) were $0.8 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 , respectively. Development services fees paid to VPD under the Development Services Agreement were $0.8 million and $0 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively. We also reimbursed VPD for consulting, travel and other expenses incurred on our behalf. As of December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 , we had no outstanding liabilities to VPD. Several managing directors of VPD have served as officers and directors of the Company. David Collier, M.D., a former member of our board of directors, is the Chief Executive Officer of VPD, and Xiaoming Zhang, Ph.D., our Senior Vice President, Non‑Clinical and Pharmaceutical Development, was a Venture Partner of VPD.
We have entered into a services agreement with Theratrophix LLC, which is partially owned by Dr. Zhang.  During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 , we incurred expenses of $39,000 and $270,000, respectively with Theratrophix. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 , there was an outstanding accounts payable balance of $39,000 and $0, respectively, owed to Theratrophix. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 , we incurred expenses of $247,000 and $105,000, respectively with Theratrophix. As of September 30, 2017 , there were no outstanding accounts payable balance owed to Theratrophix.
Indemnification
As permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with our bylaws, we are required to indemnify our officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is or was serving in such capacity. We are also party to indemnification agreements with our directors. We believe the fair value of the indemnification rights and agreements is minimal. Accordingly, we have not recorded any liabilities for these indemnification rights and agreements as of September 30, 2017 .
JOBS Act Accounting Election
The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.
Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016‑18,  Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . The update requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. ASU 2016‑18 is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods. We are currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on our financial statements.


70



In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑09, Improvements to Employee Share‑Based Payment Accounting as part of its simplification initiative, which involves several aspects of accounting for share‑based payment transactions, including the income tax effects, statutory withholding requirements, forfeitures and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted. We adopted this standard as of January 1, 2017, and there was no impact to our financial statements as a result of the adoption.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑02, Leases (ASC 842), which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract (i.e., lessees and lessors). The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight‑line basis over the term of the lease, respectively. A lessee is also required to record a right‑of‑use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than twelve months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of twelve months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases today. ASC 842 supersedes the previous leases standard, ASC 840 Leases . The standard is effective on January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on our financial statements.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , which addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. ASU 2016‑01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on our financial statements.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015‑17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments in this update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. We elected to early adopt ASU 2015‑17 as of the beginning of our fourth quarter ended December 31, 2015 on a prospective basis. There was no impact to the balance sheet amounts as a result of early adoption.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014‑15 related to Presentation of Financial Statements Going Concern (Subtopic 205‑40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This update provides guidance about management’s responsibilities in evaluating an entity’s going concern uncertainties, and about the timing and content of related footnote disclosures. Under this amended guidance, an entity’s management should evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This update is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. We adopted this standard in 2016 and there was no impact on the financial position, results of operations or related financial statement disclosures.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014‑12, Accounting for Share‑Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period . ASU 2014‑12 requires that a performance target that affects vesting and could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. ASU 2014‑12 is effective for us for the annual period ending after December 15, 2015 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2014‑12 did not have a material effect on our financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014‑09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015‑14,


71



Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date , which effectively delayed the adoption date by one year, to an effective date for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. In March, April and May 2016, the FASB issued additional updates to the new revenue standard relating to reporting revenue on a gross versus net basis, identifying performance obligations and licensing arrangements, and narrow‑scope improvements and practical expedients, respectively. The effective date of this additional update is the same as that of ASU 2014‑09. The guidance permits the use of either a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We have not yet selected a transition method. We are still finalizing the analysis to quantify the adoption impact of the provisions of the new standard, but we do not currently expect to have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations. Based on the evaluation of our current collaboration agreement and associated revenue streams, most of the revenue will be recorded consistently under both the current and the new standard. The FASB has issued, and may issue in the future, interpretive guidance which may cause our evaluation to change. We believe we are following an appropriate timeline to allow for proper recognition, presentation and disclosure upon adoption effective the beginning of fiscal year 2018.
There are no other recently issued accounting standards that apply to us or that are expected to have a material impact on results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
The market risk inherent in our financial instruments and in our financial position represents the potential loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates or exchange rates. As of September 30, 2017 , we had cash, cash equivalents and investments of $73.5 million , consisting of interest‑bearing money market accounts and investments in corporate notes and government securities, which would be affected by changes in the general level of United States interest rates. However, due to the short‑term maturities and the low‑risk profile of our investments, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our cash, cash equivalents and investments.
We do not believe that inflation, interest rate changes, or exchange rate fluctuations had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented herein.



72



BUSINESS
Overview
We are a late‑stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus, or itch, associated with dermatologic conditions such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis. There are currently no therapies approved in the United States that are primarily intended to reduce the pruritus associated with these conditions. We are concurrently evaluating the use of serlopitant for the treatment of refractory chronic cough, a cough that persists for greater than eight weeks despite treatment of any identified underlying cause. There are currently no drugs specifically approved for refractory chronic cough in the United States. These indications each represent a significant patient need. We believe that serlopitant, a highly selective, once‑daily, oral small molecule inhibitor of the neurokinin 1 receptor, or NK 1 ‑R, has the potential to significantly alleviate pruritus and refractory chronic cough symptoms.
We have initiated a broad clinical development program for serlopitant as a once‑daily oral tablet treatment for pruritus associated with multiple underlying chronic dermatologic conditions and for the treatment of refractory chronic cough. We expect data from our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial in pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis in the second quarter of 2018 and from our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trials in pruritus associated with psoriasis and refractory chronic cough by late 2018 or early 2019. We plan to initiate two Phase 3 clinical trials in pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis in the first half of 2018, with results expected in the first half of 2020. If these and future clinical trials we may initiate are successful, we could potentially submit a New Drug Application, or NDA, for up to three indications in 2020: pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis.
We have completed two double‑blind Phase 2 clinical trials in over 380 patients with pruritus and observed clinically relevant and statistically significant improvements in pruritus in patients treated with serlopitant compared to patients treated with placebo. The first Phase 2 clinical trial, conducted in 257 patients with chronic pruritus, met its primary and multiple secondary efficacy endpoints of pruritus reduction for patients treated at our two highest doses (5 mg and 1 mg daily) compared with those receiving placebo. The second Phase 2 clinical trial, conducted in 127 patients with prurigo nodularis, a severely pruritic skin condition with lesions, also met its primary and multiple secondary efficacy endpoints demonstrating significant pruritus reduction. Serlopitant has been dosed in more than 1,000 individuals and has been shown to be well tolerated, including when administered to patients in a clinical trial for up to one year.
More than 35 million patients in the United States are affected by atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, or prurigo nodularis. Pruritus is the primary complaint among such patients, often significantly impacting their quality of life. Current therapies, however, do not adequately control pruritus in many of these patients. Accordingly, there is a significant opportunity for a once‑daily oral tablet therapy for pruritus associated with these disease conditions. We believe that serlopitant, if approved, may be adopted by physicians as an oral anti‑pruritic therapy either as an adjunct to topical or systemic treatments or as a monotherapy in patients for whom management of pruritus is the primary patient need.
More than 10 million patients in the United States suffer from refractory chronic cough, for which no drugs have been specifically approved in the United States. Many patients report that their condition is frequently disabling and has a marked effect on their quality of life. Similar to pruritus, treatment options for refractory chronic cough are limited and may have inadequate benefit for many patients.
We have exclusive, royalty‑free development and commercialization rights to serlopitant in all markets other than Japan, where we have licensed serlopitant to JT Torii, for development and commercialization. In the United States, serlopitant has composition of matter patent protection into 2025, which may be extended for up to five years, issued methods of use patent protection for pruritus applications into 2033, and a filed provisional patent application for use in cough.
Members of our management team have extensive experience in product development, having held drug development, commercial and leadership roles at numerous biopharmaceutical and dermatology products companies, including Genentech/Roche, Gilead Sciences, Millennium Pharmaceuticals (acquired by Takeda), Relypsa (acquired by Galenica), Anacor Pharmaceuticals (acquired by Pfizer), Medicis Pharmaceutical (acquired


73



by Valeant), Connetics Corporation (acquired by Stiefel, now a division of GSK), BioForm Medical (acquired by Merz) and Merz Aesthetics. At their prior companies, our management team members have been involved in product development or commercialization of many successful dermatology products.
Our Strategy
Our goal is to become a fully integrated biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of serlopitant. The key elements of our strategy are to:
Obtain regulatory approval for serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with multiple highly pruritic dermatologic conditions. We plan to focus on the near term development and potential regulatory approval and commercialization of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with multiple dermatologic conditions. Following our discussions with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and European regulatory agencies, we are advancing into Phase 3 clinical trials for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. We have also commenced Phase 2 clinical trials for the treatment of pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis and psoriasis. If the results of these trials are promising, we intend to rapidly advance into Phase 3 clinical trials, for these indications, with the goal of seeking regulatory approval in the United States and Europe.
Build a specialty sales organization to commercialize and market serlopitant in the United States, if approved. If approved by the FDA for pruritus associated with our target dermatologic conditions, we intend to commercialize serlopitant by developing our own sales organization targeting a subset of the 10,000 to 12,000 dermatologists in the United States. If approved for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, we anticipate that we may need to expand this sales organization to reach high prescribing pediatricians and primary care physicians. Outside the United States, we intend to establish commercialization strategies for serlopitant as we approach possible commercial approval in each market, which may include collaborations with other companies.
Develop serlopitant to treat refractory chronic cough. We believe that the mechanistic overlap of the NK 1 ‑R pathway in the pathology of pruritus and cough supports the development of serlopitant as a potentially efficacious therapy for patients suffering from refractory chronic cough. Our program builds upon data from several proof of concept studies with other NK 1 ‑R antagonists. We are evaluating the efficacy and safety of serlopitant in our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial for refractory chronic cough.
Leverage our development and commercial infrastructure to expand our pipeline over time We may elect in the future to pursue additional indications for serlopitant or in‑license or acquire drug candidates or commercial products that leverage our development or commercial capabilities.


74



Our Serlopitant Development Programs
We are developing serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis. We are concurrently evaluating the use of serlopitant for the treatment of refractory chronic cough. Our development pipeline is summarized in the figure below:
UPDATEDPIPELINEIMAGEV2.JPG
Our collaborator in Japan, JT Torii, is also conducting a clinical development program for serlopitant in pruritus indications and is currently planning to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial in 2018.
Clinical Need in Pruritus and Cough
Chronic Pruritus Overview
Chronic pruritus, defined as itching lasting longer than six weeks, can be as burdensome as chronic pain in negatively impacting a patient’s quality of life. The urge to scratch can be unbearable, and the act of scratching can remove layers of skin and break the skin barrier leading to bleeding, scarring and greatly increasing the risk of infection. Similar to chronic pain, severe chronic pruritus causes a number of physical and psychological issues that substantially impact patients’ day‑to‑day well‑being. Pruritus can lead to trouble sleeping, resulting in loss of work productivity and increased anxiety and depression as patients struggle to maintain self‑control.
Chronic pruritus is a hallmark of many dermatologic and systemic diseases, such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis, and is the predominant reason that patients with these diseases experience so much discomfort. In a recent report published in the Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology, up to 26% of the worldwide population suffers from chronic pruritus at some point in their lives.
Despite its prevalence, chronic pruritus is not well addressed by current therapies. Skin diseases such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis are commonly treated with a multi‑prong therapeutic approach. Skin barrier restoration and maintenance through application of topical moisturizers and treatment of skin lesions locally through the use of topical corticosteroids or other topical anti‑inflammatory agents are the predominant first‑line therapies for many pruritic skin diseases. Phototherapy and systemic immunomodulators including biologics are frequently used for more severe disease. These therapies may reduce pruritus to some degree in addition to their effects on skin health and inflammation. Yet many patients with atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, or prurigo nodularis still report high levels of pruritus despite active topical or systemic therapy. This significant medical need is reflected by the widespread use of therapies intended to address pruritus specifically, such as oral antihistamines, despite evidence demonstrating their relative lack of efficacy, as well as concerns regarding their safety and tolerability, such as sedative effects of antihistamines.
The itch‑scratch cycle can also undermine progress in treating skin lesions if pruritus is not addressed adequately. In any skin disease, but especially in atopic dermatitis, repeated itching and scratching can lead to secondary cutaneous infections. In psoriasis patients, scratching can lead to the development of new psoriatic lesions. Similarly, prurigo nodularis is characterized by excoriations, crusting and sometimes ulceration of


75



lesions due to the incessant scratching provoked by chronic pruritus. We believe that the pruritus associated with multiple distinct diseases, such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis, involves activation of a common neuronal pathway for itch signaling, enabling a drug that is effective in reducing pruritus associated with one disease to have efficacy in reducing pruritus in others.
Atopic Dermatitis Overview
There are an estimated 26 million people in the United States who have atopic dermatitis , a chronic, inflammatory skin disease that is most commonly first diagnosed in childhood. Atopic dermatitis is characterized by skin barrier disruption and immune dysregulation. Patients with atopic dermatitis may have chronically inflamed skin lesions and often have persistent pruritus. Physicians and patients report pruritus as the primary patient complaint associated with this disease.
Of the total population of atopic dermatitis patients in the United States, an estimated 37% of those are actually diagnosed with the disease, and of those diagnosed, an estimated 45‑50% of these patients are actively being treated by a physician. Creams and ointments and topical corticosteroids or other topical or systemic anti‑inflammatory agents are routinely used to manage skin health and to reduce skin inflammation in patients with atopic dermatitis. In our market research, dermatologists report that up to 30% of the patients they treat for atopic dermatitis have inadequately controlled pruritus.
Psoriasis Overview
According to the World Health Organization, psoriasis, a common chronic autoimmune disorder of the skin, causing redness, irritation and scaly lesions, affects up to five percent of the world’s population. Approximately 12 million people in the United States have psoriasis; of these, an estimated 7.5 million have been diagnosed with the skin disease and an estimated 50‑60% of diagnosed patients are actively being treated. Of those patients in active treatment, an estimated 50-60% of these patients have moderate to severe pruritus. In a recent survey of 5,604 psoriasis patients, over 90% reported pruritus as a significantly bothersome symptom. The severity of the pruritus in psoriasis patients does not always correlate with the severity and number of skin lesions , suggesting that pruritus and skin inflammatory disease may be somewhat independent of each other in patients with psoriasis.
Mild to moderate psoriasis is typically treated with topical therapies such as corticosteroids or vitamin D analogs. Moderate to severe psoriasis may be treated with topical therapies, systemic immunosuppressive or immunomodulatory drugs, or phototherapy. While all of these therapies can help reduce the skin irritation and plaques in patients with psoriasis, and may also reduce pruritus to some degree, they may not adequately resolve the pruritus associated with psoriasis.
Prurigo Nodularis Overview
We estimate that there are approximately 350,000 people with prurigo nodularis in the United States. Prurigo nodularis is a chronic skin disorder affecting primarily older adults and is characterized by multiple, firm, itchy nodules typically found on a patient’s arms, legs and trunk. Prurigo nodularis results from a vicious cycle of repeated itching and scratching leading to formation of raised, inflamed skin nodules that can develop sores or become hard and crusty. The itching sensation in prurigo nodularis is extreme and often leads to scratching to the point of bleeding or pain. Prurigo nodularis may be associated with a variety of dermatologic and systemic diseases such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, diabetes, chronic renal failure and HIV infection.
No treatment for prurigo nodularis has been approved in the United States or Europe. A high priority in any treatment for prurigo nodularis is to identify and address any underlying cause of itching. However, specific trigger factors for the development of prurigo nodularis in an individual patient may be difficult to identify. Treatment of prurigo nodularis typically involves a multifaceted approach to treat the lesions and reduce itch. Therapies may include corticosteroids and other immunosuppressive or anti‑inflammatory treatments, phototherapy and agents such as gabapentin and Lyrica (pregabalin). Prurigo nodularis is often treatment resistant with high recurrence rates.
Refractory Chronic Cough Overview
Cough is a symptom of many underlying conditions such as respiratory infections, inflammatory conditions such as asthma, irritants such as smoke, and diseases that limit lung function. While cough from acute conditions usually resolves, it has been estimated that over 10% of adults have, or have had, chronic cough, a cough that


76



persists for greater than eight weeks, at some point in their lives. The most prevalent underlying conditions associated with chronic cough are asthma, gastroesophageal reflux disease, or upper respiratory infections. Approximately 40% of patients with chronic cough are diagnosed with refractory chronic cough, a chronic cough that persists despite treatment of any identified underlying cause.
Current treatment options for refractory chronic cough have demonstrated limited efficacy. The two most common antitussive drugs are codeine and dextromethorphan, neither of which appears to be efficacious in recently conducted trials. Furthermore, concerns about the safety and abuse liability of narcotics such as codeine have restricted their use.
Our Solution: Serlopitant
We are developing serlopitant, a small molecule, highly selective NK 1 ‑R antagonist, as a once‑daily oral tablet therapy to reduce pruritus in patients with atopic dermatitis, psoriasis or prurigo nodularis, and to reduce cough frequency in patients with refractory chronic cough. We believe serlopitant has the potential to be a safe and efficacious treatment for pruritus and/or cough based on the following:
Two multicenter randomized Phase 2 clinical trials have demonstrated a statistically significant reduction of pruritus .  Both of our completed double‑blind Phase 2 clinical trials met their primary efficacy analyses and multiple secondary efficacy endpoints, demonstrating greater reduction of pruritus in patients treated with serlopitant compared with the patients treated with placebo. In addition, several proof‑of‑concept preclinical studies and clinical trials with other NK 1 ‑R antagonists have shown the benefit of NK 1 ‑R inhibition in pruritus and cough.
Serlopitant has been dosed in more than 1,000 individuals and has been shown to be well-tolerated, including when administered to patients in a clinical trial for up to one year. Serlopitant has been studied in 13 completed Phase 1 clinical trials and four completed Phase 2 clinical trials, including the two Phase 2 clinical trials conducted by us for pruritus and two Phase 2 clinical trials conducted by Merck for other indications. In several of these clinical trials, much higher doses than our current target therapeutic dose have been used (in one study 50 mg was used for up to 28 days), and approximately 40 patients have been treated for up to one year at a dose comparable to our target therapeutic dose.  We believe this safety experience supports development of serlopitant for chronic dosing.
Serlopitant, if approved, could fit easily into the current treatment regimen for our target indications.   Serlopitant, if approved, would be a once‑daily oral tablet therapy and could be used as an adjunct to standard of care topical or systemic treatments for pruritic dermatologic conditions. The drug interaction profile of serlopitant supports its use with a wide range of standard of care therapies, and the simple once‑daily oral dosing regimen can be added to current therapy to manage pruritus. Serlopitant may also be used as a monotherapy for patients for whom management of the pruritus or refractory chronic cough symptoms is the primary patient need.  
Background on Substance P and NK 1 -R
Serlopitant is a small molecule, highly selective NK 1 ‑R antagonist. Two critical mediators of the urge to scratch and the urge to cough are Substance P, or SP, and its receptor, the neurokinin‑1 receptor, or NK 1 ‑R. SP is a naturally occurring peptide in the tachykinin neuropeptide family. Tachykinins have a broad range of functions in the nervous and immune systems. SP binding of NK 1 ‑R has been shown to be a key mediator of sensory nerve signaling, including the itch‑scratch reflex, the cough reflex and the vomiting reflex. Accordingly, the biological bases of our pruritus and cough programs are similar and have been shown to involve SP and NK 1 ‑R in the signaling process. The following figure illustrates the role of NK 1 ‑R in itch and cough signaling:


77



CHRONICITCHCOUGH.JPG

SP administration and NK 1 ‑R inhibition have been validated in multiple animal models of human disease, which indicate potential therapeutic development paths in pruritus, cough and vomiting. Based upon the animal models of vomiting, NK 1 ‑R antagonists have been successfully developed and commercialized as treatments for chemotherapy induced nausea and vomiting. In pruritus animal studies, SP injection can stimulate scratching and NK 1 ‑R inhibition can stop scratching. Similarly, a study of canine cough has demonstrated that an NK 1 ‑R antagonist can reduce cough frequency.
Proof of concept trials have been conducted in patients with pruritus with Emend (aprepitant), a commercially available NK 1 ‑R antagonist. In an open label pruritus trial published in 2010, 20 patients with chronic pruritus refractory to other therapies were treated with aprepitant and 80% of these patients had significant alleviation of their pruritus after one week of treatment. Subsequent reports of aprepitant in other indications associated with pruritus such as prurigo nodularis, cutaneous T‑cell lymphoma and drug‑induced pruritus have also suggested efficacy at reducing pruritus associated with these disease conditions.  Recently published or presented case studies and small proof of concept trials in patients with chronic cough have demonstrated the ability of NK 1 ‑R antagonists to reduce cough frequency.
Our work builds upon the successful demonstration of activity in animal models and human proof of concept studies in pruritus and cough. We have leveraged the experience with NK 1 ‑R antagonists to advance serlopitant quickly into Phase 2 studies in indications that present a significant opportunity and a strong basis for use of NK 1 ‑R antagonism.  Serlopitant has been designed to overcome many of the limitations of previous generation NK 1 ‑R antagonists, such as aprepitant. Aprepitant is only approved for short term use associated with chemotherapy‑induced nausea and vomiting. Compared to aprepitant, serlopitant has a longer half‑life, fewer potential drug‑drug interactions, a more linear pharmacokinetic profile and was well tolerated when administered to patients in a clinical trial for up to one year. 
Serlopitant Clinical Trials
We are conducting a clinical development program in patients with pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis, and in patients with refractory chronic cough. A Phase 2 clinical trial in pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis (484 patients) has completed enrollment with results expected in the second


78



quarter of 2018. Phase 2 clinical trials in pruritus associated with psoriasis (200 patients) and refractory chronic cough (170 patients) are underway with results expected in late 2018 or early 2019. In the first half of 2018, we plan to initiate our Phase 3 clinical trials in pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis.
Chronic Pruritus Completed Phase 2 Clinical Trial
Trial Design
We completed a Phase 2 clinical trial in December 2014 to evaluate the safety and efficacy of serlopitant in patients with chronic pruritus. The study was a multicenter, randomized, double‑blind, placebo‑controlled trial in 257 adult patients (18 to 65 years of age) with pruritus for more than six weeks that were non‑responsive or inadequately responsive to topical steroids or antihistamines, and who had a baseline visual analog scale, or VAS of at least 70 mm. To report itch severity on the VAS, patients place a mark on a 100 mm line corresponding to the degree of severity of their pruritus. The distance from the origin of the line is measured to indicate pruritus severity, where 0 mm represents no itch and 100 mm represents the worst itch imaginable.
Patients underwent a screening period of up to two weeks. Eligible patients were randomized to one of four treatment groups (placebo or serlopitant 0.25 mg, 1 mg or 5 mg tablets), and began a six‑week treatment period, followed by a four‑week follow‑up period. At baseline, patients received a loading dose of three tablets. Thereafter, patients took one tablet every day at bedtime for six weeks. A total of 257 patients were randomized into one of the four groups (64 received a placebo, 64 received 0.25 mg serlopitant, 65 received 1 mg serlopitant and 64 received 5 mg serlopitant). The mean age was 43.7 years, and 60.7% of the patients were female. Demographics were generally balanced across treatment groups.
The primary efficacy analysis compared the percent change from baseline in itch VAS score in each serlopitant treatment group with the placebo group. An important secondary efficacy endpoint was percent change from baseline in itch on the Numeric Rating Scale, or NRS, an 11‑point scale ranging from 0 (no itch) to 10 (worst itch imaginable). Other secondary efficacy endpoints included assessments of sleep and quality of life.
Efficacy Results
The study met its primary and multiple secondary efficacy endpoints of pruritus reduction for patients treated at our two highest doses (5 mg and 1 mg daily). At week six, for the primary efficacy analysis, the serlopitant 5 mg group and serlopitant 1 mg group showed an improvement in pruritus of 42.5% and 41.4% from baseline, respectively, measured by the itch VAS. Each represents a statistically greater improvement compared with the placebo group improvement of 28.3% (5 mg, p = 0.013; 1 mg, p = 0.022). P‑value is a conventional statistical method for measuring the statistical significance of clinical results. A p‑value of less than 0.05 is generally considered to represent statistical significance, meaning that there is a less than five percent likelihood that the observed results occurred by chance.


79



The figure below shows the weekly itch VAS percentage change from baseline assessment for all four groups in this chronic pruritus Phase 2 clinical trial:
TCP101VASCHANGEFROMBASELINEN.JPG
Serlopitant at 5 mg and 1 mg also demonstrated superior efficacy over placebo for the secondary efficacy endpoint of percent change from baseline in itch NRS. At week six, the serlopitant 5 mg group and serlopitant 1 mg group showed an improvement in pruritus of 39.0% and 39.4% from baseline, respectively, measured by the itch NRS score. Each represents a statistically greater improvement compared with the placebo group improvement of 28.7% (5 mg, p = 0.038; 1 mg, p = 0.031).
After the completion of the trial, we conducted additional (post‑hoc) analyses to look at patients with at least 40 mm of improvement on the itch VAS or a 4‑point improvement on itch NRS scores. These analyses were conducted to help us plan and power future clinical trials based upon our interactions with the FDA. In this analysis of itch VAS responders, 52.8% of patients receiving 5 mg serlopitant had at least a 40 mm improvement in itch VAS compared with 25.9% of patients in the placebo group showing similar improvement (p=0.004). 46.2% of patients receiving 5 mg serlopitant had at least a 4‑point improvement on the itch NRS as compared to 22.6% of patients in the placebo group (p = 0.011).


80



The following table summarizes VAS and NRS efficacy outcomes at week six in the chronic itch Phase 2 clinical trial :
Endpoint
Placebo
Serlopitant 0.25 mg
Serlopitant 1 mg
Serlopitant 5 mg
 
p‑value*
 
p-value*
 
p-value*
 
Mean Percent Change from Baseline Analyses
 
VAS % change
-28.3%
-34.1%
p = 0.309
-41.4%
p = 0.022
-42.5%
p = 0.013
NRS % change
-28.7%
-35.8%
p = 0.153
-39.4%
p = 0.031
-39.0%
p = 0.038
 
Responder Rate Analyses
 
VAS ≥ 40mm
responder rate
25.9%
42.6%
p = 0.068
38.2%
p = 0.171
52.8%
p = 0.004
NRS ≥ 4-point
responder rate
22.6%
38.5%
p = 0.078
32.7%
p = 0.242
46.2%
p = 0.011
*
All p-values compare treatment group versus placebo group.

Safety Results
Serlopitant was well tolerated in this study. No serious adverse events, or SAEs, were assessed as definitely, probably, or possibly related to serlopitant. The most common treatment emergent adverse event, or TEAEs, in the serlopitant groups were diarrhea (6.2%, 1 mg group), upper respiratory tract infection (4.7%, 0.25 mg group), somnolence (4.7%, 5 mg group), nasopharyngitis (4.6%, 1 mg group), headache (4.6%, 1 mg group), urinary tract infection (3.1%, 5 mg group), dry mouth (3.1%, 1 mg group), nausea (3.1%, 1 mg group), arthralgia (3.1%, 0.25 mg group), musculoskeletal pain (3.1%, 1 mg group), and pruritus (3.1%, 0.25 and 1 mg groups). The most common TEAEs in the placebo group were headache (6.3%), nasopharyngitis (3.2%), upper respiratory tract infection (3.2%), urinary tract infection (3.2%) and asthma (3.2%).
Prurigo Nodularis Completed Phase 2 Clinical Trial
Trial Design
We completed a Phase 2 clinical trial in June 2016 to evaluate the safety and efficacy of serlopitant in patients with prurigo nodularis. The study was a multicenter, randomized, double‑blind, placebo‑controlled study in 127 adult patients (18 to 80 years of age) who had prurigo nodularis for more than six weeks, whose pruritus was nonresponsive or inadequately responsive to topical steroids or antihistamine and who had a baseline VAS pruritus score of at least 70 mm.
Patients underwent a screening period of up to four weeks. Eligible patients were randomized to either the serlopitant 5 mg group or the placebo group, and began an eight‑week treatment period, followed by a two‑week follow‑up period. At baseline, patients received a loading dose of three tablets. Thereafter, patients took one tablet every day at bedtime for eight weeks. A total of 127 randomized patients received study drug in one of the two arms (63 received placebo, 64 received 5 mg serlopitant). The mean age was 57.6 years, and 52.8% of the patients were female. Demographics were generally balanced across the two treatment arms.
The primary efficacy analysis was the change in average itch VAS from baseline in patients in the serlopitant treatment group compared with placebo. The week four and eight tests were considered primary; hence, there were two primary comparisons, one for each visit. Secondary efficacy analyses included additional itch assessments such as the worst itch VAS and average and worst itch NRS, quality of life measures and assessments of prurigo nodularis lesion severity. Safety endpoints included TEAEs, laboratory values, vital signs and electrocardiogram findings.
Efficacy Results
The study met its primary and multiple secondary efficacy endpoints of pruritus reduction in patients in the serlopitant treatment group compared with placebo . For the primary efficacy analysis defined as change from baseline in average itch VAS at weeks four and eight, a serlopitant dose of 5 mg given once a day led to a


81



superior change from baseline in average itch VAS than placebo. At week four, the serlopitant 5 mg group showed a 25 mm improvement from baseline in average itch VAS compared to a 15 mm improvement from baseline in the placebo group (p = 0.025), and at week eight, the serlopitant 5 mg group showed an improvement of 36 mm from baseline in average itch VAS compared with an improvement of 19 mm for the placebo group (p = 0.001). Patients receiving 5 mg serlopitant had a statistically significant reduction in the average itch VAS score for pruritus compared to the placebo group at every measured time point.
The figure below shows comparative reduction in pruritus between the serlopitant treatment group and the placebo group in this Phase 2 clinical trial of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis:
IMAGE001A05.JPG


82



The figure below shows the distribution of average itch VAS percentage change from baseline at week 8 using a cumulative distribution function, or CDF, which shows a continuous plot of the change from baseline on the X-axis and the percentage of patients experiencing that change on the Y-axis. The leftward shift of the curve for the serlopitant-treated patients indicates that these subjects were more likely than placebo-treated subjects to have any given degree of reduction in average VAS score.
CUMULATIVEDISTRIBUTIONFUNCTI.JPG
Serlopitant also demonstrated superior efficacy over placebo in multiple additional predefined measures of itch VAS and NRS change from baseline. The chart below summarizes the VAS and NRS in this study. After the study was completed, we conducted post‑hoc analyses of responder rates using a responder definition of 40 mm VAS improvement or a 4‑point NRS improvement. These responder analyses were conducted for the purposes of planning our Phase 3 clinical trials and are consistent with the 4‑point improvement responder definition we have set as the primary efficacy analysis for our planned Phase 3 clinical trials in pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis.
The following table summarizes VAS and NRS efficacy outcomes at week eight in the prurigo nodularis Phase 2 clinical trial:
Endpoint
Placebo
Serlopitant 5 mg
Treatment Effect Difference (p-value)
 
Mean Change from Baseline Analyses
 
Average-itch VAS change from baseline
-19 mm
-36 mm
17 mm (p = 0.001)
Worst-itch VAS change from baseline
-20 mm
-36 mm
16 mm (p = 0.002)
Average-itch NRS change from baseline
-2.4 points
-3.7 points
1.4 points (p = 0.007)
Worst-itch NRS change from baseline
-2.3 points
-3.3 points
1.0 points (p = 0.056)
 
Responder Rate Analyses
 
Average-itch VAS ≥ 40 mm responder rate
25.0%
54.4%
29.4% (p = 0.002)
Worst-itch VAS ≥ 40 mm responder rate
17.4%
47.4%
30.0% (p = 0.001)
Average-itch NRS ≥ 4-point responder rate
28.2%
51.2%
23.0% (p = 0.034)
Worst-itch NRS ≥ 4-point responder rate
25.6%
46.5%
20.9% (p = 0.050)


83



Several additional measures of pruritus and prurigo nodularis severity rec orded in the study as exploratory or secondary measures also indicated greater improvement in serlopitant-treated patients compared with the placebo-treated patients.
Safety Results
Serlopitant was well tolerated in this study. Two patients had SAEs that were assessed as possibly related to serlopitant (depression and dizziness/vertigo). The most common TEAEs in the serlopitant group were nasopharyngitis (17.2%), diarrhea (10.9%), fatigue (9.4%), dizziness (7.8%), headache (6.3%), peripheral edema (6.3%), pruritus (4.7%), hypertension (4.7%), vomiting (3.1%), bronchitis (3.1%) and cough (3.1%). The most common TEAEs in the placebo group were pruritus (11.1%), fatigue (6.3%), headache (6.3%), urinary tract infection (6.3%), diarrhea (4.8%), nasopharyngitis (3.2%), nausea (3.2%), upper abdominal pain (3.2%), asymptomatic bacteriuria (3.2%), bradycardia (3.2%), eczema (3.2%), insomnia (3.2%) and oral herpes (3.2%).
Prurigo Nodularis Planned Phase 3 Clinical Trials
We intend to initiate two multicenter, placebo‑controlled, double‑blind Phase 3 clinical trials of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis in the first half of 2018 . These trials are intended to evaluate if treatment with 5 mg serlopitant daily for eight weeks can reduce pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis compared with placebo. We expect to enroll 200 patients in each study and conduct one trial in the United States and one trial in Europe, with approximately 50 sites in each study. The trials will enroll patients with a worst‑itch NRS score, or WI‑NRS, of at least seven at screening. The primary efficacy analysis for both of these trials is a four‑point responder rate in the WI‑NRS at eight weeks. Secondary efficacy endpoints will include WI‑NRS at four weeks, change in WI‑NRS from baseline to day seven and day three, change in number of night time scratching events from baseline to week eight and changes in a measure of scratching behavior. Results from both trials are expected in the first half of 2020.
In parallel with the two Phase 3 efficacy and safety trials in prurigo nodularis, we intend to initiate an open label long‑term safety trial in which patients will receive treatment doses of 5 mg serlopitant for one year.
Atopic Dermatitis Ongoing Phase 2 Clinical Trial
In December 2016, we commenced a multicenter, placebo‑controlled double‑blind Phase 2 clinical trial of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis. The trial is being conducted at more than 50 sites in the United States and enrolled 484 patients age 13 or over who have a past or present diagnosis of atopic dermatitis, have pruritus for at least six weeks and a screening WI‑NRS pruritus score of at least seven. Patients were randomized into one of three arms: daily doses of 1 mg serlopitant, 5 mg serlopitant or placebo. The trial includes a six‑week treatment period and four‑week follow up period. This trial is intended to evaluate if treatment with either 5 mg or 1 mg serlopitant daily for six weeks can reduce pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis compared with placebo. The primary efficacy analysis will compare serlopitant versus placebo changes on WI‑NRS at week six. The trial is fully enrolled, and we expect data from this trial to be available in the second quarter of 2018.
Psoriasis Ongoing Phase 2 Clinical Trial
In October 2017, we commenced a multicenter, placebo‑controlled double‑blind Phase 2 clinical trial of serlopitant as a treatment for pruritus associated with psoriasis. This trial is being conducted at approximately 40 sites in the United States and is expected to enroll approximately 200 patients between the ages of 18 and 80 who have had plaque‑type psoriasis for at least 6 months, a maximum psoriasis body surface area of 10% have pruritus for at least four weeks and a screening WI‑NRS pruritus score of at least seven. The trial includes an eight‑week treatment period and two‑week follow up period. This trial is intended to evaluate if treatment with 5 mg serlopitant daily for eight weeks can reduce pruritus associated with psoriasis as compared with placebo. The primary efficacy analysis will compare serlopitant versus placebo changes on WI‑NRS at week eight. We enrolled the first patients in the trial in November 2017 and we expect data from this trial to be available in late 2018 or early 2019.
Cough Ongoing Phase 2 Clinical Trial
In October 2017, we commenced a multicenter, placebo‑controlled double‑blind Phase 2 clinical trial of serlopitant in patients with refractory chronic cough. This trial is being conducted at approximately 40 sites in


84



the United States and the United Kingdom and is expected to enroll approximately 170 patients between the ages of 18 and 80 who have had treatment refractory chronic cough or unexplained cough for at least one year. This trial includes a twelve‑week treatment period and four‑week follow‑up period. This trial is intended to evaluate if treatment with 5 mg serlopitant daily for 12 weeks can reduce cough frequency in patients with refractory chronic cough as compared with placebo. We enrolled the first patients in the trial in October 2017, and we expect data from this trial to be available in late 2018 or early 2019.
Other Clinical Studies
In addition to our efficacy and safety studies noted above, we are conducting a study to better understand the effect of food on absorption and blood levels of serlopitant, and an adolescent pharmacokinetics study to demonstrate the dose kinetics of serlopitant in children ages 12 to 17. We anticipate that we will in the future conduct additional pharmacokinetics studies in specific populations, a standard cardiovascular safety study required for any NDA submission, and other studies as needed to support our applications for regulatory approval in the United States and Europe.
An investigator at Stanford University has recently completed an independent investigator-sponsored exploratory study of serlopitant as a treatment to reduce pruritus associated with Epidermolysis Bullosa, or EB, a rare, severe skin condition occurring primarily in children and young adults.  The study involved fourteen patients, seven treated with serlopitant 5mg per day and seven with placebo.  Based upon preliminary communication from the investigator, treatment with serlopitant was associated with greater pruritus reduction than treatment with placebo, although the primary efficacy analysis was not statistically significant in this small study.  We expect the EB study results to be reported at a scientific conference in 2018. 
Safety
Serlopitant has been dosed in more than 1,000 individuals across 13 completed Phase 1 studies and four completed Phase 2 studies. Single doses up to 400 mg and doses up to 50 mg a day for four weeks have been administered. Doses of 4 mg (in a liquid filled capsule, which provides comparable exposure to our current 5 mg tablet) a day for up to one year have been administered. The safety profile to date indicates that serlopitant is well tolerated. Across all completed Phase 2 studies, including the trials conducted by Merck, no SAEs to date have been assessed as probably or definitely related to serlopitant, and only four patients have experienced SAEs that were assessed as possibly related to serlopitant. The most commonly reported treatment‑emergent adverse events across all completed Phase 2 studies were nasopharyngitis (6.4%, as compared to 3.8% for patients treated with placebo), urinary tract infection (6.0%, as compared to 3.1% for patients treated with placebo), diarrhea (6.0%, as compared to 5.0% for patients treated with placebo) and headache (5.6%, as compared to 7.5% for patients treated with placebo).
The non-clinical safety profile of serlopitant has been well characterized. The safety of serlopitant was evaluated in genetic toxicity, acute toxicity, repeated dose oral toxicity studies up to nine months in duration, two‑year oral carcinogenicity studies, developmental toxicity studies, fertility and reproduction studies and local tolerability (dermal and ocular) studies.  Serlopitant was neither mutagenic nor genotoxic in in vitro and in vivo assays. Additional non‑clinical studies are planned to support NDA submission and pediatric development, including a pre and post‑natal development study and a juvenile toxicology study.
Regulatory Pathway
We have completed an end‑of‑Phase 2 review process with the FDA for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and have presented the FDA with the design, the target population, key endpoint measures, and other clinical trial design elements of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials in pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. We have also completed a CMC end‑of‑Phase 2 review with the FDA, which provided clear guidance on the work remaining to support the CMC information to be presented in the NDA, all of which is consistent with our ongoing and planned activities.
Scientific advice meetings have been completed with regulatory authorities in three European countries and such meetings have provided clear guidance with respect to the regulatory path supporting submission of an MAA for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and our broader pruritus program.


85



We anticipate that development of serlopitant for use in pediatric patients will be a required element of our development program for some of our target indications. We are developing a pediatric plan for review with regulatory authorities in Europe and the United States.
Prior to the start of our Phase 2 study in pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, we discussed this trial design with the FDA and received confirmation that we can pursue such a pruritus indication with helpful feedback regarding primary efficacy analysis considerations, statistical considerations and other key elements of the development program for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis.
From the multiple discussions we have had with the FDA and the European regulatory authorities, we believe that our serlopitant development program can be directed to the specific indications of pruritus associated with each of atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, and prurigo nodularis. If our ongoing and future clinical trials are successful, we could potentially submit an NDA for pruritus associated with up to three indications in 2020: pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, and prurigo nodularis.
We have received clearance from the FDA of an IND to conduct our Phase 2 clinical trial in refractory chronic cough. We enrolled the first patient in the clinical trial in October 2017.
Competition
The biopharmaceutical industry is intensely competitive and is subject to rapid and significant change. We face competition from other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, research institutions and other organizations. We consider our primary competitors to be those companies that are developing drugs specifically to treat pruritus associated with a variety of underlying dermatologic or systemic conditions, companies that are developing drugs specifically to treat chronic cough, companies that are developing and marketing other NK 1 ‑R antagonists for pruritus or other conditions, that, when approved, could be used off‑label to treat pruritus or cough, and companies that currently market or are developing treatments intended directly to treat the underlying disease condition in atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, or prurigo nodularis that have also been shown to have anti‑pruritic effects.
We are aware of other companies targeting pruritus or chronic cough as the primary outcome measure in clinical studies of drugs. There are multiple companies developing products at varying stages of development specifically intended to treat pruritus including: Vanda Pharmaceuticals, Trevi Therapeutics, Galderma, Sienna Biopharmaceuticals, Tioga and Cara Therapeutics. In addition, Merck and Nerre Therapeutics are developing therapeutic treatments for chronic cough. Of these companies, Vanda and Nerre are developing NK 1 ‑R antagonists for indications t hat may compete directly with serlopitant. Other companies, including Tesaro and Merck, are also marketing or developing NK 1 ‑R antagonists for other indications and could compete with serlopitant.
License and Collaboration Agreements
JT Torii Agreements
In August 2016, we entered into an exclusive royalty‑bearing license and collaboration agreement with JT Torii, for the development and commercialization of products containing serlopitant in Japan for the treatment of diseases and conditions other than nausea and vomiting. Torii currently markets Remitch in Japan for pruritus in patients on dialysis. Under our agreement, we received an upfront, non‑refundable payment of $11.0 million. In addition, we are entitled to receive aggregate payments of up to $28.0 million upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones, and $15.0 million upon the achievement of a commercial milestone, as well as tiered royalties from the mid-single digits up to the mid-teens on sales of licensed products in Japan. We are primarily responsible for prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing licensed patent rights in Japan. The agreement contains customary representations, warranties, and indemnities, and terminates on a product‑by‑product basis upon the later of the last to expire patent covering a licensed product under the agreement or 10 years after the first commercial sale of such product, after which the licenses granted with respect to such product become perpetual, irrevocable and non‑exclusive. The currently issued patents covering a licensed product under the agreement is expected to expire in 2025. Currently issued patents are expected to expire between 2034 and 2038. JT Torii may terminate the agreement without cause at any time upon advance written notice to us. We may terminate the agreement if JT Torii or its affiliates challenges the validity, enforceability, or scope of any licensed patents anywhere in the world. Either party may terminate the


86



Collaboration Agreement for the other party’s material breach or for certain bankruptcy or insolvency related events. We have also entered into a Supply Agreement and a Services Agreement with JT Torii pursuant to which they reimburse us for certain supplies, services and expenses.
In September 2017, we entered into a services agreement with JT Torii to provide research and development services, including regulatory, chemistry and manufacturing support and related materials. We have no obligation to provide services unless requested by JT Torii and agreed to by us. We are eligible to receive reimbursement of estimated costs incurred and payment for research services performed directly by us at agreed upon rates. The services agreement terminates upon the termination of the Collaboration Agreement or by mutual agreement of the parties.
Merck License
In December 2012, we entered into a license agreement with Merck for exclusive worldwide royalty‑free rights for the development and commercialization of serlopitant and two other NK 1 ‑R antagonists in all human diseases, disorders or conditions, except for the treatment or prevention of nausea or vomiting. We paid Merck an upfront licensing fee of $1.0 million and issued to Merck an aggregate of 1,243,168 shares of our common stock. In addition, we have agreed to make aggregate payments of up to $25.0 million upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones for serlopitant. Furthermore, if we choose to pursue the development of any other products pursuant to this agreement, we may owe up to an aggregate of $50.0 million of additional payments upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones. In the near term, upon dosing our first patient in our Phase 3 clinical trial for serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, we will be obligated to make a milestone payment of $3.0 million to Merck. We are responsible for the prosecution and enforcement of patents licensed under the agreement. The agreement contains customary representations, warranties, and indemnities, and terminates on the date of achievement of all of milestones set forth in the agreement, after which our licenses become fully paid and perpetual. Each party may also terminate the agreement for material breach by the other party or for certain bankruptcy or insolvency related events, and we may terminate the agreement without cause at any time upon advance written notice to Merck.
Manufacturing
We currently contract with third parties for the manufacture of serlopitant drug substance and drug product for clinical trials and intend to continue doing so in the future. We require all of our contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, to conduct manufacturing activities in compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements. We have assembled a team of experienced employees and consultants to provide the necessary technical, quality and regulatory oversight over our CMOs. We rely solely on these third‑party manufacturers for scale‑up and process development work and to produce sufficient quantities of serlopitant for use in clinical and non-clinical studies. We currently have development contracts and quality agreements with two CMOs for the manufacturing of serlopitant drug substance and drug product. We anticipate that these CMOs will have capacity to support commercial scale production, but we do not have any formal agreements at this time with either of these CMOs to cover commercial production. We also may elect to pursue additional CMOs for manufacturing supplies of regulatory starting materials in the future. We currently have no plans to establish our own manufacturing capabilities and plan to continue to rely on third‑party manufacturers for any future trials and commercialization of serlopitant, if approved.
Commercial Operations
We currently have no marketing and sales organization. If approved by the FDA for pruritus associated with our target dermatologic conditions, we intend to market and commercialize serlopitant by developing our own sales organization targeting a subset of the 10,000 to 12,000 dermatologists in the United States. If approved for pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, we anticipate that we may need to expand this sales organization to reach high prescribing pediatricians and primary care physicians. If approved by the FDA for refractory chronic cough, we believe we can establish a direct sales organization targeting the approximately 10,000 pulmonologists and allergists in the United States. Outside the United States, we intend to establish commercialization strategies for serlopitant as we approach possible commercial approval in each market, which may include collaborations with other companies.


87



Intellectual Property
Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our drug candidates, manufacturing and process discoveries, and other know‑how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others, and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know‑how, continuing technological innovation and potential in‑licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position.
With regard to serlopitant, we intend to pursue composition‑of‑matter patents, where possible, and dosage and formulation patents, as well as method‑of‑use patents on novel indications for known compounds.
As of December 2017, we own, co‑own, or have an exclusive license to 11 issued U.S. patents and 51 issued foreign patents, which include granted European patent rights that have been validated in various EU member states, and 5 pending U.S. patent applications and 19 pending foreign patent applications.
The patent portfolio for serlopitant is directed to cover compositions of matter and methods of treatment. This patent portfolio includes issued U.S. patents, pending U.S. patent applications and corresponding foreign national and regional counterpart patents and patent applications. The issued composition of matter patent (U.S. Patent No. 7,217,731), is exclusively licensed from Merck and if the appropriate maintenance fees are paid, is expected to expire in 2025. We own or co‑own the patents and patent applications relating to the use of serlopitant. The issued methods of use patents (U.S. Patent Nos. 8,906,951; 9,198,898; 9,381,188; 9,474,741; 9,486,439, 9,737,507 and 9,737,508), if the appropriate maintenance fees are paid, are expected to expire in 2033. Additional patent term may be awarded for one of the serlopitant U.S. patents as a result of the patent term extension provision of the Hatch‑Waxman Amendments of 1984, or the Hatch‑Waxman Act.
The term of composition of matter patents and patent applications, if issued, relating to serlopitant in other jurisdictions (some of the major jurisdictions include Australia, Canada, China, Denmark, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, United Kingdom and India) and methods of use patents and patent applications, if issued, relating to serlopitant (some of the major jurisdictions include Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, India, Indonesia, Israel, Japan, Korea and Mexico), if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity and other government fees are paid, are expected to expire between 2025 and 2034. These patents and patent applications (if applicable), depending on the national laws, may benefit from extension of patent term in individual countries if regulatory approval of serlopitant is obtained in those countries. In the European Union member countries, for example, a supplementary protection certificate, if obtained, provides a maximum five years of market exclusivity. Likewise, in Japan, the term of a patent may be extended by a maximum of five years in certain circumstances.
Additional U.S. and PCT patent applications relating to serlopitant are pending. Patents resulting from these applications, if issued, and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, and other government fees are paid, are expected to expire between 2037 and 2038.
We also protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and other contractors. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our employees, consultants, scientific advisors or other contractors use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know‑how and inventions.
Our commercial success will also depend in part on not infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. It is uncertain whether the issuance of any third‑party patent would require us to alter our development or commercial strategies, alter our drugs or processes, obtain licenses or cease certain activities. Our breach of any license agreements or failure to obtain a license to proprietary rights that we may require to develop or commercialize our future drugs may have a material adverse impact on us. If third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology to which we have rights, we may have to


88



participate in interference proceedings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine priority of invention.
Government Regulation
The FDA and comparable regulatory authorities in state and local jurisdictions and in other countries impose substantial and burdensome requirements upon companies involved in the clinical development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of drugs, such as serlopitant. These agencies and other federal, state and local entities regulate, among other things, the research and development, testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion, distribution, post‑approval monitoring and reporting, sampling and export and import of our product candidate.
U.S. Government Regulation of Drug Products
In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the FDA’s refusal to approve pending NDAs, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties.
The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:
completion of non-clinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or GLP, regulations;
submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug application, or IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin in the United States;
approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;
performance of adequate and well‑controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;
submission to the FDA of an NDA;
satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee meeting, if applicable;
satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;
satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites and the sponsor’s clinical trial records to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data;
payment of user fees and securing FDA approval of the NDA; and
compliance with any post‑approval requirements, including the potential requirement to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, and the potential requirement to conduct post‑approval studies.
Non-clinical Studies
Non-clinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess safety, toxicity and efficacy. The conduct of the non-clinical tests must comply with federal


89



regulations and requirements, including GLPs. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the non-clinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some non-clinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.
Clinical Trials
Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human patients under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research patients provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. In addition, an IRB at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the protocol for any clinical trial including informed consent information before the study commences at that institution. Information about most clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes for publication on the www.clinicaltrials.gov website. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is made public as part of the registration of the clinical trial. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed in some cases for up to two years after the date of completion of the trial. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.
  Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:
Phase 1: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human patients or patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, pharmacokinetics, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion, side effects and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.
Phase 2: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage. In most cases, FDA requires two adequate and well‑controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate efficacy of the drug.
Phase 3: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well‑controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk‑benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate efficacy of the drug.
Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time or the FDA may impose other sanctions on various grounds, including a finding that the research patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.
Marketing Approval
Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the non-clinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. In most cases, the submission of an NDA is subject to a substantial application user fee. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be


90



accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that the NDA is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in‑depth substantive review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of NDAs. Most applications for standard review drug products are reviewed within ten to twelve months; most NDAs for priority review drugs are reviewed in six to eight months. The review process for both standard and priority review may be extended by FDA for three additional months to consider certain late‑submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and whether the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity.
In accordance with the Pediatric Research and Equity Act, certain NDAs or supplements to an NDA must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements.
The FDA also may require submission of a REMS plan if it determines that a REMS is necessary to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks. The REMS plan could include medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans and/or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries or other risk minimization tools.
The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug, or a drug that presents difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.
Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites and the sponsor to assure compliance with GCP requirements and the integrity of the clinical data submitted in an NDA.
After evaluating the NDA and all related information, including the advisory committee recommendation, if any, and inspection reports regarding the manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites, the FDA will issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA and may require additional clinical or non-clinical testing in a resubmission to the NDA in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. FDA has committed to reviewing such submissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included in the resubmission. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.
Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post‑approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution and use restrictions or other risk management mechanisms under a REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post‑marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval,


91



some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.
Special FDA Expedited Review and Approval Programs
The FDA has various programs, including fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, accelerated approval, and priority review, which are intended to expedite or simplify the process for the development and FDA review of drugs that are intended for the treatment of serious or life threatening diseases or conditions and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs. The purpose of these programs is to provide important new drugs to patients earlier than under standard FDA review procedures.
Under the fast track program, the sponsor of a new drug candidate may request that FDA designate the drug candidate for a specific indication as a fast track drug concurrent with, or after, the filing of the IND for the drug candidate. Fast track designation provides opportunities for frequent interactions with the FDA review team to expedite development and review of the product. FDA may initiate review of sections of a fast track drug’s NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review is available if the applicant provides, and FDA approves, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the applicant pays applicable user fees. However, FDA’s time period goal for reviewing an application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted.
In addition, a sponsor can request breakthrough therapy designation for a drug if it is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies are eligible for intensive guidance from FDA on an efficient drug development program, organizational commitment to the development and review of the product including involvement of senior managers, and, like fast track products, are also eligible for rolling review of the NDA. Both fast track and breakthrough therapy products are also eligible for accelerated approval and/or priority review, if relevant criteria are met.
Under the FDA’s accelerated approval regulations, the FDA may approve a drug for a serious or life‑threatening illness that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit to patients over existing treatments based upon a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments.
In clinical trials, a surrogate endpoint is a measurement of laboratory or clinical signs of a disease or condition that substitutes for a direct measurement of how a patient feels, functions, or survives. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. A drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post‑marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post‑approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post‑approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post‑marketing studies, will allow FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated approval regulations are subject to prior review by FDA.
Once an NDA is submitted for a product intended to treat a serious condition, the FDA may assign a priority review designation if FDA determines that the product, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. A priority review means that the goal for the FDA to review an application is six months, rather than the standard review of ten months under current PDUFA guidelines. Under the current PDUFA agreement, these six and ten month review periods are measured from the 60-day filing date rather than the receipt date for NDAs for new molecular entities, which typically adds approximately two months to the timeline for review from the date of submission. Most products that are eligible for fast track breakthrough therapy designation are also likely to be considered appropriate to receive a priority review.
Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. In addition, the manufacturer of an investigational drug for a serious or life‑threatening disease is


92



required to make available, such as by posting on its website, its policy on responding to requests for expanded access. Furthermore, fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, accelerated approval and priority review do not change the standards for approval and may not ultimately expedite the development or approval process.
Post-Approval Requirements
Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, substantial annual user fee requirements for any marketed products. These fees are typically increased annually.
The FDA may impose a number of post‑approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post‑marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.
In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP requirements and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third‑party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.
Once an approval or clearance of a drug is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in mandatory revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post‑market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;
fines, warning letters or clinical holds on post‑approval clinical trials;
refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;
product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off‑label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off‑label uses may be subject to significant liability.
The Hatch-Waxman Act
Section 505 of the FDCA describes three types of applications that may be submitted to request marketing authorization for a new drug. A 505(b)(1) NDA is an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness. The Hatch‑Waxman Act created two additional marketing pathways under Sections 505(j) and 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. Section 505(j) establishes an abbreviated approval process for generic versions of approved drug products through the submission of an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA. An


93



ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the branded reference drug and has been shown to be bioequivalent to the branded reference drug. ANDA applicants are required to conduct bioequivalence testing to confirm chemical and therapeutic equivalence to the branded reference drug. Generic versions of drugs can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the branded reference drug.
A 505(b)(2) NDA is an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness but where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant. This alternate regulatory pathway enables the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s findings of safety and efficacy for an existing product, or published literature, in support of its application. The FDA may then approve the new product candidate for all or some of the labeled indications for which the branded reference drug has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the 505(b)(2) applicant.
The Hatch‑Waxman Act establishes periods of regulatory exclusivity for certain approved drug products. The holder of an NDA may obtain five years of exclusivity upon approval of a new drug containing a new chemical entity, or NCE, that has not been previously approved by the FDA. During the five year exclusivity period, the FDA cannot accept for filing or approve any ANDA seeking approval of a generic version of that drug or any 505(b)(2) NDA for the same active moiety and that relies on the FDA’s findings regarding that drug, except that FDA may accept an application for filing (but still may not approve it) after four years if the follow‑on applicant makes a paragraph IV certification, as described below. The Hatch‑Waxman Act also provides three years of marketing exclusivity to the holder of an NDA for a particular condition of approval, or change to a marketed product, such as a new formulation or new indication for a previously approved product, if one or more new clinical studies (other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies) was essential to the approval of the application and was conducted/sponsored by the applicant. This three‑year exclusivity period protects against FDA approval of ANDAs and 505(b)(2) NDA for drugs that include the innovation that required the new clinical data.
Upon submission of an ANDA or a 505(b)(2) NDA, an applicant must certify to the FDA, in the opinion of the applicant and to the best of its knowledge (1) that relevant patent information on the referenced drug product has not been submitted to the FDA; (2) that the relevant patent has expired; (3) the date on which the relevant patent expires; or (4) that such patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use or sale of the drug product for which the application is submitted. This last certification is known as a paragraph IV certification. If the NDA holder or patent owner(s) files a patent infringement action against the ANDA or 505(b)(2) applicant within 45 days of receipt of the paragraph IV certification, the FDA may not approve the ANDA or 505(b)(2) application until the earlier of (i) 30 months from the receipt of the notice of the paragraph IV certification (generally referred to as the 30 month stay), (ii) the expiration date of the patent(s) listed in the Orange Book for the reference drug product, (iii) the date the court enters a final order or judgment that the patent(s) are invalid, unenforceable and/or not infringed or (iv) such shorter or longer period as may be ordered by a court. Where the ANDA or 505(b)(2) applicant files an application with a paragraph IV certification within the fifth year of the five‑year NCE exclusivity period enjoyed by the NDA holder for the reference branded product, and where patent litigation is brought within 45 days of receipt of notice of the paragraph IV certification, the 30‑month stay will be extended by the amount of time such that 7.5 years will elapse from the date of approval of the original NDA to the expiration of the stay. Thus, approval of an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA could be delayed for a significant period of time depending on the patent certification the applicant makes, whether the reference product enjoys NCE exclusivity, and the reference drug sponsor’s decision to initiate patent litigation. However, an ANDA applicant may be able to submit a section viii statement certifying that its proposed ANDA label does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method‑of‑use rather than certify to a listed method‑of‑use patent.
Regulation Outside the United States
In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is composed of the 28 Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA.


94



There are two types of MAs:
The Community MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products and medicinal products that contain a new active substance indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto‑immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU. Under the Centralized Procedure the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a marketing authorization application is 210 days (excluding clock stops, when additional written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the CHMP). Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when the authorization of a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. Under the accelerated procedure the standard 210 days review period is reduced to 150 days.
National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member State through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure.
Prior to obtaining an MA in the EEA, applicants have to demonstrate compliance with all measures included in a Paediatric Investigation Plan, or PIP, approved by the EEA regulatory agency, covering all subsets of the pediatric population, unless the EEA regulatory agency has granted (1) a product‑specific waiver, (2) a class waiver or (3) a deferral for one or more of the measures included in the PIP.
In the EEA, upon receiving an MA, new chemical entities generally receive eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity. If granted, data exclusivity prevents regulatory authorities in the EEA from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic application. During the additional two‑year period of market exclusivity, a generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity. However, there is no guarantee that a product will be considered by the EEA regulatory agencies to be a new chemical entity, and products may not qualify for data exclusivity.
Other Healthcare Laws
In addition to FDA restrictions on the marketing of pharmaceutical products, other foreign, federal and state healthcare regulatory laws restrict business practices in the pharmaceutical industry. These laws include, but are not limited to, federal and state anti‑kickback, false claims, data privacy and security, and physician payment and drug pricing transparency laws.
The U.S. federal Anti‑Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting, receiving or providing any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility, item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The Anti‑Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers, formulary managers and beneficiaries on the other hand. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases, or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not meet the requirements of a statutory or regulatory exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or


95



regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the U.S. federal Anti‑Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case‑by‑case basis based on a cumulative review of all its facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the statute has been violated. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Moreover, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the U.S. federal Anti‑Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. The majority of states also have anti‑kickback laws, which establish similar prohibitions and in some cases may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third‑party payor, including commercial insurers.
The federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the civil False Claims Act, prohibit, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim for payment to, or approval by, the federal government, knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government, or knowingly making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the U.S. federal government. A claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the U.S. government. Actions under the civil False Claims Act may be brought by the Attorney General or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of the government. Violations of the civil False Claims Act can result in very significant monetary penalties and treble damages. Several pharmaceutical, medical device and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for, among other things, allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product. Other companies have been prosecuted for causing false claims to be submitted because of the companies’ marketing of products for unapproved (e.g., or off‑label) uses. In addition, the civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person who is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent. Many states also have similar fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.
Violations of fraud and abuse laws, including federal and state anti‑kickback and false claims laws, may be punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including fines and civil monetary penalties, the possibility of exclusion from federal healthcare programs (including Medicare and Medicaid), disgorgement and corporate integrity agreements, which impose, among other things, rigorous operational and monitoring requirements on companies. Similar sanctions and penalties, as well as imprisonment, also can be imposed upon executive officers and employees of such companies. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government authorities will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers’ and manufacturers’ compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws.
The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third‑party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the U.S. federal Anti‑Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.
In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians and certain other healthcare providers. The Affordable Care Act imposed, among other things, new annual reporting requirements through the Physician Payments Sunshine Act for covered manufacturers for certain payments and “transfers of value” provided to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to submit timely, accurately and completely the required information for all payments, transfers of value and ownership or investment interests may result in civil monetary penalties. Covered manufacturers must submit reports by the 90 th day of each subsequent calendar year and the reported information is publically made available on a


96



searchable website . In addition, certain states require implementation of compliance programs and compliance with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, impose restrictions on marketing practices and/or require the tracking and reporting of marketing expenditures and pricing information as well as gifts, compensation and other remuneration or items of value provided to physicians and other healthcare professionals and entities.
We may also be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, including the Final HIPAA Omnibus Rule published on January 25, 2013, impose specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information held by covered entities and their business associates. Among other things, HITECH made HIPAA’s security standards directly applicable to “business associates,” defined as independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same requirements, thus complicating compliance efforts.
Similar foreign laws and regulations, which may include, for instance, applicable post‑marketing requirements, anti‑fraud and abuse laws, and implementation of corporate compliance programs and reporting of payments or other transfers of value to healthcare professionals, may apply to us to the extent that any of our product candidates, once approved, are sold in a country other than the United States.
Coverage and Reimbursement
Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any pharmaceutical product for which we obtain regulatory approval. In the United States and markets in other countries, patients who are prescribed drugs generally rely on third‑party payors to reimburse all or part of the associated healthcare costs. Providers and patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products. If approved, sales of serlopitant will depend, in part, on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third‑party payors. Third‑party payors include government authorities, managed care plans, private health insurers and other organizations.
In the United States, the process for determining whether a third‑party payor will provide coverage for a pharmaceutical product typically is separate from the process for setting the price of such product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. With respect to drugs, third‑party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the FDA‑approved products for a particular indication, or place products at certain formulary levels that result in lower reimbursement levels and higher cost‑sharing obligation imposed on patients. A decision by a third‑party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician utilization of a product. Moreover, a third‑party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a pharmaceutical product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Adequate third‑party reimbursement may not be available to enable a manufacturer to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on its investment in product development. Additionally, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. One third‑party payor’s decision to cover a particular medical product does not ensure that other payors will also provide coverage for the medical product, or will provide coverage at an adequate reimbursement rate. As a result, the coverage determination process usually requires manufacturers to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of their products to each payor separately and is a time‑consuming process.
In the European Union, governments influence the price of products through their pricing and reimbursement rules and control of national health care systems that fund a large part of the cost of those products to consumers. Some jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which products may only be marketed once a reimbursement price has been agreed to by the government. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval, some of these countries may require the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost


97



effectiveness of a particular product to currently available therapies. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on health care costs in general, particularly prescription products, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross border imports from low‑priced markets exert a commercial pressure on pricing within a country.
The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments, and the prices of pharmaceutical products have been a focus in this effort. Third‑party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost‑effectiveness of pharmaceutical products, in addition to questioning safety and efficacy. If third‑party payors do not consider a product to be cost‑effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover that product after FDA approval or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow a manufacturer to sell its product at a profit.
Healthcare Reform and Other Potential Changes to Healthcare Laws
The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. For example, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, was signed into law. The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of drugs and devices and to spur innovation, but its ultimate implementation is unclear. In addition, in August 2017, the FDA Reauthorization Act was signed into law, which reauthorized the FDA’s user fee programs and included additional drug and device provisions that build on the Cures Act. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and other third‑party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medical products and services, implementing reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, and applying new payment methodologies. For example, in March 2010, the Affordable Care Act was enacted, which, among other things, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by most manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program; introduced a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected; extended the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to utilization of prescriptions of individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care plans; imposed mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries as a condition for manufacturers’ outpatient drugs coverage under Medicare Part D; subjected drug manufacturers to new annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal healthcare programs; imposed a new federal excise tax on the sale of certain medical devices; created a new Patient Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; created the Independent Payment Advisory Board, which, once empaneled, will have authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs; and established a Center for Medicare Innovation at the CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending.
Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the Affordable Care Act in the future. The Trump administration and members of the U.S. Congress have indicated that they may continue to seek to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the Affordable Care Act. Most recently, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts was enacted, which, among other things, removes penalties for not complying with the individual mandate to carry health insurance. It is uncertain the extent to which any such changes may impact our business or financial condition.
In addition, we cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the Trump administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the Trump administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine


98



regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance and review and approval of marketing applications. Notably, on January 30, 2017, President Trump issued an Executive Order, applicable to all executive agencies, including the FDA, that requires that for each notice of proposed rulemaking or final regulation to be issued in fiscal year 2017, the agency shall identify at least two existing regulations to be repealed, unless prohibited by law. These requirements are referred to as the “two‑for‑one” provisions. This Executive Order includes a budget neutrality provision that requires the total incremental cost of all new regulations in the 2017 fiscal year, including repealed regulations, to be no greater than zero, except in limited circumstances. For fiscal years 2018 and beyond, the Executive Order requires agencies to identify regulations to offset any incremental cost of a new regulation and approximate the total costs or savings associated with each new regulation or repealed regulation. In interim guidance issued by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs within the Office of Management and Budget, or OMB, on February 2, 2017, the administration indicates that the “two‑for‑one” provisions may apply not only to agency regulations, but also to significant agency guidance documents. In addition, on February 24, 2017, President Trump issued an executive order directing each affected agency to designate an agency official as a “Regulatory Reform Officer” and establish a “Regulatory Reform Task Force” to implement the two‑for‑one provisions and other previously issued executive orders relating to the review of federal regulations, however it is difficult to predict how these requirements will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on the FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Affordable Care Act to reduce healthcare expenditures. These changes include the Budget Control Act of 2011, which led to aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year and that will remain in effect through 2025 unless additional action is taken by Congress; the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years; and the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015, which ended the use of the statutory formula for Medicare payment adjustments to physicians, and provided for a 0.5% annual increase in payment rates under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule through 2019, but no annual update from 2020 through 2025. More recently, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed bills designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products.
Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.
Employees
As of December 31, 2017, we had 32 employees. Within our workforce, 23 employees are engaged in research and development and the remaining 9 in general management and administration, including finance and facilities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that we maintain good relations with our employees.
Property and Facilities
Our headquarters is currently located in Redwood City, California, and consists of approximately 13,904 square feet of leased office and laboratory space under a lease that expires in March of 2020. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs; however, we may require additional space and facilities as our business expands.
Legal Proceedings
We are not subject to any material legal proceedings.


99



MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, directors and key employees as of December 31, 2017:
 
 
 
 
 
Name
 
Age
 
Position(s)
Executive Officers and Employee Directors
 
 
 
 
Steven Basta
 
52
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Kristine Ball
 
46
 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Chief Financial Officer
Paul Kwon, M.D.
 
47
 
Chief Medical Officer
 
 
 
 
 
Key Employees
 
 
 
 
Mary Spellman, M.D.
 
56
 
Senior Vice President, Clinical Development
Danine Summers
 
60
 
Senior Vice President, Medical Affairs
Xiaoming Zhang, Ph.D.
 
54
 
Senior Vice President, Non‑Clinical and Pharmaceutical Development
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Employee Directors
 
 
 
 
Paul Berns
 
51
 
Director
Albert Cha, M.D., Ph.D.
 
45
 
Director
Ted Ebel
 
48
 
Director
David McGirr
 
63
 
Director
Aaron Royston, M.D.
 
33
 
Director
Scott Whitcup, M.D.
 
58
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Officers and Employee Directors
Steven Basta   has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and member of our board of directors since September 2015. From October 2011 until August 2015, Mr. Basta served as Chief Executive Officer of AlterG, a privately held medical device company. From November 2002 to February 2010, Mr. Basta served as Chief Executive Officer of BioForm Medical, a publicly listed medical aesthetics company acquired by Merz, and from February 2010 to September 2011 served as Chief Executive Officer of Merz Aesthetics, the successor to BioForm Medical. Mr. Basta served on the board of Carbylan, Inc. from September 2009 to November 2016. Mr. Basta served on the board of RF Surgical, Inc. (acquired by Medtronic) from December 2013 to August 2015. Mr. Basta received a B.A. from The Johns Hopkins University and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. We believe Mr. Basta is qualified to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in leadership and management roles at various life sciences companies.
Kristine Ball has served as our Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Chief Financial Officer since September 2017. From November 2012 through October 2016, Ms. Ball served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Relypsa, Inc., a publicly‑listed pharmaceutical company acquired by Galenica. Prior to Relypsa, Ms. Ball was an independent consultant from June 2011 to October 2012, advising start‑up life science companies on various strategic and operational business matters. Prior to being a consultant, Ms. Ball was Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of KAI Pharmaceuticals,


100



Inc. (acquired by Amgen), a drug discovery company, from February 2005 to January 2011, where she was responsible for finance, administration and strategic planning and was involved in a venture capital financing, pharmaceutical partnerships and, as a consultant, KAI’s acquisition. Prior to KAI, Ms. Ball served as Vice President of Finance at Exelixis, Inc., a biotechnology company, from 2000 to 2005, where she was involved in four acquisitions and Exelixis’ initial public offering and other financings. Prior to Exelixis, Ms. Ball was a senior manager in Ernst & Young’s life sciences audit practice. Ms. Ball holds a B.S. from Babson College and is a certified public accountant.
Paul Kwon, M.D. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since January 2016. Dr. Kwon previously served as Chief Medical Officer at Nora Therapeutics, a biotechnology company focused on developing therapeutics to address significant unmet needs in reproductive medicine from November 2010 to November 2015. Prior to joining Nora Therapeutics, Dr. Kwon held numerous positions at Genentech, where he was most recently head of the non‑oncology early clinical development group. Dr. Kwon was in clinical practice as a dermatologist from 2001 to 2003 and from 2009 to 2010 with the Permanente Medical Group in Northern California, where he served as a consultant for the Permanente Technology Group. Dr. Kwon served as Assistant Clinical Professor of Dermatology at the University of California at San Francisco from 2004 to 2014. Dr. Kwon earned his B.A. in Human Biology from Stanford University and an M.D. from the University of California at San Francisco. He is a diplomate of the American Board of Dermatology and a fellow of the American Academy of Dermatology.
Key Employees
Mary Spellman, M.D. has served as our Senior Vice President, Clinical Development since August 2017. Previously, Dr. Spellman was an independent consultant providing executive level medical, safety and development services to multiple life sciences companies, primarily supporting novel dermatology therapy and clinical development programs from August 2012 to August 2017. Prior to establishing her consulting practice, Dr. Spellman was Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President, Development at Revance Therapeutics, as well as Senior Director, Medical Research, Immunology at Biogen Idec, and Vice President, Dermatology Research at Connetics Corporation. Dr. Spellman is a board‑certified dermatologist with over 30 years of clinical experience, including 20 years in the biopharmaceutical industry. Dr. Spellman received a BS, Honors in Biology from Loyola University of Chicago and earned her M.D. from the Medical College of Wisconsin. Sh e is a diplomate of the American Board of Dermatology and a fellow of the American Academy of Dermatology.
Danine Summers has served as our Senior Vice President, Medical Affairs since March 2017. Previously, from March 2013 to February 2017, Ms. Summers was Senior Vice President, Medical Affairs at Anacor Pharmaceuticals, where she participated in preparing the organization for two product launches, with responsibility for technology platform and clinical data communication and key opinion leader relationships. From February 2007 to December 2012, Ms. Summers was the Vice President, Medical Affairs for Medicis Pharmaceutical, where she led the organization’s medical information management, publications, educational grants, investigator‑initiated study grants and health economics outcomes research. Ms. Summers has 35 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry, the last 20 in dermatology specifically. Ms. Summers received a B.A. from San Jose State University and an M.B.A. in Marketing from Golden Gate University.
Xiaoming Zhang, Ph.D. has served as our Senior Vice President, Non‑Clinical and Pharmaceutical Development since November 2015. Previously, Dr. Zhang was a Venture Partner at Velocity Pharmaceutical Development, where he provided non‑clinical and CMC‑related expertise to several project‑focused companies. In 2010, Dr. Zhang co‑founded Theron Pharmaceuticals, a clinical‑stage company developing a bronchodilator for the treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and uncontrolled asthma. Prior to Theron, Dr. Zhang was Senior Director of Chemistry at CoMentis, Inc. where he led the research effort targeting Alzheimer’s disease and cognitive deficit associated with schizophrenia. Dr. Zhang previously served in scientific or program leadership roles at Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Portola Pharmaceuticals and Roche. Dr. Zhang received a B.S. from Donghua University, Shanghai and a Ph.D. from the University of Maryland, College Park, in the field of synthetic organic chemistry and pursued postdoctoral research at the University of California, Berkeley.
Non-Employee Directors
Paul Berns has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2017. Mr. Berns has been a consultant to the pharmaceutical industry since July 2016, as well as from August 2012 to March 2014 and from July 2005 to March 2006. From March 2014 to June 2016, Mr. Berns served as President and Chief


101



Executive Officer at Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. a biopharmaceutical company, which was acquired by Pfizer Inc. in 2016. Previously, Mr. Berns served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Allos Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from March 2006 to September 2012, when it was acquired by Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Berns was President and Chief Executive Officer of Bone Care International, Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company, from June 2002 to July 2005, when it was acquired by Genzyme Corporation. Prior to that, Mr. Berns was Vice President and General Manager of the Immunology, Oncology and Pain Therapeutics business unit of Abbott Laboratories from 2001 to 2002, and from 2000 to 2001, he served as Vice President, Marketing of BASF Pharmaceuticals/Knoll, when it was acquired by Abbott Laboratories in 2001. Earlier in his career, Mr. Berns held various positions, including senior management roles, at Bristol-Myers Squibb Company from 1990 to 2000. Mr. Berns is currently a board member of the privately held company, MC2 Therapeutics (since May 2017), and the publicly held company, Jazz Pharmaceuticals, PLC (since April 2010). Mr. Berns previously served on the boards of Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (from June 2012 to June 2016), XenoPort, Inc. (from November 2005 to May 2016), Allos Therapeutics, Inc. (from March 2006 to September 2012) and Bone Care International, Inc. (from June 2002 to July 2005). Mr. Berns received his B.S. in Economics from the University of Wisconsin. We believe that Mr. Berns is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry and his service as a director of a number of public pharmaceutical companies.
Albert Cha, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2015. In 2000, Dr. Cha joined Vivo Capital, a healthcare investment firm, where he has served in various positions, and he currently serves as a Managing Partner. Dr. Cha currently serves as a member of the boards of directors of several publicly and privately held biotechnology and medical device companies, including the following publicly listed companies: Ascendis Pharma A/S (since November 2014), Biohaven Pharmaceutical Holding Co. Ltd. (since February 2017) and KalVista Pharmaceuticals (since 2007). Dr. Cha was a board member of AirXpanders, Inc. from January 2012 to July 2016, a board member of Aclaris Therapeutics from August 2012 to August 2016, and a board member of Sierra Oncology, Inc. from August 2014 to June 2016. Dr. Cha holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University and an M.D. degree and Ph.D. degree in Neuroscience from the University of California at Los Angeles. We believe that Dr. Cha’s substantial experience with companies in the healthcare sector and his financial and business experience qualify him to serve as a director of our Company.
Ted Ebel has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2014. Mr. Ebel has served as Chief Business Officer at Colorescience since March 2013. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President of Corporate Development for SkinMedica, Inc. from March 2006 to December 2012, having responsibility for mergers and acquisitions, licensing, intellectual property management, market research and establishing the company’s international operations. Previously, Mr. Ebel served as the Executive Director of Corporate Development at CancerVax Corporation, a biotechnology company focused on cancer immunotherapy, and as the Vice President of Strategic Ventures for MP3.com, a publicly traded internet and entertainment company. In addition, Mr. Ebel held positions in marketing and corporate development at Amgen, Inc. and began his career as a consultant in the health care practice of the management consulting firm Arthur D. Little. Mr. Ebel earned an A.B., Magna Cum Laude from Duke University and his M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Ebel is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his background working in the dermatology industry and his experience in strategic planning, business transactions, sales operations and executive leadership.
David McGirr has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2017. From March 2013 until June 2014, Mr. McGirr was Senior Advisor to the Chief Executive Officer of Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, where he also served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from November 2002 to March 2013. Prior to that, Mr. McGirr was the President and Chief Operating Officer of hippo inc., a venture-financed internet technology company, where Mr. McGirr also served as a member of its board of directors from 1999 to 2003. Previously, Mr. McGirr was the President of GAB Robins North America, Inc., a risk management company, serving also as Chief Executive Officer from 1997 to 1999. Prior to that, Mr. McGirr was a private equity investor from 1995 to 1996. Earlier in his career, Mr. McGirr served in various positions within the S.G. Warburg Group from 1978 to 1995, ultimately as Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer and Managing Director of S.G. Warburg & Co., Inc., a position held from 1992 to 1995. Mr. McGirr is currently a board member of the following publicly listed companies: Arsanis, Inc. (since September 2017), Insmed Incorporated (since October 2013), Rhythm Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (since November


102



2015) and Roka Bioscience, Inc. (since December 2013) and previously served on the boards of LifeCell Corporation (from November 2007 to June 2008) and Relypsa, Inc. (from November 2012 to September 2016). Mr. McGirr received his B.Sc. in Civil Engineering from the University of Glasgow and his M.B.A. from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. McGirr is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as an executive officer or director of a number of public and private pharmaceutical companies.
Aaron Royston, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2017. Dr. Royston has served as a Partner at venBio, a life sciences investment firm, which he joined in November 2015. Prior to joining venBio, Dr. Royston worked for Vivo Capital, a global life sciences investment firm from July 2014 to October 2015. Previously, he worked at Bain & Company from July 2013 to July 2014, where he advised biotechnology companies on a broad range of strategic and operational issues. Earlier in his career, Dr. Royston coordinated clinical research at Mount Sinai Medical Center, where his research has been published and presented in multiple medical journals and conferences. Dr. Royston received his B.S. in biological sciences from Duke University, and his M.D. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Pennsylvania. In 2011, Dr. Royston was recognized by the Obama Administration as a Champion of Change for his work in technology and innovation. We believe that Dr. Royston is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his clinical and biotechnology industry experience.
Scott Whitcup, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2016. Dr. Whitcup is founder and Chief Executive Officer of Akrivista and Whitecap Biosciences, two companies focused on the development and commercialization of novel therapies in ophthalmology and dermatology. Previously, Dr. Whitcup held various research and development roles from 2000 to 2015 at Allergan, including serving as Executive Vice President, Research and Development and Chief Scientific Officer, where he led the discovery and global development of both pharmaceutical products and medical devices in therapeutic areas including ophthalmology, CNS, urology, dermatology, medical aesthetics and surgical obesity. Before Allergan, Dr. Whitcup was the Clinical Director at the National Eye Institute at the NIH, and Chaired the NIH Medical Executive Committee. Dr. Whitcup holds a B.A. in Neurobiology and Behavior from Cornell University and an M.D. from Cornell University Medical College. Dr. Whitcup has completed a residency in Internal Medicine at UCLA, a residency in Ophthalmology at Harvard Medical School‑Massachusetts Eye & Ear Infirmary and a fellowship in Uveitis and Ocular Immunology at the National Eye Institute, National Institutes of Health. He is a Diplomate of both the American Board of Internal Medicine and the American Board of Ophthalmology, a licensed M.D. in California and is on the Clinical Faculty of the Department of Ophthalmology, at the Jules Stein Eye Institute, David Geffen School of Medicine at the University of California at Los Angeles. Dr. Whitcup has published more than 250 scientific articles and co‑authored a leading textbook on uveitis and ocular immunology. Dr. Whitcup currently serves on the boards of Semnar Pharmaceutical and Nightstar Therapeutics and previously served on the board of Avanir Pharmaceutical, a publicly listed company, from November 2005 to January 2014. We believe that Dr. Whitcup is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his clinical development expertise, medical and scientific expertise and his leadership experience with life sciences companies.
Board Composition
Director Independence
Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Mr. Basta, qualify as “independent” directors in accordance with the Nasdaq Global Market listing requirements. The Nasdaq Global Market’s independence definition includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his or her family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by the Nasdaq Global Market rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exists that, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.


103



Classified Board of Directors
In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three‑year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the closing of this offering, we expect that our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
the Class I directors will be Drs. Cha and Royston and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019;
the Class II directors will be Messrs. Ebel and Berns, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020; and
the Class III directors will be Messrs. Basta and McGirr and Dr. Whitcup, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one‑third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three‑year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company.
Our directors were elected to and currently serve on the board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement among us and several of our largest stockholders. This agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.
Leadership Structure of the Board
Our amended and restated bylaws and corporate governance guidelines, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will provide our board of directors with flexibility to designate the position of Chairman of the board of directors, and if so, to combine or separate the positions of Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer, or to implement a lead director in accordance with its determination that utilizing a particular structure would be in the best interests of our company.
Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. Our board of directors periodically reviews our leadership structure and may make changes in the future as it deems appropriate.
Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process
Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day‑to‑day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings, and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.
Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. While our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, our audit committee is responsible for overseeing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and considers and approves or disapproves any related person transactions. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk‑taking.


104



Board Committees
Audit Committee
Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:
appoints our independent registered public accounting firm;
evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;
determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;
reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee;
discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;
approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non‑audit services;
monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team in accordance with requirements established by the SEC;
is responsible for reviewing our financial statements and our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;
reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and
reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance at least annually.
The current members of our audit committee are Messrs. McGirr, Berns and Ebel, with Mr. McGirr serving as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. McGirr is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Global Market. Under the rules of the SEC, members of the audit committee must also meet heightened independence standards. However, so long as at least one member of the audit committee satisfies the heightened audit committee independence standards on the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a majority of members of the audit committee may be exempt from the heightened audit committee independence standards for 90 days from such date and a minority of members of the audit committee may be exempt from the heightened audit committee independence standards for one year from such date. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. McGirr, Berns and Ebel are independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market. The audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market.
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee oversees policies and makes determinations relating to compensation and benefits of our current and prospective officers, directors and employees. The compensation committee annually evaluates the performance of our company, and where appropriate, our officers, in light of the goals and objectives it has established, and determines and approves, or may recommend to the board of directors to approve, the bonus award, if any, payable to these officers. The compensation committee may establish compensation and make bonus awards to our chief executive officer directly or may make recommendations to the board of directors regarding compensation and bonus awards payable to our chief executive officer. Our compensation committee also reviews director compensation and may set director compensation or make recommendations to the board of directors regarding director compensation. The compensation committee also reviews and approves or makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the issuance of stock


105



options and other awards under our stock plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter. The current members of our compensation committee are Dr. Cha and Messrs. Ebel and McGirr, with Mr. Ebel serving as the chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Dr. Cha and Messrs. Ebel and McGirr is independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Global Market, is a “non‑employee director” as defined in Rule 16b‑3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 162(m). The compensation committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies and reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters. The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Drs. Royston and Whitcup and Mr. Berns, with Dr. Whitcup serving as the chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Drs. Royston and Whitcup and Mr. Berns is an independent director under the applicable rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Global Market relating to nominating and corporate governance committee independence. The nominating and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During the year ended December 31, 2017, our compensation committee consisted of Dr. Cha and Messrs. Ebel and McGirr. None of the members of our compensation committee during 2017 nor any of the current members of our compensation committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. An affiliate of Dr. Cha, Vivo Capital VIII, L.P., has participated in multiple of our equity financing rounds. For more information regarding these transactions, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers on our board of directors or compensation committee.
Board Diversity
Upon completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the board of directors, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), the nominating and corporate governance committee, in recommending candidates for election, and the board of directors, in approving (and, in the case of vacancies, appointing) such candidates, may take into account many factors, including but not limited to the following:
personal and professional integrity;
ethics and values;
experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly held company;
experience in the pharmaceutical industry;
experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly held company;
diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;
conflicts of interest; and


106



practical and mature business judgment.
Currently, our board of directors evaluates, and following the completion of this offering will evaluate, each individual in the context of the board of directors as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the completion of this offering, the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.menlotherapeutics.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Each of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also obligate us to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.


107



Director Compensation
Our board of directors has adopted the following compensation policy that is applicable to all of our non-employee directors upon completion of the offering:
Initial Equity Grants. Each non-employee director who joins the board after the completion of the offering will receive an option to purchase common stock with a Black-Scholes value of $180,000, with the shares subject to the option vesting in three equal installments on each anniversary of the director’s service, subject to continued service.
Annual Retainers. At each annual meeting of stockholders, each non-employee director who has served in such capacity for at least six months will receive an additional retainer for service on the board consisting of an option to purchase common stock with a Black-Scholes value of $90,000, with the shares subject to the option vesting one year after the grant date, subject to continued service. In addition, each of our non-employee directors will receive an annual cash retainer of $40,000, and our non-employee directors will also receive annual cash compensation for service as chair of our board of directors or as lead independent director, if such positions are appointed, or as a member or chair of committees of our board of directors, as set forth in the table below:
 
 
 
 
Additional annual retainer fees for service as Chair of the Board
 
 

$40,000

Additional annual retainer fees for service as Lead Independent Director
 
 

$25,000

Additional annual retainer fees for service as a member or chair of
(with chair fees inclusive of fees for service as a member):
Member
 
Chair
Audit Committee

$8,000

 

$16,000

Compensation Committee

$6,000

 

$12,000

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

$4,000

 

$8,000

 
 
 
 
The exercise price per share of each option granted under this policy will be equal to the per share fair market value of our stock on the date of grant. Each such option will have a term of ten years from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination in connection with a termination of the non-employee director’s service with us. In the event of a change of control transaction, any unvested portion of an equity award granted under this policy will fully vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of such transaction, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service with us on the effective date of such transaction. Cash retainers will be paid on a quarterly basis in arrears, pro-rated based on the days served in the applicable fiscal quarter. In addition, none of our non-employee directors shall in any event be permitted to receive cash and equity-based compensation (calculated based on grant date fair value) exceeding, in the aggregate, $500,000 in any calendar year.
Our director compensation policy was adopted by our board of directors in consideration of a number of factors, including its assessment of a director compensation report from Compensia, which our board of directors engaged to prepare a competitive assessment of non-employee director compensation. The Compensia report delivered to our board of directors in December 2017 recommended a director compensation program based on the 50 th percentile of a comparator group. In November 2017, our board of directors adopted a policy, which will remain in place until completion of the offering, to pay each non-employee director, excluding those affiliated with principal investors in our company, an annual cash retainer of $25,000 and to grant each such non-employee director an option to purchase 43,280 shares of our common stock upon joining our board of directors. In accordance with the policy, in November 2017, we granted each of Messrs. McGirr and Berns an option to purchase 43,280 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $7.01 per share. The options granted to Messrs. McGirr and Berns each vest as to 1/4th of the shares underlying such option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/48th of such shares underlying the option on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date thereafter, subject to the director’s continued service to


108



us through the applicable vesting date. In addition, Mr. Ebel was granted an option in November 2017 to purchase 9,047 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $7.01 per share to bring his compensation in line with the non-employee director compensation policy. The option granted to Mr. Ebel vests in equal monthly installments over four years from the date of grant, subject to his continued service to us through the applicable vesting date.
Prior to the adoption of these non-employee director compensation policies, we did not have a formalized non-employee director compensation program. We granted Mr. Ebel a restricted stock purchase award for 12,355 shares of common stock in August 2014, along with an annual cash retainer of $20,000, payable quarterly, in consideration for his becoming a member of, and rendering services to, our board of directors. The restricted stock vests monthly over four years from the vesting commencement date of March 18, 2014, subject to Mr. Ebel’s continued service to us through the end of the vesting period.
Additionally, in connection with their services as directors, in February 2016, we granted each of Dr. Whitcup and Mr. Ebel an option to purchase 121,964 and 18,164 shares of common stock, respectively. The options granted to Dr. Whitcup and Mr. Ebel have an exercise price of $1.83 per share and vest monthly over four years from the respective vesting commencement dates of December 10, 2015, and February 2, 2016 subject to the director’s continued service to us through the applicable vesting date. We also reimburse all of our non‑employee directors for all reasonable and customary business expenses incurred in the performance of their duties to us in accordance with Company policy.
In August 2017, we granted Dr. Whitcup and Mr. Ebel refresh option awards with respect to 14,635 and 3,662 shares, respectively, in connection with their continued service as directors. The awards have an exercise price of $4.83 per share and vest monthly over four years from the vesting commencement date of August 24, 2017.
In addition, from time to time, we have compensated directors for additional services provided outside their role as director. For example, during 2016, we entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. Collier, a former member of our board of directors, pursuant to which Dr. Collier provides certain advisory and support services in exchange for options to purchase 31,489 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price of $1.83 per share. The option granted to Dr. Collier vests in two equal tranches. The first tranche of 15,744 shares vests in equal monthly installments over the 48 months commencing on March 8, 2016, and the second tranche of 15,744 shares vests in equal monthly installments over the 12 months commencing on August 10, 2016, the date we entered into the Collaboration Agreement with JT Torii, in each case subject to Dr. Collier’s continued service to us through the vesting date.
We also reimburse all of our non-employee directors for all reasonable and customary business expenses in accordance with company policy.


109



Director Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non‑employee directors:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
 
Fees Earned or Paid
in Cash ($)
 
Option
Awards ($)
 (1) (2)
 
Total ($)
Albert Cha, M.D., Ph.D.
 

 

 

Paul Berns (3)
 
2,083

 
406,304

 
408,387

David Collier, M.D. (4)
 

 

 

John Creecy (4)
 



 

Ted Ebel
 
20,000

 
101,650

 
121,650

David McGirr (3)
 
2,083

 
406,304

 
408,387

Aaron Royston, M.D.
 

 

 

Scott Whitcup, M.D.
 

 
64,926

 
64,926

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the non‑employee members of our board of directors during 2017 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 8 to the audited financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non‑employee members of our board of directors from the options.
(2)
As of December 31, 2017, our non‑employee directors held options to purchase the following number of shares of our common stock: Mr. McGirr: 43,280 shares, Mr. Berns: 43,280 shares, Mr. Ebel: 30,923 shares, and Dr. Whitcup: 136,599. In addition, Mr. Ebel held 12,355 shares of restricted stock which vest in equal installments through March 18, 2018, subject to Mr. Ebel’s continued service to us through the applicable vesting date.
(3)
Messrs. Berns and McGirr joined our board of directors in November 2017.
(4)
David Collier, M.D. and John Creecy are former members of our board of directors.


110



EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following is a discussion of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers, or NEOs. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.
Our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2017 were:
Steven Basta, President and Chief Executive Officer;
Kristine Ball, Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Chief Financial Officer; and
Paul Kwon, M.D., Chief Medical Officer.
We refer to these executive officers in this prospectus as our named executive officers, or NEOs.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table shows information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers for services performed in the year ended December 31, 2017.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name and Principal Position
 
Year
 
Salary ($)
 
Bonus($) (1)
 
Option
Awards
($)(2)
 
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
 
All Other
Compensation
($)
 
Total ($)
Steven Basta
 
2017
 
555,900

 
83,400

 
376,667

 

 

 
1,015,967

President and Chief Executive Officer
 
2016
 
555,900

 

 
419,417

 

 

 
975,317

Kristine Ball (3)
 
2017
 
118,030

 
53,200

 
825,066

 

 

 
996,296

Senior Vice
President,
Corporate
Strategy
and Chief
Financial
Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Paul Kwon, M.D.
 
2017
 
370,000

 
196,500

 
78,878

 

 

 
645,378

Chief Medical Officer
 
2016
 
328,125

 
98,115

 
193,217

 

 

 
619,457

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Bonus represents discretionary amounts paid based on 2016 performance and paid in 2017 and discretionary amounts paid based on 2017 performance and to be paid during the first quarter of 2018. In addition, Dr. Kwon received a one-time performance bonus of $30,000 which was paid based on 2017 performance and paid in 2017. Mr. Basta was not eligible for a bonus payment for 2016 performance.
(2)
The amounts reported in the option awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2016 and 2017 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the option awards column are set forth in Note 8 to the audited financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our named executive officers from the options. Our named executive officers will only realize compensation at exercise to the extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options.
(3)
Ms. Ball joined the Company in September 2017.


111




Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
The following table sets forth all outstanding equity awards held by each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2017.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Option Awards
 
Stock Awards
Name
 
Vesting
Commencement

Date
(1)
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)
 
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
 
Option
Expiration

Date
 
Number
of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
 
Market
Value of
Shares

or Units
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
($)(5)
 
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
 
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
Steven Basta
 
9/1/2015
(2)

 

 

 

 
138,865

 
2,082,975

 

 

 
 
11/30/2015
(3)
203,216

 
186,960

 
1.83

 
2/2/2026

 

 

 

 

 
 
08/24/2017
(4)
7,075

 
77,834

 
4.83

 
8/24/2027

 

 

 

 

Kristine Ball
 
9/11/2017
 

 
173,123

 
4.83

 
9/14/2027

 

 

 

 

Paul Kwon, M.D.
 
1/25/2016
 
81,809

 
88,923

 
1.83

 
2/2/2026

 

 

 

 

 
 
8/24/2017
(4)
1,481

 
16,299

 
4.83

 
8/24/2017

 

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Except as otherwise noted, options and restricted stock grants vest and, if applicable, become exercisable as to 1/4th of the shares underlying the option or restricted stock grant on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/48th of the shares underlying the option or restricted stock grant on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date thereafter, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to us through such vesting date.
(2)
Constitutes 317,405 shares of restricted stock that were issued upon exercise of an immediately exercisable stock option for $0.31 per share, of which 138,865 shares remain subject to repurchase by us at the original purchase price in the event Mr. Basta ceases to provide services to us prior to completion of vesting. The remaining shares of restricted stock vest in equal monthly installments through September 1, 2019.
(3)
Option award is exercisable immediately, subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company which lapses as the option vests. Accordingly, the disclosure in the table above reflects the extent to which this stock option held by Mr. Basta was vested (as opposed to exercisable) as of December 31, 2017. This option award vests as to 1/48th of the shares underlying the award on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr Basta continuing to provide services to us through such vesting date.
(4)
These option awards vest and, if applicable, become exercisable as to 1/48th of the shares underlying the award on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date thereafter, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to us through such vesting date.
(5)
Amounts are calculated by multiplying the number of shares shown in the table by $15.00, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
We have entered into agreements with each of our named executive officers in connection with his or her employment with us. These agreements set forth the terms and conditions of employment of each NEO, including base salary, initial equity award grants and standard employee benefit plan participation. Our board of directors or the compensation committee reviews each NEO’s base salary and other compensation from time to time to ensure compensation adequately reflects the NEO’s qualifications, experience, role and responsibilities.


112



2017 Salaries
For fiscal year 2017, Mr. Basta’s annual base salary was $555,900, Ms. Ball’s annual base salary was $380,000, prorated to reflect her September 2017 start date with the Company, and Dr. Kwon’s annual base salary was $370,000.
Terms and Conditions of 2017 Annual Bonuses
Each NEO’s target bonus opportunity is expressed as a percentage of base salary that can be achieved by meeting corporate objectives at a target level. Each of our NEO’s target bonus opportunity is originally set in their employment agreements with us. The 2017 annual bonus for Mr. Basta, Ms. Ball and Dr. Kwon were targeted at 10%, 30% and 30% of their respective base salaries.
For 2017, all of our NEOs were eligible to earn their annual bonuses pursuant to the achievement of certain performance goals. The performance goals for annual bonuses are reviewed and approved annually by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Following a review of the corporate goals attained in 2017, the overall bonus funding was approved at 150% of the target for 2017, and each of our NEO’s annual bonus was paid at 150% of his or her target bonus amount. Thus, for fiscal year 2017, Mr. Basta’s bonus was $83,400, Ms. Ball’s bonus was $53,200 and Dr. Kwon’s bonus was $166,500. In addition, Dr. Kwon received a one-time performance bonus for $30,000 which was paid based on 2017 performance and paid during 2017.
2017 Equity Award Grants
All of our NEOs received options to purchase our common stock in fiscal year 2017. See the table above entitled “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End” regarding equity awards made in the past fiscal year to our NEOs.
In accordance with Mr. Basta’s option agreement and offer letter, on the date of a “Change in Control” transaction (as defined in the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, or the “2011 Plan” ), vesting will accelerate with respect to 100% of the options and restricted stock that Mr. Basta holds immediately prior to the Change in Control transaction.
In accordance with our standard form option agreement and form option grant notice, (i) in connection with an Acquisition Event (as defined in the 2011 Plan), each option granted to Ms. Ball and Dr. Kwon that is scheduled to vest and, if applicable, become exercisable, on or after the twelve month anniversary of such Acquisition Event (ignoring, for this purpose, any accelerated vesting provisions) shall instead vest and, if applicable, become exercisable on the date of such twelve month anniversary , subject to the absence of a Termination (as defined in the 2011 Plan) with respect to Ms. Ball and Dr. Kwon and (ii) each option granted to Ms. Ball and Dr. Kwon vests as to 100% of the number of shares subject to such options upon an Acquisition Event if, in connection with or during the twelve month period following an Acquisition Event, either of them incurs a Termination of services as the result of (a) an involuntary termination by the Company without Cause (as defined in the 2011 Plan) or (b) a voluntary termination of service by Ms. Ball and Dr. Kwon for Good Reason (as defined in the 2011 Plan), in each case provided that Ms. Ball and Dr. Kwon execute a general release of claims in favor of us. Under Ms. Ball’s employment agreement, vesting will also accelerate automatically for the remaining unvested shares upon the 1-year anniversary following a “change of control” transaction (as defined in the 2011 Plan), subject to Ms. Ball’s continued employment during that period.
Change in Control and Severance Provisions
Steven Basta. Under Mr. Basta’s employment agreement, in the event Mr. Basta’s employment with us is terminated without “cause” (as defined below) or he resigns from his employment for “good reason” (as defined below), and Mr. Basta executes and does not revoke a general release of claims in favor of us, then Mr. Basta will receive the following: (i) an amount equal to his base salary that would have been earned during the twelve months following the date of termination (the “CEO severance period”), payable in one lump sum; (ii) continued health benefits pursuant to COBRA for the CEO severance period; and (iii) any stock options or restricted stock awards held by Mr. Basta will become vested and if applicable, exercisable with respect to that number of shares of our common stock that would have vested if Mr. Basta had remained employed during the CEO severance period. Such payments during the CEO severance period will commence on the 60 th day following Mr. Basta’s termination date.
In addition, on the date of completion of a “Change in Control” transaction (as defined in the 2011 Plan), (i)


113



the vesting with respect to 100% of the remaining unvested stock options and other equity awards held by Mr. Basta will accelerate; (ii) Mr. Basta will be entitled to receive payment of any target bonus amount pro‑rated for the period from January 1 of the year of termination through the date of the Change in Control; and (iii) Mr. Basta will be entitled to payment of full potential target bonus amount during the CEO severance period.
For purposes of Mr. Basta’s employment agreement:
“cause” means if it has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company: (i) the executive’s gross negligence or willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy, which failure is not corrected within 30 days after the board of directors has given the executive written notice specifying the failure in reasonable detail, and he or she had an opportunity to address the board of directors with, at the executive’s option, counsel present; (ii) the executive’s intentional commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty against the Company or any other willful misconduct; (iii) the executive’s improper, unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) the executive’s willful breach of any material obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company, which failure is not corrected within 30 days after the board of directors has given the executive written notice specifying the failure in reasonable detail, and the executive has had an opportunity to address the board of directors with, at the executive’s option, counsel present.
“good reason” means the occurrence at any time of any of the following without the executive’s prior written consent: (i) removal from the current executive officer position held by such executive with respect to the Company resulting in a material diminution of the executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities (other than a mere change in title following any merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity); (ii) the assignment of duties or responsibilities materially inconsistent with those customarily associated with the position of such executive officer or a material diminution of the executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than a mere change in title following any merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity); (iii) a material reduction in the executive’s base salary; (iv) any willful failure or willful breach by the Company of any of the material obligations of the executive’s employment agreement; or (v) a requirement that the executive relocate his principal place of business by more than 50 miles; provided that the executive will not be deemed to have good reason unless (a) the executive first provides the Company with written notice of the condition giving rise to good reason within 90 days of its initial occurrence, and (b) the Company fails to cure such condition within 30 days after receiving such written notice.
Kristine Ball. Under Ms. Ball’s employment agreement, in the event Ms. Ball’s employment with us is terminated without “cause” (as defined below) or she resigns from her employment for “good reason” (as defined below), and Ms. Ball executes and does not revoke a general release of claims in favor of us, then Ms. Ball will receive an amount equal to six months of her base salary (the “severance benefits”).
For purposes of Ms. Ball’s employment agreement:
“cause” means if it has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company: (i) the executive’s gross negligence or willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy, which failure is not corrected within 30 days after the board of directors has given the executive written notice specifying the failure in reasonable detail, and he or she had an opportunity to address the board of directors with, at the executive’s option, counsel present; (ii) the executive’s intentional commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty against the Company or any other willful misconduct; (iii) the executive’s improper, unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) the executive’s willful breach of any material obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company, which failure is not corrected within 30 days after the board of directors has given the executive written notice specifying the failure in reasonable detail, and the executive has had an opportunity to address the board of directors with, at the executive’s option, counsel present.
“good reason” means the occurrence at any time of any of the following without the executive’s prior written consent: (i) a material diminution of the executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities (other than a mere


114



change in title following any merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity); (ii) the assignment of duties or responsibilities materially inconsistent with those customarily associated with the position of such executive officer or a material diminution of the executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than a mere change in title following any merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity); (iii) a material reduction in the executive’s base salary; (iv) any willful failure or willful breach by the Company of any of the material obligations of the executive’s employment agreement; or (v) a requirement that the executive relocate executive’s principal place of business by more than 50 miles; provided that the executive will not be deemed to have good reason unless (a) the executive first provides the Company with written notice of the condition giving rise to good reason within 90 days of its initial occurrence, and (b) the Company fails to cure such condition within 30 days after receiving such written notice.
Paul Kwon, M.D. Under Dr. Kwon’s employment agreement, in the event Dr. Kwon’s employment with us is terminated without “cause” (as defined below) or he resigns from his employment for “good reason” (as defined below), and Dr. Kwon executes and does not revoke a general release of claims in favor of us, then Dr. Kwon will receive the following: an amount equal to his base salary that would have been earned during the six months following the date of termination (the “SVP severance period”), payable in one lump sum. Such payments will be made on the 60 th day following Dr. Kwon’s termination date.
In addition, in the event termination without “cause” or for “good reason” of Dr. Kwon occurs in connection with or following a change of control, Dr. Kwon will be entitled to (i) an amount equal to his base salary that would have been earned during the SVP severance period; (ii) payment of any target bonus amount pro‑rated for the period from January 1 of the year of termination through the termination date; (iii) payment of full potential target bonus amount during the SVP severance period; and (iv) acceleration of vesting with respect to 100% of the remaining unvested stock options and other equity awards held by Dr. Kwon on the date of consummation of the change of control transaction.
For purposes of the employment agreement of Dr. Kwon:
“cause” means if it has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company: (i) the executive’s gross negligence or willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy, which failure is not corrected within 30 days after the board of directors has given the executive written notice specifying the failure in reasonable detail, and he or she had an opportunity to address the board of directors with, at the executive’s option, counsel present; (ii) the executive’s intentional commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty against the Company or any other willful misconduct; (iii) the executive’s improper, unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) the executive’s willful breach of any material obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company, which failure is not corrected within 30 days after the board of directors has given the executive written notice specifying the failure in reasonable detail, and the executive has had an opportunity to address the board of directors with, at the executive’s option, counsel present.
“good reason” means the occurrence at any time of any of the following without the executive’s prior written consent: (i) a material diminution of the executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities (other than a mere change in title following any merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity); (ii) the assignment of duties or responsibilities materially inconsistent with those customarily associated with the position of such executive officer or a material diminution of the executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than a mere change in title following any merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity); (iii) a material reduction in the executive’s base salary; (iv) any willful failure or willful breach by the Company of any of the material obligations of the executive’s employment agreement; (v) a requirement that the executive relocate his principal place of business by more than 50 miles; or (vi) a requirement that he travel more than 30% of the time; provided, that, the executive will not be deemed to have good reason unless (a) the executive first provides the Company with written notice of the condition giving rise to good reason within 90 days of its initial occurrence, and (b) the Company fails to cure such condition within 30 days after receiving such written notice.


115



Terms and Conditions of 401(k) Plan
We participate in a tax‑qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) limits. Employees’ pre‑tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax‑qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.
Employee Benefits and Perquisites
All of our full‑time employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including medical, dental and vision benefits, medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short‑term and long‑term disability insurance and life insurance. Unlike the cap that we have for the payment of monthly health care premiums for each of our non‑executive, full‑time employees, we pay the full monthly health premium costs for each of our executive officers, including our NEOs. Other than the payment of health care premiums in full, we do not provide our NEOs with perquisites or other personal benefits, other than the retirement, health and welfare benefits that apply uniformly to all of our employees.
Equity Compensation Plans
2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan
We intend to adopt a 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or 2018 Plan, to be effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock. The 2018 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, non‑qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights and other stock and cash‑based awards (including annual cash incentives and long‑term cash incentives). Shares issued under the 2018 Plan will be shares of our common stock. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees and employees of any parent or subsidiary corporation. All other awards may be granted to our employees, directors or consultants and to employees, directors or consultants of any affiliated entity.
Share Reserve. We will reserve for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2018 Plan 3,000,000 shares of our common stock. In general, shares subject to awards granted under the 2018 Plan that are not issued or that are returned to us, for example, because the award is forfeited, the shares are retained by us in satisfaction of amounts owed with respect to an award or the shares are surrendered in payment of an exercise or purchase price or tax withholding, will again become available for awards under the 2018 Plan. Commencing with the first business day of each calendar year beginning with the calendar year following the calendar year in which occurs our initial public offering, such aggregate number of shares will be increased by a number equal to the least of (x) 3,000,000 shares, (y) four percent of the number of shares outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar year, or (z) a lesser number of shares determined by the plan administrator. Under the 2018 Plan, the maximum aggregate amount of cash or stock-based awards that may be paid to any director for such director’s service as a member of the Board shall not exceed $500,000 in any calendar year.
Administration. Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will administer the 2018 Plan. The administrator has the power to determine when awards will be granted, which employees, directors or consultants will receive awards, the terms of the awards, including the number of shares subject to each award and the vesting schedule of the awards, and to interpret the terms of the 2018 Plan and the award agreements. The administrator also has the authority to reduce the exercise prices of outstanding stock options and the base appreciation amount of any stock appreciation right if the exercise price or base appreciation amount exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares, and to cancel such options and stock appreciation rights in exchange for new awards, in each case without stockholder approval.
Stock Options. The 2018 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code, and non‑qualified stock options. The term of an option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any employee who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any parent or subsidiary corporation as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five years, and the exercise


116



price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. Not more than 3,000,000  shares of our common stock may be issued pursuant to incentive stock options granted under the 2018 Plan. After the continuous service of an option recipient terminates, the recipient’s options may be exercised, to the extent vested, for the period of time specified in the option agreement. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.
Stock Appreciation Rights. The 2018 Plan allows for the grant of stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant and the exercise date. The administrator will determine the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof. After the continuous service of a recipient of a stock appreciation right terminates, the recipient’s stock appreciation right may be exercised, to the extent vested, only to the extent provided in the stock appreciation right agreement.
Restricted Stock Awards. The 2018 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant. The administrator may impose whatever conditions on vesting that it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or on the continuation of service or employment. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to repurchase or forfeiture.
Restricted Stock Units. The 2018 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are awards that will result in payment to a recipient at the end of a specified period only if the vesting criteria established by the administrator are achieved or the award otherwise vests. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting, or restrictions and conditions to payment, that it determines to be appropriate. The administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or on the continuation of service or employment. The administrator may specify in an award agreement that earned restricted stock units may be settled in shares of our common stock, other securities, cash or a combination thereof.
Other Awards. The 2018 Plan also allows for the grant of cash or stock‑based awards that may or may not be subject to restrictions.
Terms of Awards. The administrator of the 2018 Plan determines the provisions, terms and conditions of each award, including vesting schedules, forfeiture provisions, form of payment (cash, shares, or other consideration) upon settlement of the award, payment contingencies and satisfaction of any performance criteria.
Transferability of Awards. The 2018 Plan allows for the transfer of awards under the 2018 Plan only (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution and (iii) for awards other than incentive stock options, to the extent and in the manner authorized by the administrator. Only the recipient of an incentive stock option may exercise such award during his or her lifetime.
Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2018 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number of shares that are covered by outstanding awards, the exercise or purchase price of outstanding awards, the numerical share limits contained in the 2018 Plan and any other terms that the administrator determines require adjustment. In the event of our complete liquidation or dissolution, all outstanding awards will terminate immediately upon the completion of such transaction.
Changes in Control. In the event of certain transactions specified in the 2018 Plan (each, a “change in control”), each award that is neither assumed nor replaced will vest and, if applicable, become exercisable. In the event of a change in control, the portion of each award that is assumed or replaced and that is scheduled to vest and, if applicable, become exercisable, on or after the twelve month anniversary of such change in control will instead vest and, if applicable, become exercisable on the date of such twelve month anniversary. In addition, in the event of a change in control, each award that is assumed or replaced will vest and, if applicable, become exercisable, and the post‑termination exercise period for such award (if applicable) will become twelve months, immediately upon termination of the holder’s service if such termination is by the successor company


117



or the Company or an affiliate without “cause” (as defined in the 2018 Plan) or voluntarily by the holder with “good reason” (as defined in the 2018 Plan), in each case within twelve months after the change in control.
Plan Amendments and Termination. The 2018 Plan will automatically terminate 10 years following the date it becomes effective, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2018 Plan, subject to stockholder approval in the event such approval is required by law provided such action does not adversely affect the rights under any outstanding award.
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S‑8 covering our shares of common stock issuable under the 2018 Plan.
2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
We intend to adopt a 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, to be effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock. The ESPP will enable eligible employees of ours and designated affiliates to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount following its effectiveness. In this description, we sometimes refer to an eligible employee’s right to purchase shares of our common stock under the ESPP as an “option.” Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code.
We will initially reserve 325,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the ESPP provides for an annual increase to the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance thereunder on the first business day of each calendar year beginning with the calendar year following the calendar year in which the ESPP becomes effective, equal to the lesser of (x) 325,000 shares, (y) one percent of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (z) a lesser number of shares determined by the administrator (as defined below).
Our board of directors or a committee designated by the board, which we refer to as the “administrator” in this description, will administer the ESPP. Our employees generally are eligible to participate in the ESPP (except for employees (i) whose customary employment is 20 hours or less per week, (ii) whose customary employment is for not more than 5 months in any calendar year, (iii) who have not been employed for such continuous period as the administrator may require (up to a maximum of 2 years), or (iv) who are citizens or residents of a non‑US jurisdiction under certain circumstances, although the administrator may permit such categories of employees to participate in the ESPP in its discretion). Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in the ESPP, are ineligible to participate in the ESPP. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility.
Under the ESPP, eligible employees generally will be able to acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their eligible compensation, unless otherwise determined by the ESPP administrator prior to the applicable offering period.
When an offering period commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements and wish to participate in the ESPP will be required to enroll in a timely manner. Once an employee is enrolled, participation will be automatic in subsequent offering periods. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.
It is anticipated that the offering periods will be for six months, unless otherwise determined by the ESPP administrator prior to the applicable offering period. The duration of the first offering period may be shorter or longer. The commencement date of the first offering period has not been set.
No participant will have the right to purchase our shares in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar year(s), that has a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable offering period, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. In addition, no participant will be permitted to purchase more than 3,250 shares during any one offering period or such lesser amount determined by the administrator. The purchase price for shares of our common stock purchased under the ESPP may be as low as 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the applicable offering period or the last trading day of the applicable offering period.


118



In the event of certain changes in control (as defined in the ESPP), each option will be assumed by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, unless the administrator determines to shorten the offering period then in progress, in which case the options will either be exercised automatically or we will pay the option holder an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the fair market value of the shares subject to the options over (y) the purchase price due had the options been exercised automatically.
The ESPP will terminate on the 10 th anniversary of its adoption by our board of directors, unless it is terminated earlier by the administrator. The administrator may at any time and for any reason terminate or amend the ESPP. Except in connection with certain changes in control or changes in capitalization, no such termination can adversely affect options previously granted, provided that the ESPP may be terminated by the administrator under certain circumstances if the administrator determines that the termination of the ESPP or one or more offering periods is in our best interests or in the best interests of our stockholders. Except as described in the previous sentence, or in connection with certain changes in control or changes in capitalization, no amendment may make any change in any option theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any participant without the consent of the affected participants.
To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other applicable law), we will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S‑8 covering our shares of common stock issuable under the ESPP.
2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
We adopted the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2011 Plan, on December 9, 2011. The 2011 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non‑qualified stock options, restricted stock and other stock‑based awards. Shares issued under the 2011 Plan will be shares of our common stock. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees and employees of any parent or subsidiary corporation. All other awards may be granted to our employees, directors or consultants and to employees, directors or consultants of any affiliated entity. Following the closing of our initial public offering, we will make no further awards under the 2011 Plan.
Share Reserve . We have reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2011 Plan 2,820,724 shares of our common stock. As of September 30, 2017, 2,152,906 shares of our common stock were covered by outstanding awards. In general, if any award granted under the 2011 Plan expires, terminates, is canceled or is forfeited for any reason, the number of shares of our common stock underlying such award will again be available for the purposes of awards under the 2011 Plan. However, as noted above, following the closing of our initial public offering, we will make no further awards under the 2011 Plan.
Administration . Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors administers the 2011 Plan. The committee has full authority to, among other things, grant awards to eligible employees, consultants and non‑employee directors; to determine the number of shares of our common stock to be covered by each award; to determine the terms and conditions of any award (including the exercise or purchase price (if any), any restriction or limitation, any vesting schedule or acceleration thereof, or any forfeiture restrictions or waiver thereof, regarding any award and the shares of our common stock relating thereto, based on such factors, if any, as the committee may determine, in its sole discretion); to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances grants of awards under the 2011 Plan are to operate on a tandem basis and/or in conjunction with or apart from other awards made by us outside of the 2011 Plan; to determine whether and under what circumstances a stock option may be settled in cash, our common stock and/or restricted stock; to determine whether a stock option is intended to be an incentive stock option or non‑qualified stock option; to determine whether to require an eligible employee, non‑employee director or consultant, as a condition of the granting of any award, not to sell or otherwise dispose of shares of our common stock acquired pursuant to an award for a period of time as determined by the committee, in its sole discretion, following the date of the award; to modify, extend or renew an award, subject to certain restrictions; and generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the committee deems necessary or expedient to promote our best interests that are not in conflict with the provisions of the 2011 Plan. In addition, among other things, the committee has, in its sole discretion, the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the 2011 Plan and perform all acts, including the delegation of its administrative responsibilities (to the extent permitted


119



by applicable law and applicable stock exchange rules), as it may, from time to time, deem advisable; to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the 2011 Plan and any award granted under the 2011 Plan (and any agreements relating thereto) and to otherwise supervise the administration of the 2011 Plan. Any decision, interpretation or other action made or taken in good faith by or at the direction of the Company, our board of directors or the committee (or any of its members) arising out of or in connection with the 2011 Plan is within the absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and is final, binding and conclusive on us and all employees and participants and their respective heirs, executors, committees, successors and assigns.
Stock Options. The 2011 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options that may qualify for special tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code and non‑qualified stock options. The term of an option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any employee who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any parent or subsidiary corporation as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option must not exceed five years, and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. After the continuous service of an option recipient terminates, the recipient’s options may generally be exercised, to the extent vested, for the period of time specified in the option agreement. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.
Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock may be issued either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the 2011 Plan. The committee may, in its sole discretion, determine the eligible employees, consultants and non‑employee directors to whom, and the time or times within which, grants of restricted stock will be made, the number of shares to be awarded, the purchase price (if any) to be paid by the participant, the time or times at which such awards may be subject to forfeiture (if any), the vesting schedule (if any) and rights to acceleration thereof, and all other terms and conditions of the awards. The committee may condition the grant or vesting of restricted stock upon the attainment of specified performance targets or such other factors as the committee may determine, in its sole discretion.
Other Stock-Based Awards. Other stock‑based awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or other awards granted under the 2011 Plan to all eligible participants. Subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan, the committee has authority to determine the eligible employees, consultants and non‑employee directors to whom, and the time or times at which, other stock‑based awards will be made, the number of shares of our common stock to be awarded pursuant to such awards, and all other conditions of the awards. The committee may also provide for the grant of our common stock upon the completion of a specified performance period.
Stockholders Agreement and Other Requirements . As a condition to the receipt of shares of our common stock pursuant to an award granted under the 2011 Plan, the participant may be required to execute and deliver a stockholder’s agreement or such other documentation which sets forth certain restrictions on transferability of the shares of our common stock acquired upon exercise or purchase, a right of first refusal in favor of us and such other terms or restrictions as the board of directors or committee from time to time establishes. As a condition to the grant of an award, if requested by us and the lead underwriter of any public offering of our common stock, a participant may be subject to customary “lock‑up” restrictions. The participant may further be required to sign such documents as may be requested to effect the foregoing.
Non-Transferability . Generally, no stock will be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All stock options will be exercisable, during the participant’s lifetime, only by the participant. Shares of restricted stock or other stock‑based awards may not be transferred prior to the date on which shares are issued, or if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance or deferral period lapses.
Termination of Service . The 2011 Plan contains certain provisions related to treatment of awards upon termination of service by reason of death or disability; involuntary termination without cause; voluntary termination; and termination for cause (including, depending on the type of termination of service, post‑termination call rights in favor of us).
Acquisition Events . Generally, each award that, at the time of an acquisition event (as defined in the 2011 Plan), is scheduled to vest and, if applicable, become exercisable, on or after the 12 month anniversary of such acquisition event (ignoring, for this purpose, an y accelerated vesting provisions) will instead vest and, if


120



applicable, become exercisable on the date of such 12 month anniversary, subject to the absence of a termination (as defined in the 2011 Plan) with respect to the holder of such award as of the date of such 12 month anniversary.
Generally, if in connection with or during the 12 month period following an acquisition event, the participant holding such award incurs a termination of service as a result of (a) an involuntary termination by us without cause (as defined in the 2011 Plan), or (b) a voluntary termination of service by the participant for good reason (as defined in the 2011 Plan), then each award will vest and, if applicable, become exercisable, with respect to one 100% of the unvested shares of our common stock covered thereby, and the post‑termination exercise period for such award will be 12 months from the date of termination (or, if earlier, the expiration of the stated term thereof) provided the participant executes a general release of claims in favor of us.
In addition, generally, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2011 Plan), the committee may, but will not be obligated to: accelerate, vest or cause the restrictions to lapse with respect to all or any portion of an award; or cancel awards for fair value (as determined in good faith by the committee); or provide for the issuance of substitute awards that will substantially preserve the otherwise applicable terms of any affected awards previously granted under the 2011 Plan as determined by the committee in its sole discretion.
Amendment and Termination. The board of directors or the committee may amend any or all of the provisions of the 2011 Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise; provided, however, that if the committee, in its sole discretion, determines that the rights of a participant with respect to awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination, may be adversely impaired, the consent of such participant will be required.
Company Call Rights, Rights of First Refusal and Other Right s. The committee may provide in the applicable award agreement alternative (or no) call rights and/or rights of first refusal and/or other rights at the time of grant (or, thereafter, if no rights of the participant are reduced) as it may decide in its sole discretion.
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S‑8 covering our shares of common stock issuable under the 2011 Plan.


121



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2015 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Sales and Purchases of Securities
Series C Preferred Stock Financing
In July 2017, we issued an aggregate of 11,854,463 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $4.26 for aggregate proceeds to us of $50.5 million. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of a class of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
 
Number of Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
 
Number of Shares
of Common Stock Issuable upon Conversion
 
Purchase Price ($)
Presidio Partners 2007, L.P.  (1)
 
352,113

 
130,532

 
1,500,002

Remeditex Ventures, LLC  (2)
 
821,596

 
304,576

 
3,499,999

Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P.  (3)
 
2,816,902

 
1,044,262

 
12,000,003

F-Prime Capital Partners Healthcare Fund IV LP (4)
 
821,596

 
304,576

 
3,499,999

venBio Global Strategic Fund II, L.P.  (5)
 
3,227,700

 
1,196,552

 
13,750,002

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Consists of (i) 8,803 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by Presidio Partners 2007 (Parallel), L.P. (“Presidio Parallel”) and (ii) 343,310 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by held by Presidio Partners 2007, L.P. (“Presidio Partners”). David Collier, M.D., who was a member of our board of directors at the time of the Series C convertible preferred stock financing, is an affiliate of Presidio Parallel and Presidio Partners.
(2)
John Creecy, who was a member of our board of directors at the time of the Series C convertible preferred stock financing, is an affiliate of Remeditex Ventures, LLC.
(3)
Consists of (i) 2,475,118 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P. (“Vivo Capital”) and (ii) 341,784 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P. (“Vivo Surplus”). Albert Cha, M.D., Ph.D., who is a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of Vivo Capital and Vivo Surplus.
(4)
Ketan Patel, M.D., who was a member of our board of directors at the time of the Series C preferred stock financing, is an affiliate of F‑Prime Capital Partners Healthcare Fund IV LP.
(5)
Aaron Royston, M.D., who is a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of venBio Global Strategic Fund II, L.P.
Series B Preferred Stock Financing
In November 2015, we issued an aggregate of 14,106,583 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $3.19 for aggregate proceeds to us of $45.0 million. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of a class of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:


122



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
 
Number of Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
 
Number of Shares
of Common Stock Issuable upon Conversion
 
Purchase Price ($)
Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P. (1)
 
7,210,032

 
2,672,856

 
23,000,002

Presidio Partners 2007, L.P.  (2)
 
2,351,097

 
871,583

 
7,499,999

Remeditex Ventures, LLC  (3)
 
2,351,097

 
871,583

 
7,499,999

F-Prime Capital Partners Healthcare Fund IV LP (4)
 
2,194,357

 
813,478

 
6,999,999

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Consists of (i) 6,335,215 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock purchased by Vivo Capital and (ii) 874,817 shares of Series B preferred stock purchased by Vivo Surplus. Albert Cha, M.D., Ph.D., who is a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P.
(2)
Consists of (i) 58,777 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock purchased by Presidio Parallel and (ii) 2,292,320 shares of Series B preferred stock purchased by held by Presidio Partners. David Collier, M.D., who was a member of our board of directors at the time of the Series B preferred stock financing, is an affiliate of Presidio Parallel and Presidio Partners.
(3)
John Creecy, who was a member of our board of directors at the time of the Series B convertible preferred stock financing, is an affiliate of Remeditex Ventures, LLC.
(4)
Ketan Patel, who was a member of our board of directors at the time of the Series B convertible preferred stock financing, is an affiliate of F‑Prime Capital Partners Healthcare Fund IV LP.
Series A Preferred Stock Financing
During the period from December 2011 through May 2015, we issued an aggregate of 14,300 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock, together with an aggregate of 2,965,708 shares of our common stock, for aggregate proceeds to us of $14.3 million. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and common stock sold to our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of a class of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
 
Number of Shares of Common Stock
 
Number of Shares
of Series A
Preferred Stock
 
Number of Shares of Common Stock Issuable upon Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock
 
Purchase Price ($)
Velocity Pharmaceutical Holdings, LLC (1)
 
1,482,854

 
7,150

 
2,650

 
7,150,000

Remeditex Ventures, LLC (2)
 
1,482,854

 
7,150

 
2,650

 
7,150,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Includes 31,139 shares of common stock issued to members of the board of directors of Velocity Pharmaceutical Holdings, LLC. David Collier, M.D., who was a member of our board of directors at the time of the Series A convertible preferred stock financing, is an affiliate of Velocity Pharmaceutical Holdings, LLC.
(2)
John Creecy, who was a member of our board of directors at the time of the Series A convertible preferred stock financing, is an affiliate of Remeditex Ventures, LLC.
Participation in this Offering
Certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Any such purchases, if completed, would be made on the same terms as the shares that are sold to the public generally and not pursuant to any pre-existing contractual rights or obligations. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discounts and any


123



commissions on any shares purchased by these investors as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering. See the footnotes to the beneficial ownership table in "Principal Stockholders" for more details.
Certain Relationships with Velocity Pharmaceutical Development, LLC
David Collier, M.D. a former member of our board of directors, is the Chief Executive Officer of Velocity Pharmaceutical Development, or VPD. Xiaoming Zhang, Ph.D., our Senior Vice President, Non-Clinical and Pharmaceutical Development was previously a Venture Partner of VPD, for which he continues to provide consulting services. We were originally founded and managed by VPD. In that context, from 2011 through 2015, VPD provided management services and until September 2015 managed substantially all of our activities under a development services agreement. In early 2016, we entered into a new development services agreement with VPD under which VPD provided ongoing support to us during 2016. VPD’s services to us under both arrangements terminated at the end of 2016. Development services fees paid to VPD were $0.8 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 , respectively. Development services fees paid to VPD were $0.8 million and $0 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively. We also reimbursed VPD for consulting, travel and other expenses incurred on our behalf.
Relationship with Former Board Member
David Collier, M.D., a former member of our board of directors, entered into a consulting agreement with us in 2016, pursuant to which Dr. Collier provides certain advisory and support services in exchange for options to purchase 31,488 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price of $1.83 per share, subject to certain vesting requirements.
Director and Executive Officer Compensation
Please see “Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation” for information regarding the compensation of our directors and executive officers.
Employment Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End.”
Indemnification Agreements and Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance
We have entered into or intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to, among other things, indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer. We have obtained an insurance policy that insures our directors and officers against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under applicable securities laws. For additional information see “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”
Investors’ Rights Agreements
We entered into a second amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with the purchasers of our outstanding preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. As of September 30, 2017, the holders of approximately 12.6 million shares of our common stock, including the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The investor rights agreement also provides for a right of first offer in favor of certain holders of preferred stock with regard to certain issuances of our securities. The right of first offer will not apply to, and will terminate upon the completion of, this offering.
Voting Agreement
We entered into a third amended and restated voting agreement with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock. Upon the completion of this offering, the third amended and restated voting agreement will


124



terminate. For a description of the amended and restated voting agreement, see “Management—Board Composition—Voting Arrangements.”
Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement
We entered into an amended and restated right of first refusal and co‑sale agreement with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock. This agreement provides for rights of first refusal and co‑sale relating to the shares of our common stock held by the parties to the agreement. Upon the completion of this offering, the amended and restated right of first refusal and co‑sale agreement will terminate.
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy covers, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S‑K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee will be tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including but not limited to whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.


125



PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2017, by:
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;
each of our directors;
each of our named executive officers; and
all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.
The number of shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, director or executive officer is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days after December 31, 2017 through the exercise of any stock option, warrants or other rights. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock held by that person.
Certain of our existing institutional investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these investors may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these investors could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these investors than the investors indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to these investors. The figures in the table below do not reflect the purchase of the shares in this offering by these potential investors in the amounts they have indicated an interest in purchasing.
The percentage of shares beneficially owned before the offering is computed on the basis of 14,927,998 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017, which reflects the assumed conversion of all of our outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 9,629,405 shares of common stock. In addition, the percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering gives effect to the issuance of 5,666,667 shares in the offering. Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days after December 31, 2017 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o Menlo Therapeutics Inc., 200 Cardinal Way, 2nd Floor, Redwood City, California 94063.


126



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beneficial Ownership Prior to this Offering
 
Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
Number of
Outstanding
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
 
Number of Shares Exercisable Within 60 Days
 
Number of Shares Beneficially Owned
 
 
 
 
 
Before Offering
 
After Offering
5% and Greater Stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funds Affiliated with Vivo Capital (1)
 
3,717,118

 

 
3,717,118

 
24.9
%
 
18.0
%
Remeditex Ventures, LLC (2)
 
2,661,663

 

 
2,661,663

 
17.8
%
 
12.9
%
Funds Affiliated with Presidio Partners (3)
 
2,456,478

 

 
2,456,478

 
16.5
%
 
11.9
%
Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. (4)
 
1,243,168

 

 
1,243,168

 
8.3
%
 
6.0
%
venBio Global Strategic Fund II, L.P. (5)
 
1,196,552

 

 
1,196,552

 
8.0
%
 
5.8
%
F-Prime Capital Partners Healthcare Fund IV LP (6)
 
1,118,054

 

 
1,118,054

 
7.5
%
 
5.4
%
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Steven Basta (7)
 
335,940

 
230,086

 
566,026

 
3.7
%
 
2.7
%
Kristine Ball (8)
 

 

 

 

 

Paul Kwon (9)
 

 
91,144

 
91,144

 
*

 
*

David McGirr (10)
 

 

 

 

 

Paul Berns (11)
 

 

 

 

 

Albert Cha, M.D., Ph.D. (1)
 
3,717,118

 

 
3,717,118

 
24.9
%
 
18.0
%
Aaron Royston, M.D. (5)
 
1,196,552

 

 
1,196,552

 
8.0
%
 
5.8
%
Ted Ebel (12)
 
12,355

 
10,107

 
22,462

 
*

 
*

Scott Whitcup, M.D. (13)
 

 
67,893

 
67,893

 
*

 
*

All current directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons) (14)
 
5,261,965

 
399,230

 
5,661,195

 
36.9
%
 
30.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total outstanding common stock.
(1)
Consists of (i) 2,348,550 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock and 917,559 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held by Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P. (“Vivo Capital”) and (ii) 324,306 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock and 126,703 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held by Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P. (“Vivo Surplus”). Vivo Capital VIII, LLC (“Vivo LLC”) is the general partner of Vivo Capital and Vivo Surplus, has voting and investment control over the above described shares. The managing members of Vivo LLC are Drs. Cha, Edgar Engleman, Chen Yu, Frank Kung and Mr. Shan Fu, each of whom may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Vivo Capital and Vivo Surplus. The address of Vivo Capital and Vivo Surplus is 505 Hamilton Ave, Suite 207, Palo Alto, CA 94301.
(2)
Consists of 1,482,854 shares of common stock, 2,650 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred Stock, 871,583 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock and 304,576 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held by Remeditex Ventures, LLC (“Remeditex”). The address of Remeditex is 2727 North Harwood, Suite 200, Dallas, Texas 75201. Mr. Creecy is the chief executive officer of Remeditex, and as such may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive control over the shares held by Remeditex.
(3)
Consists of (i) 36,292 shares of common stock, 66 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock, 21,789 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B


127



convertible preferred stock and 3,263 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held by Presidio Partners 2007 (Parallel), L.P. (“Presidio Parallel”) and (ii) 1,415,421 shares of common stock, 2,584 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock, 849,794 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock and 127,269 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held by Presidio Partners 2007, L.P. (“Presidio Partners”). Presidio Partners 2007 GP, L.P. (“Presidio GP”) is the sole general partner of Presidio Parallel and Presidio Partners. Dr. Collier, James Watson and Faysal Sohail are the general partners of Presidio GP and may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive control over the shares held by Presidio Parallel and Presidio Partners. The address of Presidio Parallel and Presidio Partners is 1 Letterman Drive, Building C, Suite CM500, San Francisco, CA 94129.
(4)
Consists of 1,243,168 shares of common stock held by Merck Sharp and Dohme Corp., a subsidiary of Merck & Co., Inc., a publicly traded company. The address of Merck Sharp and Dohme Corp. is 126 E. Lincoln Avenue, RY70‑200, Rahway, NJ 07065‑0900.
(5)
Consists of 1,196,552 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held by venBio Global Strategic Fund II, L.P. (“venBio”). The address of venBio is 1700 Owens Street, Suite 595, San Francisco, California 94158. venBio Global Strategic GP II, L.P. (“venBio GP”) is the general partner of venBio. venBio Global Strategic GP II, Ltd. (“venBio Ltd.”) is the general partner of venBio GP. Dr. Royston is a managing partner of venBio Partners and may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive control over the shares held by venBio.
(6)
Consists of 813,478 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock and 304,576 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held by F‑Prime Capital Partners Healthcare Fund IV LP (“F‑Prime”). The address of F‑Prime is One Main Street, 13th Floor, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142.
(7)
Consists of (i) 18,535 shares of common stock, (ii) 252,085 shares of common stock held by The Shelter Trust under the Basta Revocable Trust (the “Shelter Trust”), (iii) 65,319 shares of common stock held by the Basta Revocable Trust dated August 4, 2017 (the “Basta Trust”), and (iv) 230,086 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options within 60 days of December 31, 2017. As a trustee of each of the Shelter Trust and the Basta Trust, Mr. Basta has shared voting and investment power over the shares of common stock held by each of the Shelter Trust and the Basta Trust.
(8)
No shares were issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of December 31, 2017.
(9)
Consists of 91,144 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options within 60 days of December 31, 2017.
(10)
No shares were issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of December 31, 2017.
(11)
No shares were issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of December 31, 2017.
(12)
Consists of (i) 12,355 shares of common stock, and (ii) 10,107 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options within 60 days of December 31, 2017.
(13)
Consists of 67,893 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options within 60 days of December 31, 2017.
(14)
Consists of (i) 348,295 shares of common stock, (ii) 4,913,670 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and (iii) 399,230 shares of common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of December 31, 2017.


128



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following summary describes our capital stock and the material provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the investor rights agreement to which we and certain of our stockholders are parties and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and second amended and restated investor rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.
General
Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that authorizes 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, in each case after giving effect to a 1‑for‑2.6975 reverse stock split of our capital stock we effected in connection with this offering. As of September 30, 2017, there were outstanding:
14,927,998 shares of our common stock, on an as‑converted basis, held by approximately 15 stockholders of record; and
2,152,906 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.
Common Stock
Voting Rights
Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of holders of 66‑2/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding voting stock will be required to take certain actions, including amending certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, such as the provisions relating to amending our amended and restated bylaws, procedures for our stockholder meetings, the classified board, director liability, and exclusive forum for proceedings.
Dividends
Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.
Liquidation
In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Rights and Preferences
Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.
Fully Paid and Nonassessable
All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.


129



Preferred Stock
Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. See Note 6 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of our currently outstanding preferred stock. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of preferred stock. From and after the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Registration Rights
Under our second amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017, following the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 12.6 million shares of common stock, or their transferees, have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act so that those shares may be publicly resold, and also have the right to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.
Demand Registration Rights
Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 12.6 million shares of our common stock (on an as‑converted basis), or their transferees, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights (subject to certain exceptions). Beginning 180 days following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the holders of at least 50% of these shares can request that we register all or a portion of their shares if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $10.0 million. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning the date of filing and ending 180 days following the effectiveness of a company‑initiated registration statement relating to an initial public offering of our securities.
Piggyback Registration Rights
Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after the completion of this offering, in the event that we determine to register any of our securities under the Securities Act (subject to certain exceptions), either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of approximately 12.6 million shares of our common stock (on an as‑converted basis), or their transferees, will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit plans, the offer and sale of debt securities, or corporate reorganizations or certain other transactions, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include.
Form S-3 Registration Rights
Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 12.6 million shares of our common stock (on an as‑converted basis), or their transferees, will be entitled to certain Form S‑3 registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a written request that we register their shares on Form S‑3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S‑3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $1.0 million net of certain expenses related to the sale of the shares. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for


130



registration on Form S‑3, but in no event shall we be required to file a registration if we have, within the twelve‑month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S‑3.
Expenses of Registration
We will pay the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S‑3 registration rights described above, including the expenses of one counsel for the selling holders, not to exceed $35,000 (subject to certain exceptions).
Expiration of Registration Rights
The demand, piggyback and Form S‑3 registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, upon the earlier of five years after the completion of this offering, when that stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any three‑month period or our liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law
Some provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.
These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly‑held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti‑takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors, such as discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock.
Undesignated Preferred Stock
The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.
Special Stockholder Meetings
Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called by our board of directors, our President, our Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary.


131



Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals
Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.
Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.
Classified Board; Election and Removal of Directors; Filling Vacancies
Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three‑year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders, with staggered three‑year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three‑year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for the removal of any of our directors only for cause and requires a stockholder vote by the holders of at least a 66‑2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Board Composition.” Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of the board, may only be filled by a resolution of the board of directors unless the board of directors determines that such vacancies shall be filled by the stockholders. This system of electing and removing directors and filling vacancies may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.
Choice of Forum
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains the choice of forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could find that such a provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable.
Amendment of Charter Provisions
The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue undesignated preferred stock, would require approval by a stockholder vote by the holders of at least a 66‑2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock.
The provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters
For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see “Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”
Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “MNLO.”


132



Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.


133



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after completion of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Future sales of our common stock in the public market either before (to the extent permitted) or after restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.
Sale of Restricted Shares
Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), upon the completion of this offering and assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all shares of our outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock at September 30, 2017, (2) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock, and (3) no exercise of any of our other outstanding options, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately 20,594,665 shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering and any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the completion of this offering will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules are summarized below.
As a result of the lock‑up agreements referred to below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and assumptions (1)‑(3) described above, the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:
Approximate Number of Shares
 
First Date Available for Sale into Public Market
14.9 million shares
 
180 days after the date of this prospectus upon expiration of the lock‑up agreements referred to below, subject in some cases to applicable volume limitations under Rule 144
Lock-Up Agreements
In connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers and substantially all of our other stockholders and option holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of the lock‑up agreement continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co.
Prior to the completion of the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5‑1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock‑up agreements relating to the offering described above.
Following the lock‑up periods set forth in the agreements described above, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.


134



Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” for purposes of Rule 144 at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our “affiliates,” is entitled to sell those shares in the public market (subject to the lock‑up agreement referred to above, if applicable) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitations or notice provisions of Rule 144, but subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than “affiliates,” then such person is entitled to sell such shares in the public market without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144 (subject to the lock‑up agreement referred to above, if applicable). In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, who have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months are entitled to sell in the public market, upon expiration of any applicable lock‑up agreements and within any three‑month period, a number of those shares of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of:
1% of the number of common shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 205,947 shares of common stock immediately after this offering (calculated as of September 30, 2017 on the basis of the assumptions (1)‑(3) described above); or
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Such sales under Rule 144 by our “affiliates” or persons selling shares on behalf of our “affiliates” are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted securities have entered into lock‑up agreements as referenced above and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (to the extent such common stock is not subject to a lock‑up agreement) is entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock‑up agreements, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, under Rule 701 persons who are not our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144, and persons who are our “affiliates” may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144’s minimum holding period requirements (subject to the terms of the lock‑up agreement referred to above, if applicable).
Registration Rights
Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 12.6 million shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will, subject to the lock‑up agreements referred to above, be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” If the offer and sale of these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.


135



Stock Plans
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock that we may issue upon exercise of outstanding options reserved for issuance under our 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan and 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock‑up agreements described above, if applicable.


136



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non‑U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations related thereto. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, final, temporary or proposed regulations promulgated under the Code by the U.S. Treasury Department, or the Treasury, administrative rulings and judicial opinions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
This summary is limited to non‑U.S. holders who purchase shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold such shares of our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).
This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non‑U.S. holder in light of that non‑U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax, any aspects of U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, or tax considerations arising under the laws of any non‑U.S., state or local jurisdiction. This discussion also does not address tax considerations applicable to a non‑U.S. holder subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including without limitation:
banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;
partnerships or other pass‑through entities;
tax‑exempt organizations;
tax‑qualified retirement plans;
dealers in securities or currencies;
traders in securities that elect to use a mark‑to‑market method of accounting for their securities;
U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long‑term residents of the United States;
controlled foreign corporations;
passive foreign investment companies;
persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock; and
persons that will hold common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle” or “conversion transaction” for tax purposes.
If a partnership (or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or member in such other entity) will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock (and such partnership) should consult their own tax advisors.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.


137



Definition of Non-U.S. Holder
For purposes of this summary, a “non‑U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of shares of our common stock (other than a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. person. A “U.S. person” is any of the following:
an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes);
an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
a trust if: (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
Distributions on Our Common Stock
As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. If, however, we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock (other than certain pro rata distributions of shares of our common stock), such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current earnings and profits for that taxable year or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Shares of Our Common Stock” below.
Dividends paid to a non‑U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non‑U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W‑8BEN or W‑8BEN‑E (or applicable successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically.
If a non‑U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on shares of our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non‑U.S. holder in the United States), the non‑U.S. holder will be exempt from the aforementioned U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non‑U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W‑8ECI (or applicable successor form).
Such effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non‑U.S. holder that is a non‑U.S. corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non‑U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
A non‑U.S. holder that claims exemption from withholding or the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non‑U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non‑U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty or applicability of other exemptions from withholding.


138



Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Shares of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non‑U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non‑U.S. holder in the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non‑U.S. holder maintained in the United States;
the non‑U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met; or
we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five‑year period preceding the disposition and the non‑U.S. holder’s holding period for the shares of our common stock, and our common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests.
We believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non‑U.S. holder that is a non‑U.S. corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non‑U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non‑U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non‑U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Non‑U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non‑U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non‑U.S. holder. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non‑U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 24% rate, generally will not apply to distributions to a non‑U.S. holder of shares of our common stock provided the non‑U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non‑U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W‑8BEN, IRS Form W‑8BEN‑E, or IRS Form W‑8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non‑U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, commonly referred to as “FATCA” (sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code), imposes a 30% U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. source payments, including interest (and original


139



issue discount), dividends, other fixed or determinable annual or periodical gain, profits, and income, and on the gross proceeds from a disposition of property of a type which can produce U.S. source dividends if paid to a foreign financial institution (including amounts paid to a foreign financial institution on behalf of a non‑U.S. holder), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Treasury to collect and provide to the Treasury certain information regarding U.S. financial account holders, including certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners, with such institution or otherwise complies with FATCA. FATCA also generally imposes a withholding tax of 30% on dividends paid to a non‑financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.
The Treasury and the IRS have announced that withholding on payments of gross proceeds from a sale or redemption of common stock will only apply to payments made after December 31, 2018. If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution generally will be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA.


140



UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, dated        , among us and Jefferies LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Guggenheim Securities LLC, as the representatives of the underwriters named below and the joint book‑running managers of this offering, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:
 
 
Underwriter
Number of Shares
Jefferies LLC
 
Piper Jaffray & Co.
 
Guggenheim Securities LLC
 
JMP Securities LLC
 
Total
5,666,667

 
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market‑making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, that you will be able to sell any of the common stock held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.
Certain of our existing investors, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Any such purchases, if completed, would be made on the same terms as the shares that are sold to the public generally and not pursuant to any pre-existing contractual rights or obligations. Whether or not these investors purchase any or all of the shares for which they indicated an interest in purchasing will not affect the underwriters' commitment to purchase the common shares offered by us if the underwriters purchase any shares. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discounts and any commissions on any shares purchased by these investors as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering.
The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares of common stock from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Commission and Expenses
The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share of common stock. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $       


141



per share of common stock to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per Share
 
Total
 
Without
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
 
With
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
 
Without
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
 
With
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
Public offering price
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
Proceeds to us, before expenses
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $1,500,000. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses, including an amount not to exceed $40,000 in connection with the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, as set forth in the underwriting agreement. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, the reimbursement of these fees is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.
Determination of Offering Price
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after the offering.
Listing
We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “MNLO”.
Stamp Taxes
If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of 850,000 shares from us at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in


142



the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
No Sales of Similar Securities
We, our officers, directors and certain holders of our outstanding capital stock have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:
sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a‑l(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or
publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co.
This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180 th day after the date of this prospectus.
Jefferies LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180‑day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock‑up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our stockholders who will execute a lock‑up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock‑up period.
Stabilization
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.
“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.
“Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.
A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are


143



purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.
The underwriters may also engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of shares of our common stock in this offering and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.
Electronic Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e‑mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.
Other Activities and Relationships
The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the common stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.


144



NOTICE TO HOLDERS
Australia
This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:
You confirm and warrant that you are either:
a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;
a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made; or
a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.
To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.
You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the shares issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.
Canada
Resale Restrictions
The distribution of our shares of common stock in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Manitoba, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made. Any resale of the shares of common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.
Representations of Canadian Purchasers
By purchasing our shares of common stock in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:
the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106- Prospectus Exemptions  or subsection 73.3(1) of the  Securities Act  (Ontario), as applicable,
the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103- Registration Requirements,  Exemptions  and Ongoing Registrant Obligations ,
where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and
the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.
Conflicts of Interest
Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that the underwriters are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105- Underwriting Conflicts  from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this document.


145



Statutory Rights of Action
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the prospectus (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Enforcement of Legal Rights
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.
Taxation and Eligibility for Investment
Canadian purchasers of our shares of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.
European Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to herein as a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, referred to herein as the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of any securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus has been or will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than any offer where a prospectus has been or will be published in relation to such securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the relevant competent authority in that Relevant Member State in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of such securities may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State:
to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,
provided that no such offer of securities shall require the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.


146



Hong Kong
No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32) of Hong Kong. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance.
This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.
Japan
The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,
shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Offer Shares under Section 275 of the SFA except:
to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights


147



and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;
where no consideration is given for the transfer; or
where the transfer is by operation of law.
Switzerland
The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.
United Kingdom
This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, referred to herein as the Order, and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated. Each such person is referred to herein as a Relevant Person.
This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a Relevant Person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.


148



LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP, 755 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304. Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, CA 94025 is acting as counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS
The financial statements of the Company at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016 , appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S‑1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1‑800‑SEC‑0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address is www.sec.gov.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.MenloTherapeutics.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10‑K, quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q, current reports on Form 8‑K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on our website address is not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.


149



Index to Financial Statements
Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
 
Page
 
 



F-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Menlo Therapeutics Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Menlo Therapeutics Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.
San Diego, California
October 29, 2017 (except for the effects of the reverse stock split described in Note 2 and for the subsequent events noted in Note 12, as to which the date is January 11, 2018)


F-2


Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
43,808

 
$
4,027

Short‑term investments
 

 
26,881

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
77

 
632

Total current assets
 
43,885

 
31,540

 
 
 
 
 
Long‑term investments
 

 
10,420

Property and equipment, net
 

 
27

Prepaid and other long‑term assets
 

 
66

Total assets
 
$
43,885

 
$
42,053

 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
 
$
637

 
$
1,526

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
 
133

 
581

Deferred revenue, current
 

 
1,796

Total current liabilities
 
770

 
3,903

 
 
 
 
 
Deferred revenue, long‑term
 

 
8,531

Other non‑current liabilities
 
65

 
57

Total liabilities
 
835

 
12,491

 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 14,300 shares authorized at December 31, 2015 and 2016; 14,300 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2016; Liquidation value of $14,300 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016
 
14,183

 
14,183

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 14,106,583 shares authorized at December 31, 2015 and 2016; 14,106,583 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2016; Liquidation value of $45,000 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016
 
44,820

 
44,820

Stockholders’ deficit:
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 36,500,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2015 and 2016; 5,280,058 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2016
 
1

 
1

Additional paid‑in capital
 
93

 
699

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 

 
(26
)
Accumulated deficit
 
(16,047
)
 
(30,115
)
Total stockholders’ deficit
 
(15,953
)
 
(29,441
)
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit
 
$
43,885

 
$
42,053

 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-3


Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
Collaboration and license revenue
 
$

 
$
674

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
Research and development
 
2,921

 
11,255

General and administrative
 
1,687

 
3,751

Total operating expenses
 
4,608

 
15,006

Loss from operations
 
(4,608
)
 
(14,332
)
Interest income and other expense, net
 

 
264

Net loss attributable to common stockholders
 
$
(4,608
)
 
$
(14,068
)
Other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
Unrealized loss on available‑for‑sale securities
 

 
(26
)
Comprehensive loss
 
$
(4,608
)
 
$
(14,094
)
Net loss attributable to common stockholder per share, basic and diluted
 
$
(0.97
)
 
$
(2.82
)
Weighted‑average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share
 
4,735,148

 
4,987,133

 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-4


Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
(in thousands, except share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
Common Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2015
11,500

 
$
11,383

 

 
$

 
4,962,653

 
$
1

 
$
28

 
$
(11,439
)
 
$

 
$
(11,410
)
Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock
2,800

 
2,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $179

 

 
14,106,583

 
44,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of unvested stock options

 

 

 

 
317,405

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 
65

 

 

 
65

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(4,608
)
 

 
(4,608
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
14,300

 
14,183

 
14,106,583

 
44,820

 
5,280,058

 
1

 
93

 
(16,047
)
 

 
(15,953
)
Vesting of early exercised stock options

 

 

 

 
 
 

 
33

 

 

 
33

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 
573

 

 

 
573

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(26
)
 
(26
)
Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(14,068
)
 

 
(14,068
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
14,300

 
$
14,183

 
14,106,583

 
$
44,820

 
5,280,058

 
$
1

 
$
699

 
$
(30,115
)
 
$
(26
)
 
$
(29,441
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-5


Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
Operating activities
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
$
(4,608
)
 
$
(14,068
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 

 
4

Unrealized loss on available‑for‑sale investments
 

 
(26
)
Amortization of premium on investment securities
 

 
158

Stock‑based compensation expense
 
65

 
573

Change in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
(22
)
 
(555
)
Prepaid and other long‑term assets
 

 
(66
)
Accounts payable
 

 
889

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
 
346

 
466

Deferred revenue
 
36

 
10,327

Other non‑current liabilities
 

 
7

Net cash used in operating activities
 
(4,183
)
 
(2,291
)
 
 
 
 
 
Investing activities
 
 
 
 
Purchase of property and equipment
 

 
(31
)
Purchase of investments
 

 
(55,309
)
Proceeds from sales of investments
 

 
3,600

Proceeds from maturities of investments
 

 
14,250

Net cash used in investing activities
 

 
(37,490
)
 
 
 
 
 
Financing activities
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs
 
47,620

 

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
 
98

 

Net cash provided by financing activities
 
47,718

 

 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
43,535

 
(39,781
)
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
273

 
43,808

 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
43,808

 
$
4,027

 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6



Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
1.
Formation and Business of the Company
Menlo Therapeutics Inc., or the “Company”, is a late‑stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus, or itch, associated with dermatologic conditions such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis. The Company is concurrently evaluating the use of serlopitant for the treatment of refractory chronic cough, a cough that persists for at least eight weeks despite treatment of any identified underlying cause. The Company believes that its product candidate, serlopitant, a highly selective once‑daily, oral small molecule inhibitor of the neurokinin 1 receptor, or NK 1 ‑R, has the potential to significantly alleviate itch and cough symptoms. Pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis, as well as refractory chronic cough, each represents a significant patient need.
The Company was incorporated in Delaware in October 2011. Since commencing operations, the Company has devoted substantially all of its resources to developing its product candidate, including conducting clinical trials and providing general and administrative support for these operations.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not reflect any adjustments relating to the recoverability and reclassification of assets and liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern. Since inception, the Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations. For the year ended December 31, 2016 , the Company incurred a net loss of $14.1 million and used $2.3 million of cash in operations. As of December 31, 2016 , the Company had cash, cash equivalents and investments of $41.3 million and an accumulated deficit of $30.1 million .
Management expects to continue to incur additional substantial losses in the foreseeable future as a result of the Company’s research and development activities. Management plans to finance operations through equity or debt financing arrangements, and/or third‑party collaboration funding. There can be no assurances that, in the event that the Company requires additional financing, such financing will be available on terms which are favorable to the Company, or at all. If the Company is unable to raise additional funding to meet its working capital needs in the future, it will be forced to delay or reduce the scope of its research programs and/or limit or cease its operations.
In July 2017, the Company sold 11,854,463 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for $50.5 million . The Company believes that its existing cash, cash equivalents and investments as of December 31, 2016 together with funds available from the July 2017 sale of preferred stock, will provide sufficient funds to enable it to meet its obligations for at least the next twelve months.
2.
Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position for the periods presented.
Reverse Stock Split
On January 8, 2018, the Company effected a reverse split of shares of the Company’s common stock at a ratio of 1-for-2.6975 pursuant to an amendment to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation approved by the Company’s board of directors and stockholders. The par value and the authorized shares of the common stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse split. All issued and outstanding common stock share and per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse split for all periods presented, and the conversion ratio of the preferred stock was adjusted accordingly.
Segments
The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting. All long‑lived assets are maintained in the United States of America.


F-7



Use of Estimates
Preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods covered by the financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, stock‑based compensation expense, the resolution of uncertain tax positions and valuation allowance, recovery of long‑lived assets and accruals for research and development costs. Management bases its estimates on historical experience on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.
Risk and Uncertainties
The Company’s future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, uncertainty of results of clinical trials and reaching milestones, uncertainty of regulatory approval of the Company’s potential drug candidate, uncertainty of market acceptance of the Company’s product candidate, competition from substitute products and larger companies, securing and protecting proprietary technology, strategic relationships and dependence on key individuals and sole source suppliers.
The Company’s product candidate requires clearances from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) or other international regulatory agencies prior to commercial sales. There can be no assurance that the product candidate will receive the necessary clearances. If the Company was denied clearance, clearance was delayed or the Company was unable to maintain clearance, it could have a materially adverse impact on the Company.
The Company expects to incur substantial operating losses for the next several years and will need to obtain additional financing in order to complete clinical studies and launch and commercialize any product candidates for which it receives regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or will be at terms acceptable by the Company.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value. Cash equivalents include only securities having an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase. The Company limits its credit risk associated with cash and cash equivalents by placing its investments with an institution it believes is highly creditworthy and with highly rated money market funds. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, cash and cash equivalents consisted of bank deposits, cash and investments in money market funds.
Investment Securities
The Company classifies its investment securities as available‑for‑sale. Those investments with maturities less than 12 months at the date of purchase are considered short‑term investments. Those investments with maturities greater than 12 months at the date of purchase are considered long‑term investments. The Company’s investment securities classified as available‑for‑sale are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices at period end. Unrealized gains and losses, deemed temporary in nature, are reported as a separate component of comprehensive income or loss.
A decline in the fair value of any security below cost that is deemed other than temporary results in a charge to earnings and the corresponding establishment of a new cost basis for the security. Premiums (discounts) are amortized (accreted) over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the straight‑line interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally between three and five years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the


F-8



cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other current liabilities, and deferred revenue approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and investments. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the majority of our cash and cash equivalents and investments are held by one U.S. financial institution in excess of federally insured limits. We invest cash in excess of our current needs in United States Treasury and government agency securities, highly‑rated short or medium‑term debt securities and money market funds and, by policy, diversify our investments to limit the amount of credit exposure. The Company has an investment policy which limits the Company to investing in highly rated corporate and government notes, and no individual investment may comprise more than 5% of the total portfolio.
Income Taxes
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. The Company recognizes future tax benefits, measured by enacted tax rates attributable to deductible temporary differences between financial statements and income tax bases of assets and liabilities, and net operating loss carry‑forwards to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not.
The Company records a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to the accounting guidance on accounting for uncertain tax positions and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on the Company’s tax return. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company establishes these liabilities based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These liabilities are established when the Company believes that certain positions might be challenged despite the Company’s belief that the tax return positions are fully supportable. The liabilities are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of tax audits.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Substantially all of our research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in connection with the development of serlopitant. These expenses include certain payroll and personnel expenses including stock‑based compensation expense, consulting costs, contract manufacturing costs, and fees paid to clinical research organizations, or CROs, to conduct research and development. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.
The Company estimates non‑clinical study and clinical trial expenses based on the services performed pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage non‑clinical studies and clinical trials on its behalf. In accruing service fees, the Company estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses until the services are rendered.
Patent Costs
The Company has no historical data to support a probable future economic benefit for the arising patent applications, filing and prosecution costs. Therefore, patent costs are expensed as incurred.


F-9



Operating Leases
The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight‑line basis over the non‑cancellable term of the operating lease.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock‑based awards made to employees, directors and non‑employees, based on estimated fair values recognized using the straight‑line method over the requisite service period.
The fair value of options to purchase common stock granted to employees is estimated on the grant date using the Black‑Scholes option valuation model. The calculation of stock‑based compensation expense requires that the Company make certain assumptions and judgments about a number of complex and subjective variables used in the Black‑Scholes model, including the expected term, expected volatility of the underlying common stock, risk‑free interest rate, as well as estimating future forfeitures of unvested stock options. To the extent actual forfeiture results differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates are revised.
The Company accounts for common stock warrants and options issued to non‑employees under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 505‑50 Equity‑Equity based payments to Non‑Employees, using the Black‑Scholes option valuation model as they are earned. The fair value of such non‑employee awards is remeasured over the vesting period.
Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company recorded the convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. The convertible preferred stock is recorded outside of stockholders’ equity because, in the event of certain deemed liquidation events considered not solely within the Company’s control, such as a merger, acquisition and sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, the convertible preferred stock will become redeemable at the option of the holders.
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of the Company during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments and distributions to owners. Comprehensive loss consists of the net loss and changes in accumulated other comprehensive income, which are comprised of unrealized gains (losses) on available‑for‑sale investments.
Revenue Recognition
To date, the Company’s clinical drug candidates have not been approved for sale by the FDA and the Company has not generated any revenue from product sales.
On August 10, 2016, the Company entered into a license and collaboration agreement with Japan Tobacco Inc. and Torii Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., together referred to as “JT Torii”, which is referred to as the “Collaboration Agreement”. Under the Collaboration Agreement, the Company granted to JT Torii the rights to develop and commercialize products containing serlopitant in Japan for the treatment of diseases and conditions other than nausea or vomiting. In exchange, JT Torii paid an upfront, non‑refundable payment of $11.0 million . In addition, the Company is entitled to receive aggregate payments of up to $28.0 million upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones, and $15.0 million upon the achievement of a commercial milestone, as well as tiered royalties from the mid-single digits up to the mid‑teens on sales of licensed products in Japan. The Company’s performance obligations under the license agreement includes the transfer of intellectual property rights in the form of licenses, obligations to participate on certain development and/or commercialization committees with the collaboration partners and supply manufactured drug product for clinical trials.
The Company recognizes revenue pursuant to the Collaboration Agreement in connection with the clinical development and commercialization of products covered by the collaboration, including non-refundable upfront license fees, contingent consideration payments based on the achievement of defined collaboration objectives


F-10



and royalties on sales of commercialized products. To date, the Company has not generated or recognized revenue from sales of its product candidates.
Revenue from the Collaboration Agreement is recognized when
(i)
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
(ii)
transfer of technology has been completed, services have been performed or products have been delivered,
(iii)
the fee is fixed and determinable, and
(iv)
collection is reasonably assured.
The Company evaluates revenue agreements with multiple‑elements in accordance with ASC 605-25 Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements . The Company identifies the deliverables included within the agreement and evaluates which deliverables represent separate units of accounting based on the achievement of certain criteria including whether the deliverable has stand‑alone value. Upfront payments for licenses are evaluated to determine if the licensee can obtain standalone value from the license separate from the value of the research and development services and other deliverables in the arrangement to be provided by the Company. The assessment of multiple-element arrangements also requires judgment in order to determine the allocation of revenue to each deliverable and the appropriate period of time over which the revenue should be recognized.
Under the Collaboration Agreement, the Company has determined that the license does not have standalone value separate from the research and development services because JT Torii cannot resell such license on a standalone basis or use the license with its available resources to obtain any economic value without the Company’s participation. T he license and the services are combined as one unit of accounting and upfront payments are recorded initially as deferred revenue in the balance sheet. Revenue is then recognized on a straight-line basis over an estimated performance period that is consistent with the term of performance obligations, unless the Company determines there is a discernible pattern of performance other than straight-line, in which case the Company uses a proportionate performance method to recognize the revenue over the estimated performance period. The Company is recognizing the upfront fee on a straight-line basis over the initial period of performance of six years, which represents the estimated development period in the territories based on the initial development plan managed by the joint steering committee. The term of the agreement is through the expiration of the patents associated with serlopitant.
The Company periodically reviews its estimated periods of performance based on the progress under each arrangement and accounts for the impact of any changes in estimated periods of performance on a prospective basis.
At the inception of each agreement that includes milestone payments, including the Collaboration Agreement, the Company evaluates whether each milestone is substantive and at risk to both parties on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone. The Company evaluates factors such as the scientific, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the respective milestone, the level of effort and investment required to achieve the respective milestone and whether the milestone consideration is reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement in making this assessment. Non‑refundable payments that are contingent upon achievement of a substantive milestone are recognized in their entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Other contingent payments in which a portion of the milestone consideration is refundable or adjusts based on future performance or non‑performance (e.g., through a penalty or claw‑back provision) are not considered to relate solely to past performance, and therefore, not considered substantive. Amounts that are not recognized as revenue due to the uncertainty as to whether they will be retained or because they are expected to be refunded are recorded as a liability. The Company recognizes non‑substantive milestone payments over the remaining estimated period of performance once the milestone is achieved. Contingent payments associated with the achievement of specific objectives in certain contracts that are not considered substantive because the Company does not contribute effort to the achievement of such milestones are recognized as revenue upon achievement of


F-11



the objective, as long as there are no undelivered elements remaining and no continuing performance obligations by the Company, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.
Under the Collaboration Agreement, the Company is entitled to receive aggregate payments of up to $28.0 million upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones, and $15.0 million upon the achievement of a commercial milestone. Certain of the milestones related to preparation of an IND for submission to regulatory authorities in the territory are considered substantive given that they are triggered by the Company’s performance relative to the achievement of pre-specified, “at risk” milestone events, such as the initiation or successful completion of regulatory development phases. All other milestones are considered non-substantive because the milestone is dependent upon the performance of the collaboration partner rather than the Company.
Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue in the Company’s balance sheets. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, current portion. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, net of current portion.
Net Loss per Share of Common Stock
Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted‑average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted‑average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, convertible preferred stock and common stock options are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Because the Company has reported a net loss for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016‑18,  Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . The update requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. ASU 2016‑18 is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its financial statements.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑09, Improvements to Employee Share‑Based Payment Accounting as part of its simplification initiative, which involves several aspects of accounting for share‑based payment transactions, including the income tax effects, statutory withholding requirements, forfeitures and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2017, and there was no impact to the Company’s financial statements as a result of the adoption.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑02, Leases (ASC 842), which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract (i.e., lessees and lessors). The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight‑line basis over the term of the lease, respectively. A lessee is also required to record a right‑of‑use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than twelve months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of twelve months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases today. ASC 842 supersedes the previous leases standard, ASC 840 Leases . The standard is effective on January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its financial statements.


F-12



In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , which addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. ASU 2016‑01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its financial statements.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015‑17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments in this update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. We have elected to early adopt ASU 2015‑17 as of the beginning of our fourth quarter ended December 31, 2015 on a prospective basis. There was no impact to the balance sheet amounts as a result of early adoption.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014‑15 related to Presentation of Financial Statements ‑ Going Concern (Subtopic 205‑40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . This update provides guidance about management’s responsibilities in evaluating an entity’s going concern uncertainties, and about the timing and content of related footnote disclosures. Under this amended guidance, an entity’s management should evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This update is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company adopted this standard in 2016 and there was no impact on the financial position, results of operations or related financial statement disclosures.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014‑12, Accounting for Share‑Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period . ASU 2014‑12 requires that a performance target that affects vesting and could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. ASU 2014‑12 is effective for the Company for the annual period ending after December 15, 2015 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2014‑12 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014‑09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015‑14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date , which effectively delayed the adoption date by one year, to an effective date for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. In March, April and May 2016, the FASB issued additional updates to the new revenue standard relating to reporting revenue on a gross versus net basis, identifying performance obligations and licensing arrangements, and narrow‑scope improvements and practical expedients, respectively. The effective date of this additional update is the same as that of ASU 2014‑09. The guidance permits the use of either a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has not yet selected a transition method. The Company is still finalizing the analysis to quantify the adoption impact of the provisions of the new standard, but it does not currently expect to have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations. Based on the evaluation of its current collaboration agreement and associated revenue streams, most of the revenue will be recorded consistently under both the current and the new standard. The FASB has issued, and may issue in the future, interpretive guidance which may cause the Company’s evaluation to change. The Company believes it is following an appropriate timeline to allow for proper recognition, presentation and disclosure upon adoption effective the beginning of fiscal year 2018.
There are no other recently issued accounting standards that apply to the Company or that are expected to have a material impact on results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.


F-13



3.    Fair Value Measurements
The fair value of our financial instruments reflects the amounts that we estimate we would receive in connection with the sale of an asset or pay in connection with the transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). We disclose and recognize the fair value of our assets and liabilities using a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to valuations based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to valuations based upon unobservable inputs that are significant to the valuation (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:
Level 1 ‑ Inputs that reflect unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date;
Level 2 ‑ Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liability either directly or indirectly, including inputs in markets that are not considered to be active;
Level 3 ‑ Inputs that are unobservable.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability.
During the years presented, the Company has not changed the manner in which it values assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs. The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as of the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers within the hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 .
A summary of the assets and liabilities carried at fair value in accordance with the hierarchy defined above is as follows (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
 
Total
Carrying
Value
 
Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds
 
$
3,808

 
$
3,808

 
$

 
$

Corporate notes
 
26,108

 
7,225

 
18,883

 

Government notes
 
11,193

 
11,193

 

 

Total assets
 
$
41,109

 
$
22,226

 
$
18,883

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There were no available‑for‑sales securities held by the Company as of December 31, 2015 .
The Company uses a market approach for determining the fair value of all its Level 1 and Level 2 money market funds and marketable securities. To value its money market funds, the Company values the funds at $1 stable net asset value, which is the market pricing convention for identical assets that the Company has the ability to access.


F-14



The investments are classified as available‑for‑sale securities. At December 31, 2016 , the balance in the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income was comprised solely of activity related to the Company’s available‑for‑sale securities. There were no realized gains or losses recognized on the sale or maturity of available‑for‑sale securities for the year ended December 31, 2016 and as a result, the Company did not reclassify any amounts out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the year. The Company has a limited number of available‑for‑sale securities in insignificant loss positions as of December 31, 2016 , which the Company does not intend to sell and has concluded it will not be required to sell before recovery of the amortized cost for the investment at maturity.
The following table summarizes the available‑for‑sale securities (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds
 
$
3,808

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,808

Corporate notes
 
26,134

 

 
(26
)
 
26,108

Government notes
 
11,193

 

 

 
11,193

 
 
$
41,135

 
$

 
$
(26
)
 
$
41,109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.
Balance Sheets Components
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
Accrued personnel expenses
 
$

 
$
273

Accrued clinical and development expenses
 
80

 
245

Other
 
53

 
63

Total
 
$
133

 
$
581

 
 
 
 
 
5.
Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Matters
The Company’s industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding intellectual property. As a result, the Company may be subject to various legal proceedings from time to time. The results of any future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors. Management is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation.
License Agreement
In December 2012, the Company entered into an exclusive worldwide royalty free license agreement with Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp., or “Merck” for exclusive worldwide rights for the development and commercialization of serlopitant and two other NK 1 ‑R antagonists in all human diseases, disorders or conditions, except for the treatment and prevention of nausea or vomiting. The Company paid Merck an upfront non‑refundable, non‑creditable licensing fee of $1.0 million dollars and issued to Merck shares of its common stock. In


F-15



addition, the Company has agreed to make aggregate payments of up to $25.0 million dollars upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones.
Future milestone payments are considered to be contingent consideration and will be accrued when the applicable milestone is achieved. Through December 31, 2016 , no milestones have been achieved under the license agreement.
Leases
The Company conducts its operations using leased office facilities. As of December 31, 2015 , the Company was on a month to month lease agreement through June 2016, with aggregate lease payments due of $61,000 . On April 6, 2016, the Company entered into a new lease agreement. The twenty‑six month lease, began on May 1, 2016, and provides 4,000 square feet of office space in Menlo Park, California. Base annual rent is initially approximately $20,000 per month, with annual increases. The Company has the option to extend the term of the lease for an additional one year period with respect to the entire premises. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight‑line basis over the respective lease period.
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $208,000 and $7,000 , respectively.
As of December 31, 2016, total future minimum lease payments under our operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
 
 
 
Year ending December 31:
 
 
2017
 
$
244

2018
 
124

Total future minimum lease payments
 
$
368

 
 
 
In September 2017, the Company entered into a lease agreement.  The thirty‑month lease, beginning on October 1, 2017 provides approximately 14,000 square feet of office space in Redwood City, California.  Base annual rent is approximately $55,000 per month, with annual increases.
Indemnification
As permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with the Company’s bylaws, the Company is required to indemnify its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is or was serving in such capacity. The Company is also party to indemnification agreements with its directors. The Company believes the fair value of the indemnification rights and agreements is minimal. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded any liabilities for these indemnification rights and agreements as of December 31, 2016 .
Contingencies
From time to time, we may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of our business activities. We accrue a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated.
6.
Convertible Preferred Stock
As of December 31, 2016 , the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorized the Company to issue up to 14,120,883 shares of convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.001 , of which 14,300 were designated Series A convertible preferred stock and 14,106,583 were designated Series B convertible preferred stock.
From December 2011 through May 2015, the Company issued 14,300 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock to investors at $1,000.00 per share with gross proceeds of $14.3 million . Purchasers of our Series A


F-16



convertible preferred stock also received an aggregate of 3.0 million shares of common stock in connection with the Series A investment.
In November 2015, the Company issued 14,106,583 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock to investors at $3.19 per share with gross proceeds of $45.0 million .
In July 2017, the Company issued 11,854,463 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock to investors at $4.26 per share with gross proceeds of $50.5 million .
The Company had outstanding convertible preferred stock as of the times set forth below as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
Shares Authorized
 
Shares Issued and Outstanding
 
Aggregate Liquidation Preference
(in thousands)
Series A
 
14,300

 
14,300

 
$
14,300

Series B
 
14,106,583

 
14,106,583

 
45,000

Total
 
14,120,883

 
14,120,883

 
$
59,300

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
Shares Authorized
 
Shares Issued and Outstanding
 
Aggregate Liquidation Preference
(in thousands)
Series A
 
14,300

 
14,300

 
$
14,300

Series B
 
14,106,583

 
14,106,583

 
45,000

Total
 
14,120,883

 
14,120,883

 
$
59,300

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant terms of the Series A and B convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2016 (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”) are as follows:
Liquidation Preference
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series A convertible stock and Series B convertible preferred stock are first entitled to receive the amount of $1,000.00 and $3.19 per share, respectively plus all declared but unpaid dividends for such shares, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the proceeds distributed among the holders of the Series A and B convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the full payment of the aforesaid preferential amounts to each holder the convertible preferred stock, then the entire proceeds legally available for distribution to the convertible preferred stock shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A and B convertible preferred stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder of convertible preferred stock is otherwise entitled to receive.
Upon completion of the distributions required by the above‑mentioned liquidation preferences, any remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Series B convertible preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, assuming full conversion of the Series B convertible preferred stock to common stock at the then‑effective conversion price for such shares.


F-17



Dividends
The holders of shares of Series A and B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive non‑cumulative dividends, out of any assets legally available, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock, at the applicable dividend rate of $80.00 per annum for each share of Series A convertible preferred stock and $0.2552 per annum for each share of Series B convertible preferred stock, all subject to adjustment from time to time for recapitalizations, payable when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors. The Company has never declared any dividends on its convertible preferred stock.
Voting
The holder of each share of Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock could then be converted and, with respect to such vote, such holder has full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock and is entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Company’s bylaws. The holders of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock do not have a right to vote, other than as required by Delaware law and for certain directors, as set forth below.
The holders of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect two of the Company’s directors. The holders of Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect two of the Company’s directors. The holders of outstanding common stock are entitled to elect three of the Company’s directors. The holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock, voting together as a single class, and not as separate series, and on an as converted basis, are entitled to elect any remaining directors of the Company, subject to the approval of the then serving members of the Company’s directors.
Conversion
The holder of each share of convertible preferred stock has the option to convert each share of convertible preferred stock into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the applicable original issue price for such series by the applicable conversion price for such series in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. Each share of convertible preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the conversion rate at the time in effect for such series of convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the earlier of (i) sale of the Company’s common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with gross proceeds of not less than $40.0 million in the aggregate and an offering price to the public of no less than $17.21 per share, or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request or agreement of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A and B convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class and on an as converted basis.
The conversion price of the convertible preferred stock was initially set at an amount equal to the issue price. The Series B convertible preferred stock conversion price is subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, re‑capitalization and upon the occurrence of certain triggering events related to anti‑dilution protection rights. In the event that a future preferred stock financing should occur at a price lower than the last preferred financing round, the conversion ratios of the existing preferred stock are changed to protect the ownership position of existing investors.
7.    Common Stock
The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 36,500,000 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when and if declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of preferred stock outstanding. The Company has never declared any dividends on common stock.


F-18



Shares of common stock reserved for issuance are as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
Conversion of Series A preferred stock
 
5,300

 
5,300

Conversion of Series B preferred stock
 
5,229,500

 
5,229,500

Total conversion of preferred stock
 
5,234,800

 
5,234,800

Options outstanding
 

 
1,485,132

Options available for future grant under stock option plan
 
1,684,110

 
198,978

Total
 
6,918,910

 
6,918,910

 
 
 
 
 
8.
Stock-Based Compensation
Under the Company’s 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”), the Company may grant options to purchase common stock, restricted stock awards, or directly issue shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. During 2015, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved an increase to the shares available under the 2011 Plan to 2,086,600 shares. Options may be granted at an exercise price per share of not less than 100% of the fair market value at the date of grant. If an incentive stock option is granted to a stockholder holding 10% of the Company’s outstanding capitalization, then the purchase or exercise price per share must not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years .
Total stock‑based compensation expense for employees and non‑employees recognized in the statements of operations was as follows (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
Research and development
 
$
1

 
$
257

General and administrative
 
64

 
316

Total stock‑based compensation expense
 
$
65

 
$
573

 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2016 , there was approximately $2.1 million of unamortized compensation expense, which was expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years .


F-19



2011 Plan
The table below summarizes stock option and restricted award activity under the 2011 Plan:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of Shares Available for Issuance
 
Number of Shares Outstanding
 
Weighted-Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Balances at January 1, 2015
10,025

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Authorized
1,991,490

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
(317,405
)
 
317,405

 
$
0.31

 
 
 
 
Exercised (1)

 
(317,405
)
 
$
0.31

 
 
 
 
Balances at December 31, 2015
1,684,110

 

 
 
 
 
 
$

Granted
(1,485,132
)
 
1,485,132

 
$
1.99

 
 
 
 
Balances at December 31, 2016
198,978

 
1,485,132

 
$
1.99

 
9.32

 
$
3,805

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Includes early exercise of 317,405 options during the year ended December 31, 2015 , of which 218,216 remain unvested as of December 31, 2016 .

Additional information regarding options outstanding at December 31, 2016 was as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options Outstanding
 
Options Vested
Exercise Price
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$1.83
1,345,606

 
9.25

 
$
1.83

 
260,399

 
$
1.83

$3.56
139,526

 
9.92

 
$
3.56

 
1,523

 
$
3.56

$1.83 ‑ $3.56
1,485,132

 
9.32

 
$
1.99

 
261,922

 
$
1.84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upon vesting of restricted shares and exercise of options, the Company issues common stock from its authorized shares. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company received $98,000 and $0 upon the exercise of stock options, respectively. There were 324,355 and 222,077 shares of early exercised restricted shares which have not vested at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company had recorded a liability of $98,000 and $68,000 , respectively for the early exercise of stock options, recorded as other current liabilities and other non‑current liabilities. When options are subject to the Company’s repurchase right, the Company may buy back any unvested shares at their original exercise price in the event of an employee’s termination prior to full vesting.
The aggregate grant date fair value of employee options vesting during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was approximately $1,000 and $182,000 , respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of shares exercised during the year ended December 31, 2015 was zero . There were no shares exercised in the year ended December 31, 2016 .


F-20



Stock Awards Granted to Employees and Directors
Stock‑based compensation expense is based on the grant date fair value. The Company recognizes compensation expense for all stock‑based options and restricted awards on a straight‑line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the option vesting term of four years. Stock‑ based compensation expense related to awards granted to employees and directors for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was approximately $1,000 and $314,000 , respectively.
The Company uses the Black‑Scholes option valuation model, which requires the use of highly subjective assumptions to determine the fair value of stock‑based awards. The assumptions used in the Company’s option‑pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, the Company’s stock‑based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. The assumptions and estimates that the Company uses in the Black‑Scholes model are as follows:
Fair Value of Common Stock . The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying the Company’s stock options was determined at each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per‑share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market for the Company’s common stock, on each grant date, we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock based on the information known to the Company on the date of grant, upon a review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock and in part on input from an independent third‑party valuation. The board of directors intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the estimated per share fair value of common stock underlying those options on the date of grant.
Risk‑Free Interest Rate . The Company bases the risk‑free interest rate used in the Black‑Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero‑coupon issues with a term equivalent to that of the expected term of the options for each option group.
Expected Term . The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock‑based awards are expected to be outstanding. Because of the limitations on the sale or transfer of the Company’s common stock as a privately held company, the Company does not believe its historical exercise pattern is indicative of the pattern it will experience as a publicly traded company. The Company has consequently used the Staff Accounting Bulletin 110, or SAB 110, simplified method to calculate the expected term, which is the average of the contractual term and vesting period. The Company plans to continue to use the SAB 110 simplified method until it has sufficient trading history as a publicly traded company.
Volatility . The Company determines the price volatility based on the historical volatilities of industry peers as it has no trading history for its common stock price. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the biotechnology industry with comparable characteristics, including clinical trials progress and therapeutic indications.
Dividend Yield . The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy. To date, the Company has not declared any dividends, and therefore the Company has used an expected dividend yield of zero.
In addition to the assumptions used in the Black‑Scholes valuation model, the Company must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock‑based compensation for its equity awards. The Company will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to the Company’s stock‑based compensation on a prospective basis. As the Company continues to accumulate additional data, it may have refinements to its estimates, which could materially impact the Company’s future stock‑based compensation expense.


F-21



The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of awards granted to employees and directors during the years indicated:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
Expected term (in years)
 
3.1
 
4.6 - 6.1
Volatility
 
74%
 
68% - 74%
Risk‑free interest rate
 
1.0%
 
1.3% - 2.1%
Dividend yield
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation for Non-employees
Stock‑based compensation expense related to stock awards granted to non‑employees is recognized as the awards vest. The Company believes that the fair value of the stock‑based awards granted is more reliably measurable than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of stock awards granted is calculated using the Black‑Scholes option valuation model. Stock‑ based compensation expense related to awards granted to non‑employees for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was approximately $64,000 and $259,000 , respectively.
The fair values of common stock awards granted to non‑employees were calculated using the following assumptions for the periods presented:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
Expected term (in years)
 
1.0 - 1.8
 
9.3 - 10.0
Volatility
 
62% - 74%
 
84% - 86%
Risk‑free interest rate
 
0.5% - 0.7%
 
1.6% - 2.5%
Dividend yield
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


F-22



9.
Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share data):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
 
$
(4,608
)
 
$
(14,068
)
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
Weighted‑average common shares outstanding
 
5,060,918

 
5,280,058

Less: weighted‑average common shares subject to repurchase
 
(325,770
)
 
(292,925
)
Weighted‑average common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share
 
4,735,148

 
4,987,133

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
$
(0.97
)
 
$
(2.82
)
 
 
 
 
 
The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
Convertible preferred stock issuable upon conversion to common stock
 
5,234,800

 
5,234,800

Outstanding common stock subject to repurchase
 
324,355

 
222,077

Stock options outstanding
 

 
1,485,132

Stock options available for issuance
 
1,684,110

 
198,978

Total
 
7,243,265

 
7,140,987

 
 
 
 
 


F-23



10.
Income Taxes
The Company did not record a provision or benefit for income taxes during the years ended December 31, 2015, and 2016.
The tax effect of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
Deferred Tax Assets
 
 
 
 
NOLs
 
$
5,992

 
$
10,458

Depreciation and Amortization
 
362

 
328

Stock‑Based Compensation
 
34

 
161

Research & Development Credits
 
233

 
586

Other Accruals
 

 
98

Total Deferred Tax Assets
 
$
6,621

 
$
11,631

 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Tax Liabilities
 

 

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities
 
$

 
$

Valuation Allowance
 
(6,621
)
 
(11,631
)
Net Deferred Tax Assets
 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 was an increase of approximately $1.9 million and $5.0 million , respectively.
As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $15.0 million and $28.2 million , respectively which expire beginning in the year 2031 and federal research and development tax credits of $0.2 million and $0.5 million , respectively which expire beginning in the year 2031.
As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of $15.0 million and $15.0 million , respectively which expire beginning in the year 2031 and state research and development tax credits of $0.2 million and $0.4 million , respectively which do not expire.
Federal and state tax laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of the net operating loss and credit carryforwards in the event of an ownership change as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, the Company’s ability to utilize these carryforwards may be limited as a result of such ownership change. Such a limitation could result in the expiration of carryforwards before they are utilized.
The Company adopted the ASC Topic 740 provisions regarding Uncertainty in Income Taxes as of January 1, 2011. For benefits to be realized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. As a result of the implementation of these provisions, the Company did not recognize any adjustments to retained earnings for uncertain tax positions.
It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax


F-24



expense. As of December 31, 2016 , the Company had no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.
The Company filed US and California tax returns with varying statues of limitations. The federal and California tax years from 2011 to 2016 remain open to examination due to the carryover of unused net operating losses and tax credits. The Company does not expect any material changes to the estimated amount of liability associated with its uncertain tax positions within the next 12 months.
Uncertain Tax Positions
The following table summarizes the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
Tax Benefits:
 
 
 
 
Unrecognized Benefit ‑ beginning of period
 
$
73

 
$
93

Gross Increases(Decreases) ‑ prior period tax positions
 

 

Gross Increases(Decreases) ‑ current period tax positions
 
20

 
136

Total Unrecognized Benefit ‑ end of period
 
$
93

 
$
229

 
 
 
 
 
11.
Related Party Transactions
From 2011 through 2016, the Company has operated with significant consulting and management services provided by Velocity Pharmaceutical Development, LLC (“VPD”). Development services fees paid to VPD under the Development Services Agreement were $0.8 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The Company also reimbursed VPD for consulting, travel and other expenses incurred on our behalf. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company had outstanding liabilities to VPD of $50,000 and $0 , respectively. Several managing directors of VPD have served as officers and directors of the Company. David Collier, M.D., a former member of the Company’s board of directors, is the Chief Executive Officer of VPD, and Xiaoming Zhang, Ph.D., our Senior Vice President, Non‑Clinical and Pharmaceutical Development, is a Venture Partner of VPD.
The Company has entered into a services agreement with Theratrophix, which is partially owned by Dr. Zhang .  During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company incurred expenses of $39,000 and $270,000 , respectively with Theratrophix.  As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, there was an outstanding accounts payable balance of $39,000 and $0 , respectively, owed to Theratrophix.
12.
Subsequent Events
In July 2017, the Company issued and sold 11,854,463 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock receiving an aggregate of $50.5 million in gross proceeds. In connection with the sale of the shares, the Company filed new articles of incorporation to increase the authorized shares to 83,322,761 , designating a total of 14,201,878 as Series C convertible preferred stock. The documents effecting the sale and issuance of these shares contain customary voting, registration, right of first refusal and co‑sale rights. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series C convertible stock are first entitled to receive the amount of $4.26 per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends for such shares, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of the Series B and Series A convertible preferred stock. The holders of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive non‑cumulative dividends, out of any assets legally available, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock, at the applicable dividend rate of $0.3408 per annum for each share of Series C convertible preferred stock. The Series C convertible preferred shares are convertible into common stock on a one‑for‑one basis at the option of the holder


F-25



at any time, and will automatically convert upon an IPO with a minimum price per share of $17.21 and gross proceeds of at least $40.0 million , or upon a majority vote of stockholders.
In September 2017, the Company entered in to a lease agreement.  The thirty month lease, beginning on October 1, 2017 provides approximately 14,000 square feet of office space in Redwood City, California.  Base annual rent is approximately $55,000 per month, with annual increases.
In September 2017, the Company entered into a new services agreement with JT Torii to provide research and development services, including regulatory, chemistry and manufacturing support and related materials.
In November 2017, the Company recognized $2.0 million of revenue upon achievement of a contingent milestone under the JT Torii Collaboration and License Agreement.
On January 8, 2018, the Company effected a reverse split of shares of the Company’s common stock at a ratio of 1-for-2.6975 pursuant to an amendment to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation approved by the Company’s board of directors and stockholders. The par value and the authorized shares of the common stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse split. All issued and outstanding common stock share and per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse split for all periods presented, and the conversion ratio of the preferred stock was adjusted accordingly.
The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events that occurred through January 11, 2018, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in these financial statements.


F-26



Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
2016
 
September 30,
2017
 
Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity as of September 30,
2017
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
4,027

 
$
14,958

 
 
Short‑term investments
 
26,881

 
58,589

 
 
Accounts receivable
 

 
460

 
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
632

 
1,775

 
 
Total current assets
 
31,540

 
75,782

 
 
Long‑term investments
 
10,420

 

 
 
Property and equipment, net
 
27

 
18

 
 
Prepaid and other long‑term assets
 
66

 

 
 
Total assets
 
$
42,053

 
$
75,800

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
 
$
1,526

 
$
3,527

 
 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
 
581

 
1,899

 
 
Deferred revenue, current
 
1,796

 
1,796

 
 
Total current liabilities
 
3,903

 
7,222

 
 
Deferred revenue, long‑term
 
8,531

 
7,184

 
 
Other non‑current liabilities
 
57

 
25

 
 
Total liabilities
 
12,491

 
14,431

 
 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 14,300 shares authorized at December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited); 14,300 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited); Liquidation value of $14,300 as of December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited)
 
14,183

 
14,183

 
$

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 14,106,583 shares authorized at December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited); 14,106,583 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited); Liquidation value of $45,000 as of December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited)
 
44,820

 
44,820

 

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 0 and 14,201,878 shares authorized at December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively; 0 and 11,854,463 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively; Liquidation value of $0 and $50,500 as of December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively
 

 
50,327

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding actual; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, proforma and proforma as adjusted
 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 36,500,000 and 55,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively; 5,280,058 and 5,298,593 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively; 300,000,000 shares authorized and 14,927,998 shares outstanding proforma (unaudited)
 
1

 
1

 
1

Additional paid‑in capital
 
699

 
1,968

 
111,298

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(26
)
 
(15
)
 
(15
)
Accumulated deficit
 
(30,115
)
 
(49,915
)
 
(49,915
)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
 
(29,441
)
 
(47,961
)
 
$
61,369

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity
 
$
42,053

 
$
75,800

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-27



Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2016
 
2017
 
 
(unaudited)
Collaboration and license revenue
 
$
224

 
$
1,807

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
Research and development
 
7,178

 
18,461

General and administrative
 
2,453

 
3,462

Total operating expenses
 
9,631

 
21,923

Loss from operations
 
(9,407
)
 
(20,116
)
Interest income and other expense, net
 
176

 
316

Net loss attributable to common stockholders
 
$
(9,231
)
 
$
(19,800
)
Other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain on available‑for‑sale securities
 
19

 
11

Comprehensive loss
 
$
(9,212
)
 
$
(19,789
)
Net loss attributable to common stockholder per share, basic and diluted
 
$
(1.86
)
 
$
(3.89
)
Weighted‑average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share
 
4,965,807

 
5,093,418

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (See Note 9)
 
 
 
$
(1.72
)
Pro forma weighted‑average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (See Note 9)
 
 
 
11,539,193

 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-28



Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
Statement of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
(in thousands, except share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
 
 
Common Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2016
14,300

 
$
14,183

 
14,106,583

 
$
44,820

 

 
$

 
 
5,280,058

 
$
1

 
$
699

 
$
(30,115
)
 
$
(26
)
 
$
(29,441
)
Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $173 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 
11,854,463

 
50,327

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
18,535

 

 
34

 

 

 
34

Vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 
18

 

 

 
18

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 
1,217

 

 

 
1,217

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
11

 
11

Net loss (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
(19,800
)
 

 
(19,800
)
Balance at September 30, 2017 (unaudited)
14,300

 
$
14,183

 
14,106,583

 
$
44,820

 
11,854,463

 
$
50,327

 
 
5,298,593

 
$
1

 
$
1,968

 
$
(49,915
)
 
$
(15
)
 
$
(47,961
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-29



Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2016
 
2017
 
 
(unaudited)
Operating activities
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
$
(9,231
)
 
$
(19,800
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
2

 
5

Unrealized gain on available‑for‑sale investments
 
19

 
11

Amortization of premium on investment securities
 
44

 
73

Stock‑based compensation expense
 
311

 
1,217

Disposal of equipment
 

 
19

Change in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 

 
(460
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
(534
)
 
(1,143
)
Prepaid and other long‑term assets
 

 
66

Accounts payable
 
480

 
2,001

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
 
373

 
1,320

Deferred revenue
 
10,776

 
(1,347
)
Other non‑current liabilities
 
18

 
(16
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
2,258

 
(18,054
)
Investing activities
 
 
 
 
Purchase of property and equipment
 
(24
)
 
(15
)
Purchase of investments
 
(49,472
)
 
(59,171
)
Proceeds from sales of investments
 
1,200

 
6,000

Proceeds from maturities of investments
 
9,650

 
31,810

Net cash used in investing activities
 
(38,646
)
 
(21,376
)
Financing activities
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs
 

 
50,327

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
 

 
34

Net cash provided by financing activities
 

 
50,361

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
(36,388
)
 
10,931

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
43,808

 
4,027

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
7,420

 
$
14,958

 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-30



Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
1.
Formation and Business of the Company
Menlo Therapeutics Inc., or the “Company”, is a late‑stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of serlopitant for the treatment of pruritus, or itch, associated with dermatologic conditions such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis. The Company is concurrently evaluating the use of serlopitant for the treatment of refractory chronic cough, a cough that persists for at least eight weeks despite treatment of any identified underlying cause. The Company believes that its product candidate, serlopitant, a highly selective once‑daily, oral small molecule inhibitor of the neurokinin 1 receptor, or NK 1 ‑R, has the potential to significantly alleviate itch and cough symptoms. Pruritus associated with atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and prurigo nodularis, as well as refractory chronic cough, each represents a significant patient need.
The Company was incorporated in Delaware in October 2011. Since commencing operations, the Company has devoted substantially all of its resources to developing its product candidate, including conducting clinical trials and providing general and administrative support for these operations.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not reflect any adjustments relating to the recoverability and reclassification of assets and liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern. Since inception, the Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations. For the year ended December 31, 2016 , the Company incurred a net loss of $14.1 million and used $2.3 million of cash in operations. As of December 31, 2016 , the Company had cash, cash equivalents and investments of $41.3 million and an accumulated deficit of $30.1 million . For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 , the Company incurred a net loss of $19.8 million and used $18.1 million of cash in operations. As of September 30, 2017 , the Company had cash, cash equivalents and investments of $73.5 million and an accumulated deficit of $49.9 million .
Management expects to continue to incur additional substantial losses in the foreseeable future as a result of the Company’s research and development activities. Management plans to finance operations through equity or debt financing arrangements, and/or third‑party collaboration funding. There can be no assurances that, in the event that the Company requires additional financing, such financing will be available on terms which are favorable to the Company, or at all. If the Company is unable to raise additional funding to meet its working capital needs in the future, it will be forced to delay or reduce the scope of its research programs and/or limit or cease its operations.
The Company believes that its existing cash, cash equivalents and investments as of September 30, 2017 will provide sufficient funds to enable it to meet its obligations for at least the next twelve months.
2.    Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position for the periods presented.
Reverse Stock Split
On January 8, 2018, the Company effected a reverse split of shares of the Company’s common stock at a ratio of 1-for-2.6975 pursuant to an amendment to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation approved by the Company’s board of directors and stockholders. The par value and the authorized shares of the common stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse split. All issued and outstanding common stock share and per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse split for all periods presented, and the conversion ratio of the preferred stock was adjusted accordingly.
Unaudited Interim Financial Information
The accompanying interim balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 , the statements of operations and comprehensive loss and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, and the


F-31



statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit as of September 30, 2017 and the related interim information contained within the notes to the financial statements, are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and on the same basis as the audited financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments which are necessary to state fairly our financial position as of September 30, 2017 , and the results of our operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017. Such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year 2017, or for any future period.
Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information
The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity information in the accompanying balance sheet has been prepared assuming immediately prior to completion of our planned Initial Public Offering, or “IPO”, the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon a vote of shareholders. Shares of common stock contemplated to be sold in our planned IPO and related net proceeds are excluded from such pro forma information.
Segments
The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting. All long‑lived assets are maintained in the United States of America.
Use of Estimates
Preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods covered by the financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, stock‑based compensation expense, the resolution of uncertain tax positions and valuation allowance, recovery of long‑lived assets and accruals for research and development costs. Management bases its estimates on historical experience on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.
Risk and Uncertainties
The Company’s future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, uncertainty of results of clinical trials and reaching milestones, uncertainty of regulatory approval of the Company’s potential drug candidates, uncertainty of market acceptance of the Company’s product candidate, competition from substitute products and larger companies, securing and protecting proprietary technology, strategic relationships and dependence on key individuals and sole source suppliers.
The Company’s product candidate requires clearances from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) or other international regulatory agencies prior to commercial sales. There can be no assurance that the product candidate will receive the necessary clearances. If the Company was denied clearance, clearance was delayed or the Company was unable to maintain clearance, it could have a materially adverse impact on the Company.
The Company expects to incur substantial operating losses for the next several years and will need to obtain additional financing in order to complete clinical studies and launch and commercialize any product candidates for which it receives regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or will be at terms acceptable by the Company.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value. Cash equivalents include only securities having an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase. The Company limits its credit risk associated with cash and cash equivalents by placing its investments with an institution it believes is highly credit worthy and with


F-32



highly rated money market funds. As of September 30, 2017 , cash and cash equivalents consisted of bank deposits, cash and investments in money market funds.
Investment Securities
The Company classifies its investment securities as available‑for‑sale. Those investments with maturities less than 12 months at the date of purchase are considered short‑term investments. Those investments with maturities greater than 12 months at the date of purchase are considered long‑term investments. The Company’s investment securities classified as available‑for‑sale are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices at period end. Unrealized gains and losses, deemed temporary in nature, are reported as a separate component of comprehensive income or loss.
A decline in the fair value of any security below cost that is deemed other than temporary results in a charge to earnings and the corresponding establishment of a new cost basis for the security. Premiums (discounts) are amortized (accreted) over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the straight‑line interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable represent amounts owed to the Company under the Collaboration Agreement with JT Torii. The Company had no amounts reserved for doubtful accounts as of September 30, 2017, as the Company expects full collection of the receivable balance.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally between three and five years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other current liabilities and deferred revenue, approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and investments. As of December 31, 2016, and September 30, 2017 the majority of our cash and cash equivalents and investments are held by one U.S. financial institution in excess of federally insured limits. We invest cash in excess of our current needs in United States Treasury and government agency securities, highly‑rated short or medium‑term debt securities and money market funds and, by policy, diversify our investments to limit the amount of credit exposure. The Company has an investment policy which limits the Company to investing in highly rated corporate and government notes, and no individual investment may comprise more than 5% of the total portfolio.
Income Taxes
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. The Company recognizes future tax benefits, measured by enacted tax rates attributable to deductible temporary differences between financial statements and income tax bases of assets and liabilities, and net operating loss carry‑forwards to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not.
The Company records a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to the accounting guidance on accounting for uncertain tax positions and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on the Company’s tax return. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company establishes these


F-33



liabilities based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These liabilities are established when the Company believes that certain positions might be challenged despite the Company’s belief that the tax return positions are fully supportable. The liabilities are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of tax audits.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Substantially all of our research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in connection with the development of serlopitant. These expenses include certain payroll and personnel expenses including stock‑based compensation expense, consulting costs, contract manufacturing costs and fees paid to clinical research organizations, or CROs, to conduct research and development. Non-refundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.
The Company estimates non‑clinical study and clinical trial expenses based on the services performed pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage non‑clinical studies and clinical trials on its behalf. In accruing service fees, the Company estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses until the services are rendered.
Patent Costs
The Company has no historical data to support a probable future economic benefit for the arising patent applications, filing and prosecution costs. Therefore, patent costs are expensed as incurred.
Operating Leases
The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight‑line basis over the non‑cancellable term of the operating lease.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock‑based awards made to employees, directors and non‑employees, based on estimated fair values recognized using the straight‑line method over the requisite service period.
The fair value of options to purchase common stock granted to employees is estimated on the grant date using the Black‑Scholes option valuation model. The calculation of stock‑based compensation expense requires that the Company make certain assumptions and judgments about a number of complex and subjective variables used in the Black‑Scholes model, including the expected term, expected volatility of the underlying common stock, risk‑free interest rate, as well as estimating future forfeitures of unvested stock options. To the extent actual forfeiture results differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates are revised.
The Company accounts for common stock warrants and options issued to non‑employees under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 505‑50 Equity‑Equity based payments to Non‑Employees, using the Black‑Scholes option valuation model as they are earned. The fair value of such non‑employee awards is remeasured over the vesting period.
Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company recorded the convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. The convertible preferred stock is recorded outside of stockholders’ equity because, in the event of certain deemed liquidation events considered not solely within the Company’s control, such as a merger, acquisition and sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, the convertible preferred stock will become redeemable at the option of the holders.


F-34



Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of the Company during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments and distributions to owners. Comprehensive loss consists of the net loss and changes in accumulated other comprehensive income, which are comprised of unrealized gains (losses) on available‑for‑sale investments.
Revenue Recognition
To date, the Company’s clinical drug candidates have not been approved for sale by the FDA and the Company has not generated any revenue from the sale of products.
On August 10, 2016, the Company entered into a license and collaboration agreement with Japan Tobacco Inc. and Torii Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., together referred to as “JT Torii”, which is referred to as the “Collaboration Agreement”. Under the Collaboration Agreement, the Company granted to JT Torii the rights to develop and commercialize products containing serlopitant in Japan, for the treatment of diseases and conditions other than nausea or vomiting. In exchange, JT Torii paid the Company an upfront, non‑refundable payment of $11.0 million . In addition, the Company is entitled to receive aggregate payments of up to $28.0 million upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones, and $15.0 million upon the achievement of a commercial milestone, as well as tiered royalties from the mid-single digits up to the mid‑teens on sales of licensed products in Japan. The Company’s performance obligations under the license agreement include the transfer of intellectual property rights in the form of licenses, obligations to participate on certain development and/or commercialization committees with the collaboration partners and supply manufactured drug product for clinical trials.
The Company recognizes revenue pursuant to the Collaboration Agreement in connection with the clinical development and commercialization of products covered by the collaboration, including non-refundable upfront license fees, contingent consideration payments based on the achievement of defined collaboration objectives and royalties on sales of commercialized products. To date, the Company has not generated or recognized revenue from sales of its product candidates.
Revenue from the Collaboration Agreement is recognized when
(i)
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
(ii)
transfer of technology has been completed, services have been performed or products have been delivered,
(iii)
the fee is fixed and determinable, and
(iv)
collection is reasonably assured.
The Company evaluates revenue agreements with multiple‑elements in accordance with ASC 605-25 Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements. The Company identifies the deliverables included within the agreement and evaluates which deliverables represent separate units of accounting based on the achievement of certain criteria including whether the deliverable has stand‑alone value. Upfront payments for licenses are evaluated to determine if the licensee can obtain standalone value from the license separate from the value of the research and development services and other deliverables in the arrangement to be provided by the Company. The assessment of multiple-element arrangements also requires judgment in order to determine the allocation of revenue to each deliverable and the appropriate period of time over which the revenue should be recognized.
Under the Collaboration Agreement, the Company has determined that the license does not have standalone value separate from the research and development services because JT Torii cannot resell such license on a standalone basis or use the license with its available resources to obtain any economic value without the Company’s participation. T he license and the services are combined as one unit of accounting and upfront payments are recorded initially as deferred revenue in the balance sheet. Revenue is then recognized on a straight-line basis over an estimated performance period that is consistent with the term of performance obligations, unless the Company determines there is a discernible pattern of performance other than straight-


F-35



line, in which case the Company uses a proportionate performance method to recognize the revenue over the estimated performance period. The Company is recognizing the upfront fee on a straight-line basis over the initial period of performance of six years, which represents the estimated development period in the territories based on the initial development plan managed by the joint steering committee. The term of the agreement is through the expiration of the patents associated with serlopitant. The Company periodically reviews its estimated periods of performance based on the progress under each arrangement and accounts for the impact of any changes in estimated periods of performance on a prospective basis.
At the inception of each agreement that includes milestone payments, including the Collaboration Agreement, the Company evaluates whether each milestone is substantive and at risk to both parties on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone. The Company evaluates factors such as the scientific, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the respective milestone, the level of effort and investment required to achieve the respective milestone and whether the milestone consideration is reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement in making this assessment. Non‑refundable payments that are contingent upon achievement of a substantive milestone are recognized in their entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Other contingent payments in which a portion of the milestone consideration is refundable or adjusts based on future performance or non‑performance (e.g., through a penalty or claw‑back provision) are not considered to relate solely to past performance, and therefore, not considered substantive. Amounts that are not recognized as revenue due to the uncertainty as to whether they will be retained or because they are expected to be refunded are recorded as a liability. The Company recognizes non‑substantive milestone payments over the remaining estimated period of performance once the milestone is achieved. Contingent payments associated with the achievement of specific objectives in certain contracts that are not considered substantive because the Company does not contribute effort to the achievement of such milestones are recognized as revenue upon achievement of the objective, as long as there are no undelivered elements remaining and no continuing performance obligations by the Company, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.
Under the Collaboration Agreement, the Company is entitled to receive aggregate payments of up to $28.0 million upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones, and $15.0 million upon the achievement of a commercial milestone. Certain of the milestones related to preparation of an IND for submission to regulatory authorities in the territory are considered substantive given that they are triggered by the Company’s performance relative to the achievement of pre-specified, “at risk” milestone events, such as the initiation or successful completion of regulatory development phases. All other milestones are considered non-substantive because the milestone is dependent upon the performance of the collaboration partner rather than the Company.
On September 1, 2017, the Company entered into a new services agreement with JT Torii to provide research and development services, including regulatory, chemistry and manufacturing support and related materials that is distinct from the original Collaboration Agreement. The Company evaluated the new services agreement and determined that the research and materials delivered to JT Torii represents a separate earnings process that provides stand alone value to JT Torii. The fees received under the services agreement will be recognized as and when such services are performed by the Company and JT Torii consumes the benefits of those services. The Company has no obligation to provide services unless requested by JT Torii and agreed to by us. The Company is eligible to receive reimbursement of estimated costs incurred and payment for research services performed directly by the Company at agreed upon rates. During the quarter ended September 30, 2017, the Company recognized revenue of $0.5 million related to the new services agreement. The services agreement terminates upon the termination of the Collaboration Agreement or by mutual agreement of the parties.
Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue in the Company’s balance sheets. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, current portion. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, net of current portion.
Net Loss per Share of Common Stock
Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted‑average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for


F-36



potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted‑average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, convertible preferred stock and common stock options are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Because the Company has reported a net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.
Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders
In contemplation of the planned IPO, the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in the statement of operations, which has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock in accordance with conversion features present in the convertible preferred stock as of the beginning of the respective period or the date of issuance, if later. See Note 9, Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016‑18,  Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . The update requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. ASU 2016‑18 is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its financial statements.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑09, Improvements to Employee Share‑Based Payment Accounting as part of its simplification initiative, which involves several aspects of accounting for share‑based payment transactions, including the income tax effects, statutory withholding requirements, forfeitures and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2017, and there was no impact to the Company’s financial statements as a result of the adoption.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑02, Leases (ASC 842), which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract (i.e., lessees and lessors). The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight‑line basis over the term of the lease, respectively. A lessee is also required to record a right‑of‑use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than twelve months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of twelve months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases today. ASC 842 supersedes the previous leases standard, ASC 840 Leases . The standard is effective on January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its financial statements.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, which addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. ASU 2016‑01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its financial statements.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015‑17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments in this update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. We have elected to early adopt ASU 2015‑17 as of the beginning of our fourth quarter ended December 31, 2015 on a prospective basis. There was no impact to the balance sheet amounts as a result of early adoption.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014‑15 related to Presentation of Financial Statements ‑ Going Concern (Subtopic 205‑40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going


F-37



Concern . This update provides guidance about management’s responsibilities in evaluating an entity’s going concern uncertainties, and about the timing and content of related footnote disclosures. Under this amended guidance, an entity’s management should evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This update is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company adopted this standard in 2016 and there was no impact on the financial position, results of operations or related financial statement disclosures
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014‑12, Accounting for Share‑Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period . ASU 2014‑12 requires that a performance target that affects vesting and could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. ASU 2014‑12 is effective for the Company for the annual period ending after December 15, 2015 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2014‑12 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014‑09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015‑14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date , which effectively delayed the adoption date by one year, to an effective date for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. In March, April and May 2016, the FASB issued additional updates to the new revenue standard relating to reporting revenue on a gross versus net basis, identifying performance obligations and licensing arrangements, and narrow‑scope improvements and practical expedients, respectively. The effective date of this additional update is the same as that of ASU 2014‑09. The guidance permits the use of either a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has not yet selected a transition method. The Company is still finalizing the analysis to quantify the adoption impact of the provisions of the new standard, but it does not currently expect to have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations. Based on the evaluation of its current collaboration agreement and associated revenue streams, most of the revenue will be recorded consistently under both the current and the new standard. The FASB has issued, and may issue in the future, interpretive guidance which may cause the Company’s evaluation to change. The Company believes it is following an appropriate time line to allow for proper recognition, presentation and disclosure upon adoption effective the beginning of fiscal year 2018.
There are no other recently issued accounting standards that apply to the Company or that are expected to have a material impact on results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.
3.    Fair Value Measurements
The fair value of our financial instruments reflects the amounts that we estimate we would receive in connection with the sale of an asset or pay in connection with the transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). We disclose and recognize the fair value of our assets and liabilities using a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to valuations based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to valuations based upon unobservable inputs that are significant to the valuation (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:
Level 1 ‑ Inputs that reflect unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date;
Level 2 ‑ Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liability either directly or indirectly, including inputs in markets that are not considered to be active;


F-38



Level 3 ‑ Inputs that are unobservable.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability.
During the periods presented, the Company has not changed the manner in which it values assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs. The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as of the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers within the hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 .
A summary of the assets and liabilities carried at fair value in accordance with the hierarchy defined above is as follows (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
 
Total
Carrying
Value
 
Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
December 31, 2016:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds
 
$
3,808

 
$
3,808

 
$

 
$

Corporate notes
 
26,108

 
7,225

 
18,883

 

Government notes
 
11,193

 
11,193

 

 

Total assets
 
$
41,109

 
$
22,226

 
$
18,883

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
 
Total
Carrying
Value
 
Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
September 30, 2017 (unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds
 
$
7,713

 
$
7,713

 
$

 
$

Corporate notes
 
54,395

 
5,118

 
49,277

 

Government notes
 
9,694

 
9,694

 

 

Total assets
 
$
71,802

 
$
22,525

 
$
49,277

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company uses a market approach for determining the fair value of all its Level 1 and Level 2 money market funds and marketable securities. To value its money market funds, the Company values the funds at $1 stable net asset value, which is the market pricing convention for identical assets that the Company has the ability to access.


F-39



The investments are classified as available‑for‑sale securities. At December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 , the balance in the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income was comprised solely of activity related to the Company’s available‑for‑sale securities. There were no realized gains or losses recognized on the sale or maturity of available‑for‑sale securities during the 12 months ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and as a result, the Company did not reclassify any amounts out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the same periods. The Company has a limited number of available‑for‑sale securities in insignificant loss positions as of December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 , which the Company does not intend to sell and has concluded it will not be required to sell before recovery of the amortized cost for the investment at maturity.
The following table summarizes the available‑for‑sale securities (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
December 31, 2016:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds
 
$
3,808

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,808

Corporate notes
 
26,134

 

 
(26
)
 
26,108

Government notes
 
11,193

 

 

 
11,193

         Total
 
$
41,135

 
$

 
$
(26
)
 
$
41,109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
September 30, 2017 (unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds
 
$
7,713

 
$

 
$

 
$
7,713

Corporate notes
 
54,410

 

 
(15
)
 
54,395

Government notes
 
9,694

 

 

 
9,694

         Total
 
$
71,817

 
$

 
$
(15
)
 
$
71,802

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.    Balance Sheets Components
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
2016
 
September 30,
2017
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Accrued personnel expenses
 
$
273

 
$
465

Accrued clinical and development expenses
 
245

 
1,184

Other
 
63

 
250

Total
 
$
581

 
$
1,899

 
 
 
 
 


F-40



5.    Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Matters
The Company’s industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding intellectual property. As a result, the Company may be subject to various legal proceedings from time to time. The results of any future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors. Management is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation.
License Agreement
In December 2012, the Company entered into an exclusive worldwide royalty free license agreement with Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp., or “Merck” for exclusive worldwide rights for the development and commercialization of serlopitant and two other NK 1 ‑R antagonists in all human diseases, disorders or conditions, except for the treatment and prevention of nausea or vomiting. The Company paid Merck an upfront non‑refundable non‑creditable licensing fee of $1.0 million dollars and issued to Merck shares of its common stock. In addition, the Company has agreed to make aggregate payments of up to $25.0 million dollars upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones.
Future milestone payments are considered to be contingent consideration and will be accrued when the applicable milestone is achieved. Through December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 , no milestones have been achieved under the license agreement.
Leases
The Company conducts its operations using leased office facilities. On April 6, 2016, the Company entered into a lease agreement. The twenty‑six month lease, began on May 1, 2016, and provides 4,000 square feet of office space in Menlo Park, California. Base annual rent was initially approximately $20,000 per month, with annual increases.
In September 2017, the Company entered into a lease agreement.  The thirty‑month lease, beginning on October 1, 2017 provides approximately 14,000 square feet of office space in Redwood City, California.  Base annual rent is approximately $55,000 per month, with annual increases.
The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight‑line basis over the respective lease period. Rent expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 was $150,000 and $175,000 , respectively.
As of September 30, 2017 , total future minimum lease payments under our operating leases are as follows (unaudited), (in thousands):
 
 
 
Year ending December 31:
 
 
2017 (three months remaining)
 
$
224

2018
 
779

2019
 
675

2020
 
518

Total future minimum lease payments
 
$
2,196

 
 
 
Indemnification
As permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with the Company’s bylaws, the Company is required to indemnify its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is or was serving in such capacity. The Company is also party to indemnification agreements with its directors. The Company believes the fair value of the indemnification rights and agreements is minimal. Accordingly, the


F-41



Company has not recorded any liabilities for these indemnification rights and agreements as of December 31, 2016 or September 30, 2017 .
Contingencies
From time to time, we may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of our business activities. We accrue a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated.
6.    Convertible Preferred Stock
As of September 30, 2017 , the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue up to 28,322,761 shares of convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.001 , of which 14,300 are designated Series A convertible preferred stock and 14,106,583 are designated Series B convertible preferred stock, and 14,201,878 shares are designated Series C convertible preferred stock.
From December 2011 through May 2015, the Company issued 14,300 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock to investors at $1,000.00 per share with gross proceeds of $14.3 million . Purchasers of our Series A convertible preferred stock also received an aggregate of 3.0 million shares of common stock in connection with the Series A investment.
In November 2015, the Company issued 14,106,583 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock to investors at $3.19 per share with gross proceeds of $45.0 million .
In July 2017, the Company issued 11,854,463 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock to investors at $4.26 per share with gross proceeds of $50.5 million.
Convertible preferred stock was as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
Shares Authorized
 
Shares Issued and Outstanding
 
Aggregate Liquidation Preference
(in thousands)
Series A
 
14,300

 
14,300

 
$
14,300

Series B
 
14,106,583

 
14,106,583

 
45,000

   Total
 
14,120,883

 
14,120,883

 
$
59,300

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of September 30, 2017 (unaudited)
 
 
Shares Authorized
 
Shares Issued and Outstanding
 
Aggregate Liquidation Preference
(in thousands)
Series A
 
14,300

 
14,300

 
$
14,300

Series B
 
14,106,583

 
14,106,583

 
45,000

Series C
 
14,201,878

 
11,854,463

 
50,500

   Total
 
28,322,761

 
25,975,346

 
$
109,800

 
 
 
 
 
 
 


F-42



Significant terms of the Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2017 (unaudited)(collectively, the “Preferred Stock”) are as follows:
Liquidation Preference
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series A convertible stock, Series B convertible stock and Series C convertible preferred stock are first entitled to receive the amount of $1,000.00 , $3.19 and $4.26 per share, respectively plus all declared but unpaid dividends for such shares, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the proceeds distributed among the holders of the Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the full payment of the aforesaid preferential amounts to each holder of convertible preferred stock, then the entire proceeds legally available for distribution to the convertible preferred stock shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock, as the case may be, in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder of the Series is otherwise entitled to receive.
Upon completion of the distributions required by the above‑mentioned liquidation preferences, any remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Series B and C convertible preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, assuming full conversion of the Series B and C convertible preferred stock to common stock at the then-effective conversion price for such shares.
Dividends
The holders of shares of Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends, out of any assets legally available, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock, at the applicable dividend rate of $80.00 per annum for each share of Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.2552 per annum for each share of Series B convertible preferred stock and $0.3408 per share per annum for each share of Series C convertible preferred stock, all subject to adjustment from time to time for recapitalizations, payable when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors. The Company has never declared any dividends on its convertible preferred stock.
Voting
The holder of each share of Series B and C convertible preferred stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock could then be converted and, with respect to such vote, such holder has full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock and is entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Company’s bylaws. The holders of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock do not have a right to vote, other than as required by Delaware law and for certain directors, as set forth below.
The holders of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect two of the Company’s directors. The holders of Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect two of the Company’s directors. The holders of Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one of the Company’s directors. The holders of outstanding common stock are entitled to elect three of the Company’s directors. The holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock, voting together as a single class, and not as separate series, and on an as converted basis, are entitled to elect any remaining directors of the Company, subject to the approval of the then serving members of the Company’s directors.
Conversion
The holder of each share of convertible preferred stock has the option to convert each share of convertible preferred stock into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the applicable original issue price for such series by the applicable conversion price for such series in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. Each share of convertible preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the conversion rate at the time in effect for such series of convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the earlier of (i) sale of the Company’s common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with gross proceeds of not less than $40.0 million in the aggregate and an offering price to the public of no less than $17.21 per share, or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request or


F-43



agreement of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class and on an as converted basis.
The conversion price of the convertible preferred stock was initially set at an amount equal to the issue price. The Series B and C convertible preferred stock conversion price is subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, re-capitalization and upon the occurrence of certain triggering events related to anti-dilution protection rights. In the event that a future preferred stock financing should occur at a price lower than the last preferred financing round, the conversion ratios of the existing preferred stock are changed to protect the ownership position of existing investors.
7.    Common Stock
The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 55,000,000 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when and if declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of preferred stock outstanding. The Company has never declared any dividends on common stock.
Shares of common stock reserved for issuance are as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
2016
 
September 30,
2017
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock
 
5,300

 
5,300

Conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock
 
5,229,500

 
5,229,500

Conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock
 

 
4,394,605

Total conversion of preferred stock
 
5,234,800

 
9,629,405

Options outstanding
 
1,485,132

 
2,152,906

Options available for future grant under stock option plan
 
198,978

 
246,793

   Total
 
6,918,910

 
12,029,104

 
 
 
 
 
8.    Stock-Based Compensation
Under the Company’s 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”), the Company may grant options to purchase common stock, restricted stock awards, or directly issue shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. During 2015, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved an increase to the shares available under the 2011 Plan to 2,086,600 shares. During the nine -month period ended September 30, 2017 , the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved an increase to the shares available under the 2011 Plan to 2,820,724 shares. Options may be granted at an exercise price per share of not less than 100% of the fair market value at the date of grant. If an incentive stock option is granted to a stockholder holding 10% of the Company’s outstanding capitalization, then the purchase or exercise price per share must not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years.


F-44



Total stock-based compensation expense for employees and non-employees recognized in the statements of operations was as follows (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2016
 
2017
 
 
(unaudited)
Research and development
 
$
127

 
$
676

General and administrative
 
184

 
541

Total stock-based compensation expense
 
$
311

 
$
1,217

 
 
 
 
 
At September 30, 2017 , there was approximately $4.4 million of unamortized compensation expense, which was expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.8 years .
2011 Plan
The table below summarizes stock option and restricted award activity under the 2011 Plan:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of Shares Available for Issuance
 
Number of Shares Outstanding
 
Weighted-Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Balances at December 31, 2016
 
198,978

 
1,485,132

 
$
1.99

 
9.32

 
$
3,805

Authorized (unaudited)
 
734,124

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised (unaudited)
 

 
(18,535
)
 
$
1.83

 
 
 
 
Granted (unaudited)
 
(686,309
)
 
686,309

 
$
4.78

 
 
 
 
Balances at September 30, 2017 (unaudited)
 
246,793

 
2,152,906

 
$
2.89

 
8.90

 
$
8,886

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional information regarding options outstanding at September 30, 2017 was as follows (unaudited):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options Outstanding
 
Options Vested
Exercise Price
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$1.83
 
1,327,071

 
8.38

 
$
1.83

 
565,691

 
$
1.83

$3.56
 
139,526

 
9.18

 
$
3.56

 
8,986

 
$
3.56

$4.56
 
110,367

 
9.42

 
$
4.56

 
432

 
$
4.56

$4.82
 
575,942

 
9.92

 
$
4.82

 
4,824

 
$
4.82

$1.83 - $4.82
 
2,152,906

 
8.90

 
$
2.89

 
579,933

 
$
1.88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


F-45



Upon vesting of restricted shares and exercise of options, the Company issues common stock from its authorized shares. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, there were zero and 18,535 options exercised, respectively. The intrinsic value of the options exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was $56,000. There were 222,077 and 160,246 shares of early exercised restricted shares which have not vested at December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 , the Company had recorded a liability of $68,000 and $49,000, respectively for the early exercise of stock options, recorded as other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities. When options are subject to the Company’s repurchase right, the Company may buy back any unvested shares at their original exercise price in the event of an employee’s termination prior to full vesting.
The aggregate fair value of employee options vesting during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 was approximately $124,000 and $727,000, respectively.
Stock Awards Granted to Employees and Directors
Stock-based compensation expense is based on the grant date fair value. The Company recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based options and restricted awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the option vesting term of four years. Stock-based compensation expense related to awards granted to employees and directors for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 was approximately $231,000 and $429,000, respectively.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option valuation model, which requires the use of highly subjective assumptions to determine the fair value of stock-based awards. The assumptions used in the Company’s option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, the Company’s stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. The assumptions and estimates that the Company uses in the Black-Scholes model are as follows:
Fair Value of Common Stock . The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying the Company’s stock options was determined at each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per-share fair value of the Company’s common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date, we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock based on the information known to the Company on the date of grant, upon a review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock and in part on input from an independent third-party valuation.
Risk-Free Interest Rate . The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term equivalent to that of the expected term of the options for each option group.
Expected Term . The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Because of the limitations on the sale or transfer of the Company’s common stock as a privately held company, the Company does not believe its historical exercise pattern is indicative of the pattern it will experience as a publicly traded company. The Company has consequently used the Staff Accounting Bulletin 110, or SAB 110, simplified method to calculate the expected term, which is the average of the contractual term and vesting period. The Company plans to continue to use the SAB 110 simplified method until it has sufficient trading history as a publicly traded company.
Volatility . The Company determines the price volatility based on the historical volatilities of industry peers as it has no trading history for its common stock price. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the biotechnology industry with comparable characteristics, including clinical trials progress and therapeutic indications.


F-46



Dividend Yield . The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy. To date, the Company has not declared any dividends, and therefore the Company has used an expected dividend yield of zero.
In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes valuation model, the Company must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for its equity awards. The Company will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to the Company’s stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As the Company continues to accumulate additional data, it may have refinements to its estimates, which could materially impact the Company’s future stock-based compensation expense.
The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of awards granted to employees and directors during the periods indicated:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2016
 
2017
 
 
(unaudited)
Expected term (in years)
 
4.6 - 6.1
 
6.0 - 6.1
Volatility
 
68% - 71%
 
75% - 100%
Risk-free interest rate
 
1.3% - 1.5%
 
1.9% - 2.2%
Dividend yield
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation for Non-employees
Stock-based compensation expense related to stock awards granted to non-employees is recognized as the awards vest. The Company believes that the fair value of the stock-based awards granted is more reliably measurable than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of stock awards granted is calculated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Stock-based compensation expense related to awards granted to non-employees for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 was approximately $80,000 and $788,000, respectively.
The fair values of common stock awards granted to non-employees were calculated using the following assumptions for the periods presented:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2016
 
2017
 
 
(unaudited)
Expected term (in years)
 
9.5 - 9.8
 
8.5 - 10.0
Volatility
 
84% - 86%
 
74% - 100%
Risk-free interest rate
 
1.6%
 
2.1% - 2.5%
Dividend yield
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


F-47



9.    Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share data):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2016
 
2017
 
 
(unaudited)
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
 
$
(9,231
)
 
$
(19,800
)
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
 
5,280,058

 
5,281,144

Less: weighted-average common shares subject to repurchase
 
(314,251
)
 
(187,726
)
Weighted-average common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share
 
4,965,807

 
5,093,418

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
$
(1.86
)
 
$
(3.89
)
 
 
 
 
 
The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30,
 
 
2016
 
2017
 
 
(unaudited)
Convertible preferred stock issuable upon conversion to common stock
 
5,234,800

 
9,629,405

Outstanding common stock subject to repurchase
 
242,687

 
160,246

Stock options outstanding
 
1,345,606

 
2,152,906

Stock options available for issuance
 
338,483

 
246,793

Total
 
7,161,576

 
12,189,350

 
 
 
 
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share
The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 give effect to the conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock upon the closing of the planned IPO by treating all shares of convertible preferred stock as if they had been converted to common stock at the beginning of the earliest period presented, or the date of the original issuance, if later. Shares to be sold in the planned IPO are excluded from the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share calculations.


F-48



Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders are computed as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
 
 
(unaudited)
Pro forma loss per share - basic and diluted
 
 
Numerator
 
 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
 
$
(19,800
)
Denominator
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
 
5,093,418

Adjustment for assumed effect of conversion of convertible preferred stock
 
6,445,775

Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding - basic and diluted net loss per share
 
11,539,193

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
$
(1.72
)
 
 
 
10.    Related Party Transactions
From 2011 through December 31, 2016 , the Company has operated with significant consulting and management services provided by Velocity Pharmaceutical Development, LLC (“VPD”). The Development Services Agreement with VPD ended on December 31, 2016 . Development services fees paid to VPD under the Development Services Agreement were $0.8 million and $0 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The Company also reimbursed VPD for consulting, travel and other expenses incurred on our behalf. As of December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 , the Company had no outstanding liabilities to VPD. Several managing directors of VPD have served as officers and directors of the Company. David Collier, M.D., a former member of the Company’s board of directors, is the Chief Executive Officer of VPD, and Xiaoming Zhang, Ph.D., our Senior Vice President, Non-Clinical and Pharmaceutical Development, is a Venture Partner of VPD.
The Company has entered into a services agreement with Theratrophix, which is partially owned by Dr. Zhang.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, the Company incurred expenses of $247,000 and $105,000, respectively with Theratrophix. As of September 30, 2017 , there was no outstanding accounts payable balance owed to Theratrophix.
11.    Subsequent Events
In November 2017, the Company recognized $2.0 million of revenue upon achievement of a contingent milestone under the JT Torii Collaboration and License Agreement.
On January 8, 2018, the Company effected a reverse split of shares of the Company’s common stock at a ratio of 1-for-2.6975 pursuant to an amendment to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation approved by the Company’s board of directors and stockholders. The par value and the authorized shares of the common stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse split. All issued and outstanding common stock share and per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse split for all periods presented, and the conversion ratio of the preferred stock was adjusted accordingly.
The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events that occurred through January 11, 2018, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in these financial statements.


F-49


 




5,666,667 Shares



MENLOLOGO.JPG

Common Stock





Joint Book-Running Managers
 
 
 
 
 
Jefferies
 
Piper Jaffray
 
Guggenheim Securities
 
 
 
 
 
Lead Manager
 
 
 
 
 
JMP Securities


       , 2018

 




PART II
Information Not Required in Prospectus
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.
 
 
Item
Amount to be paid
SEC registration fee
$
12,981

FINRA filing fee
16,140

Nasdaq Global Market Listing fee
125,000

Printing and engraving expenses
185,000

Legal fees and expenses
750,000

Accounting fees and expenses
200,000

Blue Sky, qualification fee and expenses
40,000

Transfer Agent fees and expenses
10,000

Miscellaneous expenses
160,879

Total
$
1,500,000

 
 
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering limit or eliminate the personal liability of each of our directors for a breach of his or her fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

II-1



As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering provide that:
we shall indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees or agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;
we shall advance expenses to our directors and officers, and may advance expenses to our employees and agents in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and
the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, attached as Exhibit 3.2 hereto, and our amended and restated bylaws, attached as Exhibit 3.4 hereto, provide for the indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein. We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements generally require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from unlawful conduct. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. In addition, we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.
The form of Underwriting Agreement, attached as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers who sign this Registration Statement and directors for specified liabilities, including matters arising under the Securities Act.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
The following list sets forth information as to all securities we have sold since January 1, 2015, which were not registered under the Securities Act.
1.
In November 2015, we issued an aggregate of 14,106,583 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock at a price per share of $3.19 in cash.
2.
In July 2017, we issued an aggregate of 11,854,463 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $4.26 in cash.
3.
We sold an aggregate of 348,295 shares of common stock to employees and directors for cash and other consideration in the aggregate amount of approximately $136,496 upon the exercise of stock options and stock awards.
4.
We granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants covering an aggregate of 2,856,972 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.13 per share.
We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sale and issuance of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (1) and (2) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for which we relied on Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D represented that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act. We claimed such exemption on the basis that (a) the purchasers in each case represented that they intended to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof and that they either received adequate information about the registrant or had access,

II-2



through employment or other relationships, to such information and (b) appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions.
We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (3) and (4) above under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index attached to this Registration Statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules. Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
1.
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
2.
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-3


Exhibit Index
Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
 
 
1.1
 
3.1+
 
3.2
 
3.3+
 
3.4+
 
3.5+
 
4.1
 
Reference is made to exhibits 3.1 through 3.5.
4.2
 
4.3+
 
5.1
 
10.1†+
 
10.2†+
 
10.3+
 
10.4(a)+#
 
10.4(b)+#
 
10.4(c)+#
 
10.4(d)+#
 
10.5(a)#
 
10.5(b)#
 
10.6#
 
10.7+#
 
10.8+#
 
10.9+#
 
10.10+#
 
10.11+#
 
10.12+#
 
23.1
 
23.2
 
24.1+
 
 
 
 
+
Previously filed.
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and this exhibit will be filed separately with the SEC.
#
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

II-4



Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Redwood City, California on the 12th day of January, 2018.
Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven Basta
 
Steven Basta
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
/s/ Steven Basta
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
January 12, 2018
Steven Basta
 
 
/s/ Kristine Ball
 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
January 12, 2018
Kristine Ball
 
 
*
 
Director
 
January 12, 2018
Paul Berns
 
 
*
 
Director
 
January 12, 2018
Albert Cha, M.D., Ph.D.
 
 
*
 
Director
 
January 12, 2018
Ted Ebel
 
 
*
 
Director
 
January 12, 2018
David McGirr
 
 
*
 
Director
 
January 12, 2018
Aaron Royston, M.D.
 
 
*
 
Director
 
January 12, 2018
Scott Whitcup, M.D.
 
 
* By:
/s/ Steven Basta
 
Steven Basta
 
Attorney-in-Fact

II-5
Exhibit 1.1

Shares
MENLO THERAPEUTICS INC.
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
, 2018
JEFFERIES LLC
PIPER JAFFRAY & CO
GUGGENHEIM SECURITIES, LLC
As Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o JEFFERIES LLC
520 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
c/o PIPER JAFFRAY & CO
50 California Street, Suite 3100
San Francisco, California 94111
c/o GUGGENHEIM SECURITIES, LLC
330 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:
Introductory. Menlo Therapeutics Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule A (the “ Underwriters ”) an aggregate of                 shares of its common stock, par value $                 per share (the “ Shares ”). The                  Shares to be sold by the Company are called the “ Firm Shares .” In addition, the Company has granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional                 Shares as provided in Section 2. The additional                 Shares to be sold by the Company pursuant to such option are collectively called the “ Optional Shares .” The Firm Shares and, if and to the extent such option is exercised, the Optional Shares, are collectively called the “ Offered Shares .” Jefferies LLC (“ Jefferies ”), Piper Jaffray & Co (“ Piper Jaffray ”) and Guggenheim Securities LLC (“ Guggenheim ”) have agreed to act as representatives of the several Underwriters (in such capacity, the “ Representatives ”) in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares. To the extent there are no additional underwriters listed on Schedule A , the term “Representatives” as used herein shall mean you, as Underwriters, and the term “Underwriters” shall mean either the singular or the plural, as the context requires.
The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form S‑1, File No. 333‑222324 which contains a form of prospectus to be used in connection with the public offering and sale of the Offered Shares. Such registration statement, as amended, including the financial statements, exhibits and schedules thereto, in the form in which it became effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ Securities Act ”), including any information deemed to be a part thereof at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, is called the “ Registration Statement .” Any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares is called the “ Rule





462(b) Registration Statement ,” and from and after the date and time of filing of any such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The prospectus, in the form first used by the Underwriters to confirm sales of the Offered Shares or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act, is called the “ Prospectus .” The preliminary prospectus dated January 12, 2018 describing the Offered Shares and the offering thereof is called the “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” and the Preliminary Prospectus and any other prospectus in preliminary form that describes the Offered Shares and the offering thereof and is used prior to the filing of the Prospectus is called a “ preliminary prospectus .” As used herein, “ Applicable Time ” is                [a.m.][p.m.] (New York City time) on                                , 2018. As used herein, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the Preliminary Prospectus together with the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B hereto and the pricing information set forth on Schedule C hereto. As used herein, “Road Show” means a “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) relating to the offering of the Offered Shares contemplated hereby that is a “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act). As used herein, “ Section 5(d) Written Communication ” means each written communication (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that is made in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act by the Company or any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company to one or more potential investors that are qualified institutional buyers (“ QIBs ”) and/or institutions that are accredited investors (“ IAIs ”), as such terms are respectively defined in Rule 144A and Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the offering of the Offered Shares; “ Section 5(d) Oral Communication ” means each oral communication, if any, made in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act by the Company or any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company made to one or more QIBs and/or one or more IAIs to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the offering of the Offered Shares; “ Marketing Materials ” means any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Offered Shares, including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); and “ Permitted Section 5(d) Communication ” means the Section 5(d) Written Communication(s) and Marketing Materials listed on Schedule D attached hereto.
All references in this Agreement to (i) the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus (including the Preliminary Prospectus), or the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing, or any free writing prospectus, shall include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“ EDGAR ”) and (ii) the Prospectus shall be deemed to include any “electronic Prospectus” provided for use in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares as contemplated by Section 3(o) of this Agreement.
The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the Underwriters as follows:
Section 1.    Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to each Underwriter, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the First Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) and as of each Option Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), if any, as follows:
(a)      Compliance with Registration Requirements . The Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the Commission’s satisfaction with all requests of the Commission for additional or supplemental information, if any. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose have been

2




instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.
(b)      Disclosure . Each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus when filed complied in all material respects with the Securities Act and, if filed by electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR, was identical (except as may be permitted by Regulation S‑T under the Securities Act) to the copy thereof delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares. Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became or becomes effective, complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, the Time of Sale Prospectus (including any preliminary prospectus wrapper) did not, and at the First Closing Date (as defined in Section 2) and at each applicable Option Closing Date (as defined in Section 2), as then amended or supplemented by the Company, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Prospectus (including any Prospectus wrapper), as of its date, did not, and at the First Closing Date and at each applicable Option Closing Date, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties set forth in the three immediately preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, or the Prospectus or the Time of Sale Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below. There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which have not been described or filed as required.
(c)      Free Writing Prospectuses; Road Show . As of the determination date referenced in Rule 164(h) under the Securities Act, the Company was not, is not or will not be (as applicable) an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Each free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending, and each such free writing prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Offered Shares did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus and not superseded or modified. The representations and warranties set forth in the immediately preceding sentence do not apply to statements made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to any Underwriters furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B and electronic road shows, if any, furnished to the Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, prepare, use or refer to, any free

3




writing prospectus. Each Road Show, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(d)      Distribution of Offering Material By the Company . Prior to the later of (i) the expiration or termination of the option granted to the several Underwriters in Section 2, (ii) the completion of the Underwriters’ distribution of the Offered Shares and (iii) the expiration of 25 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company has not distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares other than the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or any free writing prospectus reviewed and consented to by the Representatives, the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified on Schedule B hereto and any Permitted Section 5(d) Communications.
(e)      The Underwriting Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
(f)      Authorization of the Offered Shares . The Offered Shares have been duly authorized for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company against payment therefor pursuant to this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares is not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase the Offered Shares.
(g)      No Applicable Registration or Other Similar Rights . There are no persons with registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as have been duly waived.
(h)      No Material Adverse Change . Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus: (i) there has been no material adverse change, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, properties, operations, assets, liabilities or prospects, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company (any such change being referred to herein as a “ Material Adverse Change ”); (ii) the Company has not incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, including without limitation any losses or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood, earthquakes, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any strike, labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company, or has entered into any material transactions not in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) there has not been any material decrease in the capital stock or any material increase in any short-term or long-term indebtedness of the Company and there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company, or any repurchase or redemption by the Company of any class of its capital stock.
(i)      Independent Accountants . CBIZ, Inc. and Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is (i) an independent registered public accounting firm as

4




required by the Securities Act and the rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“ PCAOB ”), (ii) in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and (iii) a registered public accounting firm as defined by the PCAOB whose registration has not been suspended or revoked and who has not requested such registration to be withdrawn.
(j)      Financial Statements . The financial statements filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of the dates indicated and the results of its operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the periods specified.    Such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto and subject in the case of unaudited financial statements to normal and recurring year-end adjustments. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus. The financial data set forth in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the captions “Prospectus Summary—Summary Financial Data,” “Selected Financial Data” and “Capitalization” fairly present, in all material respects, the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. To the Company’s knowledge, no person who has been suspended or barred from being associated with a registered public accounting firm, or who has failed to comply with any sanction pursuant to Rule 5300 promulgated by the PCAOB, has participated in or otherwise aided the preparation of, or audited, the financial statements, supporting schedules or other financial data filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.
(k)      Company’s Accounting System . The Company makes and keeps books and records that are accurate in all material respects and maintains a system of internal accounting controls designed, and which the Company believes is sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
(l)      Disclosure Controls and Procedures; Deficiencies in or Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act), which (i) are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within the Company, and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established. Since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there have been no significant deficiencies or material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company is not aware of any change in its internal control over financial reporting that has occurred during its most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

5




(m)      Incorporation and Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in the State of California and each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business.
(n)      Subsidiaries . The Company has no subsidiaries.
(o)      Capitalization and Other Capital Stock Matters . The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the captions “Capitalization” and “Description of Capital Stock” (other than for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to employee benefit plans, or upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in each case described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus). The Shares (including the Offered Shares) conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and have been issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws. None of the outstanding Shares was issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. There are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Company other than those described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. The descriptions of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus accurately and fairly present, in all material respects, the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.
(p)      Stock Exchange Listing . The Offered Shares have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market (“ NASDAQ ”), subject only to official notice of issuance.
(q)      Non-Contravention of Existing Instruments; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required . The Company is not in violation of its charter or by‑laws, or is in default (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in default) (“ Default ”) under any indenture, loan, credit agreement, note, lease, license agreement, contract, franchise or other instrument (including, without limitation, any pledge agreement, security agreement, mortgage or other instrument or agreement evidencing, guaranteeing, securing or relating to indebtedness) to which the Company is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which any of its properties or assets are subject (each, an “ Existing Instrument ”), except for such Defaults as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or other), earnings, business, properties, operations, assets, liabilities or prospects of the Company (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). The Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares (including the use of proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and will not result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by‑laws of the Company, (ii) will not conflict with or

6




constitute a breach of, or Default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to, any Existing Instrument and (iii) will not result in any violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Company except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been obtained or made by the Company and are in full force and effect under the Securities Act and such as may be required under applicable state securities or blue sky laws or the Financial Industry Regulation Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”). As used herein, a “ Debt Repayment Triggering Event ” means any event or condition which gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company.
(r)      Compliance with Laws. The Company has been and is in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, except where failure to be so in compliance would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(s)      No Material Actions or Proceedings . Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation brought by or before any governmental entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which any of its properties or assets is the subject, if determined adversely to the Company, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company, or with the employees of any principal supplier, manufacturer, customer or contractor of the Company, exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent.
(t)      Intellectual Property Rights The Company owns, co-owns, or has obtained valid and enforceable licenses for, the inventions, patent applications, patents, trademarks, trade names, service names, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus as being owned, co-owned, or licensed by it or which are necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”). To the Company’s knowledge: (i) there are no third parties who have rights to any Intellectual Property, except for co-owners, licensees or licensors with respect to Intellectual Property that is disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus as licensed to the Company, and the Company has taken all reasonable steps necessary to secure their interests in the Intellectual Property from their employees and contractors; (ii) there is no infringement by third parties of any Intellectual Property; (iii) the Company is not infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties; (iv) the Company is the owner or co-owner of the Intellectual Property owned by it and has the valid right to use the Intellectual Property; and (v) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company is in or has been in violation of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company. There is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge,

7




threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others: (A) challenging the Company’s rights in or to any Intellectual Property (except standard patent examination proceedings before the applicable governmental authorities), and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim; (B) challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim; or (C) asserting that the Company infringes or otherwise violates, or would, upon the commercialization of any product or service described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus as under development, infringe, misappropriate or violate, any patent, trademark, trade name, service name, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights of others, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim. The Company has complied with the terms of each agreement pursuant to which Intellectual Property has been licensed to the Company, and all such agreements are in full force and effect. The product candidates described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus as under development by the Company fall within the scope of the claims of one or more patents or patent applications relating to serlopitant or its intended use owned by, co-owned or exclusively licensed to, the Company.
(u)      Patents and Patent Applications. All patents and patent applications owned by, co-owned by, or exclusively licensed to the Company or under which the Company has rights have, to the knowledge of the Company, been duly and properly filed and each issued patent is being diligently maintained; to the knowledge of the Company, the parties prosecuting such applications have complied with their duty of candor and disclosure to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “ USPTO ”) in connection with such applications; to the Company’s knowledge, there is no patent or patent application that contains claims that dominate or may dominate the issued or pending claims of any of the Company Intellectual Property; to the Company’s knowledge, there is no prior art material to any patent or patent application of the Company Intellectual Property that may render any U.S. patent held by the Company invalid or any U.S. patent application held by the Company unpatentable; and the Company is not aware of any facts required to be disclosed to the USPTO that were not disclosed to the USPTO and which would preclude the grant of a patent in connection with any such application or would reasonably be expected to form the basis of a finding of invalidity with respect to any patents that have been issued with respect to such applications.
(v)      Regulatory Matters; Products and Product Candidates . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company: (i) has operated and currently operates its business in compliance in all material respects with applicable provisions of the Health Care Laws (as defined below) of the Food and Drug Administration (“ FDA ”), the Department of Health and Human Services (“ HHS ”) and any comparable foreign or other regulatory authority to which they are subject (collectively, the “ Applicable Regulatory Authorities ”) applicable to the ownership, testing, development, manufacture, packaging, processing, use, distribution, storage, import, export or disposal of any of the Company's product candidates or any product manufactured or distributed by the Company; (ii) has not received any FDA Form 483, written notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or written notice from any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority alleging or asserting non-compliance with (A) any Health Care Laws or (B) or any licenses, certificates, approvals, clearances, exemptions, authorizations, permits and supplements or amendments thereto required by any such Health Care Laws (“ Regulatory Authorizations ”); (iii) possesses all Regulatory Authorizations required to conduct its business as currently conducted and such Regulatory Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and the Company is not in violation, in any material respect, of any term of any such Regulatory Authorizations; (iv) has not received notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from the

8




Applicable Regulatory Authorities or any other third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in material violation of any Health Care Laws or Regulatory Authorizations and has no knowledge that the Applicable Regulatory Authorities or any other third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; (v) has not received notice that any of the Applicable Regulatory Authorities has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any material Regulatory Authorizations and has no knowledge that any of the Applicable Regulatory Authorities is considering such action; (vi) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all material reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Health Care Laws or Regulatory Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were materially complete and correct on the date filed (or were materially corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission); (vii) is not a party to or have any ongoing reporting obligations pursuant to any corporate integrity agreements, deferred prosecution agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders, plans of correction or similar agreements with or imposed by any Applicable Regulatory Authority; and (viii) along with its employees, officers and directors, has not been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any government health care program or human clinical research or, to the knowledge of the Company, is subject to a governmental inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or other similar action that could reasonably be expected to result in debarment, suspension, or exclusion.
(w)      The term “ Health Care Laws ” means Title XVIII of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1395-1395hhh (the Medicare statute); Title XIX of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1396-1396v (the Medicaid statute); the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b); the civil False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.; the criminal False Claims Act 42 U.S.C. 1320a-7b(a); any criminal laws relating to health care fraud and abuse, including but not limited to 18 U.S.C. Sections 286 and 287 and the health care fraud criminal provisions under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1320d et seq., (“ HIPAA ”); the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1320a-7a and 1320a-7b; the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h; the Exclusion Laws, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7; HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 17921 et seq.; the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.; the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 201 et seq.; the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws; and any similar federal, state and local laws and regulations.
(x)      Regulatory Matters: Manufacturing . To the Company’s knowledge, the manufacturing facilities and operations of its suppliers are operated in compliance in all material respects with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations and policies of the Applicable Regulatory Authorities.
(y)      Regulatory Matters: Clinical Trials . None of the Company’s product candidates have received marketing approval from any Applicable Regulatory Authority. All clinical and pre-clinical studies and trials conducted by or on behalf of or sponsored by the Company, or in which the Company or has participated, with respect to the Company’s product candidates, including any such studies and trials that are described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, or the results of which are referred to in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, as applicable (collectively, “ Company Trials ”), were, and if still pending are, being conducted in all material respects in accordance with all applicable Health Care Laws of the Applicable Regulatory Authorities and current Good Clinical Practices and Good Laboratory Practices, standard medical and scientific research procedures and any applicable rules, regulations and policies of the jurisdiction in which such trials and studies are being conducted; the descriptions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus of the results of any Company Trials are accurate and complete descriptions in all material respects and fairly present the data derived therefrom; the Company has no knowledge of

9




any other studies or trials not described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the results of which are inconsistent with or call into question the results described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Company has operated at all times and are currently in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Health Care Laws of the Applicable Regulatory Authorities; the Company has not received, nor does the Company have knowledge after due inquiry that any of its collaboration partners have received any written notices, correspondence or other communications from the Applicable Regulatory Authorities or any other Governmental Entity requiring or threatening the termination, material modification or suspension of Company Trials, other than ordinary course communications with respect to modifications in connection with the design and implementation of such studies or trials, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no reasonable grounds for the same. No investigational new drug application or comparable submission filed by or on behalf of the Company with the FDA has been terminated or suspended by the FDA or any other Applicable Regulatory Authority. To the Company’s knowledge, the Company has obtained (or caused to be obtained) informed consent by or on behalf of each human subject who participated in a Company Trial. In using or disclosing patient information received by the Company in connection with a Company Trial, the Company has complied in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including, without limitation, HIPAA and the rules and regulations thereunder. To the Company’s knowledge, none of the Company Trials involved any investigator who has been disqualified as a clinical investigator or has been found by the FDA to have engaged in scientific misconduct.
(z)      All Necessary Permits, etc . The Company possesses such valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits required by state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (“ Permits ”), except where failure to so possess would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not in violation of, or in default under, any of the Permits or has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such Permit.
(aa)      Title to Properties . The Company has good and marketable title to all of the real and personal property and other assets reflected as owned in the financial statements referred to in Section 1 above (or elsewhere in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus), in each case free and clear of any security interests, mortgages, liens, encumbrances, equities, adverse claims and other defects, except where failure to so possess would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The real property, improvements, equipment and personal property held under lease by the Company are held under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such real property, improvements, equipment or personal property by the Company.
(bb)      Tax Law Compliance . The Company has filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns or has properly requested extensions thereof, and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and, if due and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or penalty levied against it except as may be being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings. The Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 1(j) above in respect of all federal, state and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company has not been otherwise finally determined.
(cc)      Insurance . The Company is insured by recognized, financially sound and reputable institutions with policies in such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks as are

10




generally deemed adequate and customary for its business including, but not limited to, policies covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and earthquakes and policies covering the Company for product liability claims and clinical trial liability claims. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.
(dd)      Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the Company is not in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”); (ii) the Company has all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and is in compliance with their requirements; (iii) there are no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company; and (iv) to the Company’s knowledge, there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.
(ee)      ERISA Compliance . The Company and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ ERISA ”)) established or maintained by the Company or to the knowledge of the Company, its “ERISA Affiliates” (as defined below) are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA. “ ERISA Affiliate ” means, with respect to the Company, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “ Code ”) of which the Company is a member. No “reportable event” (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates. No “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates, if such “employee benefit plan” were terminated, would have any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (as defined under ERISA). Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “employee benefit plan” or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code. Each employee benefit plan established or maintained by the Company or any of their ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.
(ff)      Company Not an “Investment Company.” The Company is not, and will not be, either after receipt of payment for the Offered Shares or after the application of the proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the

11




Prospectus, required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act ”).
(gg)      No Price Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M . The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, without giving effect to activities by the Underwriters, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or of any “reference security” (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act ( “Regulation M ”)) with respect to the Shares, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and has taken no action which would directly or indirectly violate Regulation M.
(hh)      Related-Party Transactions . There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.
(ii)      FINRA Matters . All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Company, its counsel, its officers and directors and, to the Company’s knowledge, the holders of any securities (debt or equity) or options to acquire any securities of the Company in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares is true, complete, correct in all material respects and compliant with FINRA’s rules and any letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA Rules or NASD Conduct Rules is true, complete and correct in all material respects.
(jj)      Parties to Lock-Up Agreements . The Company has furnished to the Underwriters a letter agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Lock-up Agreement ”) from each of its officers, directors and securityholders. If any additional persons shall become directors or officers or security holders of the Company prior to the end of the Company Lock-up Period (as defined below), the Company shall cause each such person or entity, prior to or contemporaneously with their appointment or election as a director or officer of the Company or as a holder of the Company’s securities, other than security holders who only hold Offered Shares purchased in the offering of Offered Shares, to execute and deliver to the Representatives a Lock-up Agreement.
(kk)      Statistical and Market-Related Data . All statistical, demographic and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate in all material respects. To the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.
(ll)      No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments . The Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee or agent of the Company, has made any contribution or other payment to any official of, or candidate for, any federal, state or foreign office in violation of any applicable law or of the character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.
(mm)      Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic government official, “foreign official” (as defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ FCPA ”) or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any

12




provision of the FCPA or any applicable non-U.S. anti-bribery statute or regulation; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any domestic government official, such foreign official or employee; and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s affiliates have conducted their respective businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
(nn)      Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company is, and has been conducted at all times, in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
(oo)      OFAC . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, after due inquiry, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, or any joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that currently is the subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
(pp)      Brokers . Except pursuant to this Agreement, there is no broker, finder or other party that is entitled to receive from the Company any brokerage or finder’s fee or other fee or commission as a result of any transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(qq)      Forward-Looking Statements. Each financial or operational projection or other “forward-looking statement” (as defined by Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (i) was so included by the Company in good faith and with reasonable basis after due consideration by the Company of the underlying assumptions, estimates and other applicable facts and circumstances and (ii) is accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements identifying those factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such forward-looking statement. No such statement was made with the knowledge of an executive officer or director of the Company that is was false or misleading.
(rr)      No Outstanding Loans or Other Extensions of Credit . The Company does not have any outstanding extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan, to or for any director or executive officer (or equivalent thereof) of the Company except for such extensions of credit as are expressly permitted by Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.
(ss)      Emerging Growth Company Status . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged in any Section 5(d) Written Communication or any Section 5(d) Oral Communication) through the date

13




hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).
(tt)      Communications . The Company (i) has not alone engaged in communications with potential investors in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act other than Permitted Section 5(d) Communications or Section 5(d) Oral Communication, in each case, with the prior consent of the Representative with entities that are QIBs or IAIs and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in such communications; the Company reconfirms that the Representative has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Marketing Materials, Section 5(d) Oral Communications and Section 5(d) Written Communications; as of the Applicable Time, each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, did not, as of the Applicable Time, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, if any, does not, as of the date hereof, conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and the Company has filed publicly on EDGAR at least 15 calendar days prior to any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act), any confidentially submitted registration statement and registration statement amendments relating to the offer and sale of the Offered Shares.
(uu)      No Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock. The issuance and sale of the Shares as contemplated hereby will not cause any holder of any shares of capital stock, securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or options, warrants or other rights to purchase capital stock or any other securities of the Company to have any right to acquire any shares of preferred stock of the Company.
(vv)      No Contract Terminations. The Company has not sent or received any communication regarding termination of, or intent not to renew, any of the contracts or agreements referred to or described in any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any free writing prospectus, or referred to or described in, or filed as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and no such termination or non-renewal has been threatened by the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party to any such contract or agreement, which threat of termination or non-renewal has not been rescinded as of the date hereof.
(ww)      No Indebtedness . Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company has no outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money.
Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to any Underwriter or to counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering, or the purchase and sale, of the Offered Shares shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.
The Company has a reasonable basis for making each of the representations set forth in this Section 1. The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Section 6 hereof, counsel to the Company and counsel to the Underwriters, will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations and hereby consents to such reliance.
Section 2.    Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Offered Shares .
(a)      The Firm Shares . Upon the terms herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of                  Firm Shares. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set

14




forth, the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their names on Schedule A . The purchase price per Firm Share to be paid by the several Underwriters to the Company shall be $          per share.
(b)      The First Closing Date . Delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and payment therefor shall be made at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, California 94025 (or such other place as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives) at 9:00 a.m. New York City time, on               , 2018 , or such other time and date not later than 1:30 p.m. New York City time, on               , 2018 as the Representatives shall designate by notice to the Company (the time and date of such closing are called the “ First Closing Date ”). The Company hereby acknowledges that circumstances under which the Representatives may provide notice to postpone the First Closing Date as originally scheduled include, but are not limited to, any determination by the Company or the Representatives to recirculate to the public copies of an amended or supplemented Prospectus or a delay as contemplated by the provisions of Section 11 and 19.
(c)      The Optional Shares; Option Closing Date . In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to an aggregate of               Optional Shares from the Company at the purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters for the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised at any time and from time to time in whole or in part upon notice by the Representatives to the Company, which notice may be given at any time within 30 days from the date of this Agreement. Such notice shall set forth (i) the aggregate number of Optional Shares as to which the Underwriters are exercising the option and (ii) the time, date and place at which certificates for the Optional Shares will be delivered (which time and date may be simultaneous with, but not earlier than, the First Closing Date; and in the event that such time and date are simultaneous with the First Closing Date, the term “ First Closing Date ” shall refer to the time and date of delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares and such Optional Shares). Any such time and date of delivery, if subsequent to the First Closing Date, is called an “ Option Closing Date ,” shall be determined by the Representatives and shall not be earlier than three or later than five full business days after delivery of such notice of exercise. If any Optional Shares are to be purchased, (a) each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Optional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Optional Shares to be purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth on Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares and (b) the Company agrees to sell the number of Optional Shares set forth in the “Introductory” paragraph of this Agreement (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine). The Representatives may cancel the option at any time prior to its expiration by giving written notice of such cancellation to the Company.
(d)      Public Offering of the Offered Shares . The Representatives hereby advise the Company that the Underwriters intend to offer for sale to the public, initially on the terms set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, their respective portions of the Offered Shares as soon after this Agreement has been executed and the Registration Statement has been declared effective as the Representatives, in their sole judgment, has determined is advisable and practicable.
(e)      Payment for the Offered Shares . (i) Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by the Company shall be made at the First Closing Date (and, if applicable, payment for the Optional Shares shall

15




be made at the First Closing Date or at the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the order of the Company.
(ii)      It is understood that the Representatives have been authorized, for their own account and the accounts of the several Underwriters, to accept delivery of and receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Firm Shares and any Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase. Each of Jefferies, Piper Jaffray and Guggenheim, individually and not as the Representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment for any Offered Shares to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds shall not have been received by the Representatives by the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the account of such Underwriter, but any such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from any of its obligations under this Agreement.
(f)      Delivery of the Offered Shares . The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters certificates for the Firm Shares to be sold by it at the First Closing Date, against release of a wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The Company shall also deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters, certificates for the Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase from it at the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, against the release of a wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The certificates for the Offered Shares shall be registered in such names and denominations as the Representatives shall have requested at least two full business days prior to the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) and shall be made available for inspection on the business day preceding the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) at a location in New York City as the Representatives may designate. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified in this Agreement is a further condition to the obligations of the Underwriters.
Section 3.      Additional Covenants of the Company. The Company further covenants and agrees with each Underwriter as follows:
(a)      Delivery of Registration Statement, Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus. The Company shall furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) in connection with sales of the Offered Shares, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.
(b)      Representatives’ Review of Proposed Amendments and Supplements. During the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), the Company (i) will furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable period of time prior to the proposed time of filing of any proposed amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, a copy of each such amendment or supplement and (ii) will not amend or supplement the Registration Statement, without the Representatives’ prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Prior to amending or supplementing any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the time of filing or use of the proposed amendment or supplement, a copy of each such

16




proposed amendment or supplement. The Company shall not file or use any such proposed amendment or supplement without the Representatives’ prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Company shall file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.
(c)      Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company, and the Company shall not file, use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto without the Representatives’ prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Company shall furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by or referred to by the Company as such Underwriter may reasonably request. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) in connection with sales of the Offered Shares (but in any event if at any time through and including the First Closing Date) there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances prevailing at such time, not misleading, the Company shall promptly amend or supplement such free writing prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict so that the statements in such free writing prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances prevailing at such time, not misleading, as the case may be; provided, however , that prior to amending or supplementing any such free writing prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of such proposed amended or supplemented free writing prospectus, and the Company shall not file, use or refer to any such amended or supplemented free writing prospectus without the Representatives’ prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(d)      Filing of Underwriter Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall not take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that such Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.
(e)      Amendments and Supplements to Time of Sale Prospectus. If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Offered Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company shall (subject to Section 3(b) and Section 3(c) hereof) promptly prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or

17




omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, not misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.
(f)      Certain Notifications and Required Actions . After the date of this Agreement and until such time as the Underwriters are no longer required to deliver a Prospectus in order to confirm sales of Offered Shares, the Company shall promptly advise the Representatives in writing of: (i) the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission; (ii) the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the Prospectus; (iii) the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective; and (iv) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Shares from any securities exchange upon which they are listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time, the Company will use its best efforts to obtain the lifting of such order as soon as possible. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with all applicable provisions of Rule 424(b), Rule 433 and Rule 430A under the Securities Act and will use its reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under Rule 424(b) or Rule 433 were received in a timely manner by the Commission.
(g)      Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus and Other Securities Act Matters. If any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus so that the Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) to a purchaser, not misleading, or if in the opinion of the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters it is otherwise necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company agrees (subject to Section 3(b) and Section 3(c) hereof) to promptly prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) to a purchaser, not misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law. Neither the Representatives’ consent to, nor delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the Company’s obligations under Section 3(b) or Section 3(c).
(h)      Blue Sky Compliance . The Company shall cooperate with the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters to qualify or register the Offered Shares for sale under (or obtain exemptions from the application of) the state securities or blue sky laws or Canadian provincial securities laws (or other foreign laws) of those jurisdictions designated by the Representatives, shall comply with such laws and shall continue such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in effect so long as required for the

18




distribution of the Offered Shares. The Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not presently qualified or where it would be subject to taxation as a foreign corporation. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly of the suspension of the qualification or registration of (or any such exemption relating to) the Offered Shares for offering, sale or trading in any jurisdiction or any initiation or threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, and in the event of the issuance of any order suspending such qualification, registration or exemption, the Company shall use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof as soon as possible.
(i)      Use of Proceeds . The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares sold by it substantially in the manner described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and shall report the use of such proceeds as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act.
(j)      Transfer Agent . The Company shall engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Shares.
(k)      Earnings Statement . The Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Representatives as soon as practicable an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company commencing after the date of this Agreement that will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(l)      Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Offered Shares as contemplated by this Agreement , the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), file on a timely basis with the Commission and NASDAQ all reports and documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Offered Shares as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act.
(m)      Listing . The Company will use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Offered Shares on NASDAQ.
(n)      Company to Provide Copy of the Prospectus in Form That May be Downloaded from the Internet . If requested by the Representatives, the Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered, at its expense, within one business day from the effective date of this Agreement, to the Representatives an “ electronic Prospectus ” to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares. As used herein, the term “ electronic Prospectus ” means a form of Time of Sale Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representatives, that may be transmitted electronically by the Representatives and the other Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the Offered Shares; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper Time of Sale Prospectus, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in the electronic Prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representatives, that will allow investors to store and

19




have continuously ready access to the Time of Sale Prospectus at any future time, without charge to investors (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and for on-line time). The Company hereby confirms that it has included or will include in the Prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR or otherwise with the Commission and in the Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective an undertaking that, upon receipt of a request by an investor or his or her representative, the Company shall transmit or cause to be transmitted promptly, without charge, a paper copy of the Time of Sale Prospectus.
(o)      Agreement Not to Offer or Sell Additional Shares .    During the period commencing on and including the date hereof and continuing through and including the 180 th day following the date of the Prospectus (such period being referred to herein as the “ Lock-up Period ”), the Company will not, without the prior written consent of Jefferies and Piper Jaffray (which consent may be withheld in their sole discretion), directly or indirectly: (i) sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend any Shares or Related Securities (as defined below); (ii) effect any short sale, or establish or increase any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) or liquidate or decrease any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) of any Shares or Related Securities; (iii) pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in any Shares or Related Securities; (iv) in any other way transfer or dispose of any Shares or Related Securities; (v) enter into any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of any Shares or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise; (vi) announce the offering of any Shares or Related Securities; (vii) file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of any Shares or Related Securities (other than as contemplated by this Agreement with respect to the Offered Shares); or (viii) publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing; provided, however , that the Company may (A) effect the transactions contemplated hereby, (B) issue Shares, options to purchase Shares or restricted stock units, or issue Shares upon exercise of options, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, but only if the holders of such Shares, options or restricted stock units provide the Representatives a signed Lock-Up Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, (C) issue Shares pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of options, in each case outstanding as of the date hereof, (D) file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register Shares issuable pursuant to the terms of stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; and (E) issue Shares in connection with any joint venture, commercial or collaborative relationship or acquisition or license by the Company of the securities, property, business or other assets of another person or entity, provided, however , that in the case of clause (E), the sum of the aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company so issued shall not exceed 5% of the total outstanding shares of common stock of the Company immediately following the completion of this offering of Offered Securities; and provided further , that the holders of such Shares or options have provided to the Representative a signed Lock-Up Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto. For purposes of the foregoing, “ Related Securities ” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for, or convertible into, Shares.
(p)      Future Reports to the Representatives. During the period of five years hereafter, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, c/o Jefferies, at 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Global Head of Syndicate, c/o Piper Jaffray, at 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, Attention: Equity Capital Markets , and c/o Guggenheim, at 330 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Capital Markets Syndicate: (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, copies of the Annual Report of the Company containing the balance sheet of the

20




Company as of the close of such fiscal year and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended and the opinion thereon of the Company’s independent public or certified public accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, copies of each proxy statement, Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other report filed by the Company with the Commission, FINRA or any securities exchange; and (iii) as soon as available, copies of any report or communication of the Company furnished or made available generally to holders of its capital stock; provided, however, that the requirements of this Section 3(p) shall be satisfied to the extent that such reports, statement, communications, financial statements or other documents are available on EDGAR.
(q)      Investment Limitation . The Company shall not invest or otherwise use the proceeds received by the Company from its sale of the Offered Shares in such a manner as would require the Company to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.
(r)      No Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M . The Company will not take, and will ensure that no affiliate of the Company will take, directly or indirectly, without giving effect to activities by the Underwriters, any action designed to or that might cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or any reference security with respect to the Shares, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and the Company will, and shall cause each of its affiliates to, comply with all applicable provisions of Regulation M.
(s)      Enforce Lock-Up Agreements . During the Lock-up Period, the Company will enforce all agreements between the Company and any of its security holders that restrict or prohibit, expressly or in operation, the offer, sale or transfer of Shares or Related Securities or any of the other actions restricted or prohibited under the terms of the form of Lock-up Agreement. In addition, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon any such securities of the Company that are bound by such “lock-up” agreements for the duration of the periods contemplated in such agreements, including, without limitation, “lock-up” agreements entered into by the Company’s officers and directors and securityholders pursuant to Section 6(i) hereof.
(t)      Company to Provide Interim Financial Statements . Prior to the First Closing Date and each applicable Option Closing Date, the Company will furnish the Underwriters, as soon as practicable after they have been prepared by or are available to the Company, a copy of any unaudited interim financial statements of the Company for any period subsequent to the period covered by the most recent financial statements appearing in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
(u)      Amendments and Supplements to Permitted Section 5(d) Communications . If at any time following the distribution of any Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Permitted Section 5(d) Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Permitted Section 5(d) Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.
(v)      Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later

21




of (i) the time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is not required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) and (ii) the expiration of the Lock-up Period (as defined herein).
The Representatives, on behalf of the several Underwriters, may, in their sole discretion, waive in writing the performance by the Company of any one or more of the foregoing covenants or extend the time for their performance.
Section 4.      Payment of Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation (i) all expenses incident to the issuance and delivery of the Offered Shares (including all printing and engraving costs), (ii) all fees and expenses of the registrar and transfer agent of the Shares, (iii) all necessary issue, transfer and other stamp taxes in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares to the Underwriters, (iv) all fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel, independent public or certified public accountants and other advisors, (v) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, shipping and distribution of the Registration Statement (including financial statements, exhibits, schedules, consents and certificates of experts), the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, each free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company, and each preliminary prospectus, each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, and all amendments and supplements thereto, and this Agreement, (vi) all filing fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Offered Shares for offer and sale under the state securities or blue sky laws or the provincial securities laws of Canada, and, if requested by the Representatives, preparing and printing a “Blue Sky Survey” or memorandum and a “Canadian wrapper”, and any supplements thereto, advising the Underwriters of such qualifications, registrations and exemptions (up to a maximum aggregate amount of $15,000 for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters), (vii) the costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with determining their compliance with the rules and regulations of FINRA related to the Underwriters’ participation in the offering and distribution of the Offered Shares, including any related filing fees and the legal fees of, and disbursements by, counsel to the Underwriters (up to a maximum aggregate amount of $40,000 for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters), (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show”, any Permitted Section 5(d) Communication or any Section 5(d) Oral Communication undertaken in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the employees and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (the remaining 50% of the cost of such aircraft to be paid by the Underwriters), (ix) the fees and expenses associated with listing the Offered Shares on NASDAQ, and (x) all other fees, costs and expenses of the nature referred to in Item 13 and Item 14 of Part II of the Registration Statement. Except as provided in this Section 4 or in Section 7, Section 9 or Section 10 hereof, the Underwriters shall pay their own expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel and their own travel and lodging expenses.
Section 5.      Covenant of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter severally and not jointly covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared

22




by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not, but for such actions, be required to be filed by the Company under Rule 433(d).
Section 6.      Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The respective obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder to purchase and pay for the Offered Shares as provided herein on the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, each Option Closing Date, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company set forth in Section 1 hereof as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date as though then made and, with respect to the Optional Shares, as of each Option Closing Date as though then made, to the timely performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional conditions:
(a)      Comfort Letter . On the date hereof, the Representatives shall have received from CBIZ, Inc. and Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., independent registered public accountants for the Company, a letter dated the date hereof addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountant’s “comfort letters” to underwriters, delivered according to Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72 (or any successor bulletin), with respect to the audited and unaudited financial statements of the Company and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, and each free writing prospectus, if any.
(b)      Compliance with Registration Requirements; No Stop Order; No Objection from FINRA.
(i)      The Company shall have filed the Prospectus with the Commission (including the information required by Rule 430A under the Securities Act) in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act;
(ii)      No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose shall have been instituted or threatened by the Commission; and
(iii)      FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.
(c)      No Material Adverse Change . For the period from and after the date of this Agreement and through and including the First Closing Date and, with respect to any Optional Shares purchased after the First Closing Date, each Option Closing Date, in the sole judgment of the Representatives there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Change.
(d)      Opinion of Counsel for the Company . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP, counsel for the Company, dated as of such date, substantially in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.
(e)      Opinion of Intellectual Property Counsel for the Company. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP, counsel for the Company with respect to intellectual property matters, dated as of such date, substantially in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.

23




(f)      Opinion of Regulatory Counsel for the Company. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Hyman Phelps & McNamara, P.C., counsel for the Company with respect to regulatory matters, dated as of such date, substantially in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.
(g)      Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, dated as of such date.
(h)      Officers’ Certificate . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated as of such date, to the effect set forth in Section 6(b)(ii) and further to the effect that:
(i)      for the period from and including the date of this Agreement through and including such date, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Change;
(ii)      the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made on and as of such date; and
(iii)      the Company has complied with all the agreements hereunder and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such date.
(i)      Bring-down Comfort Letter . 1 On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received from CBIZ, Inc. and Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., independent registered public accountants for the Company, a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, which letter shall: (i) reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished by them pursuant to Section 6(a), except that the specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than three business days prior to the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be and (ii) cover certain financial information contained in the Prospectus.
(j)      Lock-Up Agreements. On or prior to the date hereof, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives an agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto from each of the Company’s officers and directors and securityholders, and each such agreement shall be in full force and effect on each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date.
(k)      Rule 462(b) Registration Statement . In the event that a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the Commission on the date of this Agreement and shall have become effective automatically upon such filing.
(l)      Approval of Listing . At the First Closing Date, the Offered Shares shall have been approved for listing on NASDAQ, subject only to official notice of issuance.
 
1 TBD: depending on financial data included and comfort letter, may need to add CFO certificate.

24




(m)      Additional Documents . On or before each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters shall have received such information, documents and opinions as they may reasonably request for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.
If any condition specified in this Section 6 is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by notice from the Representatives to the Company at any time on or prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, at any time on or prior to the applicable Option Closing Date, which termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.
Section 7.      Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Section 6, Section 11, or Section 12, or if the sale to the Underwriters of the Offered Shares on the First Closing Date is not consummated because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof, the Company agrees to reimburse the Representatives and the other Underwriters (or such Underwriters as have terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves), severally, upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses that shall have been reasonably incurred by the Representatives and the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase and the offering and sale of the Offered Shares, including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges; provided, however, that in the event any such termination is effected after the First Closing Date but prior to any Option Closing Date with respect to the purchase of any Optional Shares, the Company shall only reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out of pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, incurred after the First Closing Date in connection with the proposed purchase of any such Optional Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the Company will not pay or reimburse any costs, fees or expenses incurred by any Underwriter that defaults on its obligations to purchase the Offered Shares.
Section 8.      Effectiveness of this Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.
Section 9.      Indemnification .
(a)      Indemnification of the Underwriters . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or the laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Offered Shares have been offered or sold or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the

25




Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any Marketing Material, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing), or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and to reimburse each Underwriter and each such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent and controlling person for any and all expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are incurred by such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the extent, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company by the Representatives in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any such free writing prospectus, any Marketing Material, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(a) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.
(b)      Indemnification of the Company, its Directors and Officers . Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus, that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433 of the Securities Act, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any such amendment or supplement) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, such preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, such free writing prospectus, such Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any such amendment or supplement), in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company by the Representatives in writing expressly for use therein; and to reimburse the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person for any and all expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are incurred by the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage,

26




liability, expense or action. The Company hereby acknowledges that the only information that the Representatives have furnished to the Company expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing) are the statements set forth in the first sentence of the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” the first two sentences of the first paragraph under the caption “Underwriting—Commission and Expenses” and the first sentence of the first paragraph under the caption “Underwriting—Stabilization” in the Preliminary Prospectus Supplement and the Final Prospectus Supplement. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(b) shall be in addition to any liabilities that each Underwriter may otherwise have.
(c)      Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 9, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party to the extent the indemnifying party is not materially prejudiced as a proximate result of such failure and shall not in any event relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however , that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 9 for any reasonable and documented legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with local counsel), representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action), which counsel (together with any local counsel) for the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 9(a) above) or by the Company (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 9(b) above)) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party and shall be paid as they are incurred.
(d)      Settlements . The indemnifying party under this Section 9 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if

27




there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by Section 9(c) hereof, the indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and does not include an admission of fault or culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party.
Section 10.      Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is for any reason held to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount paid or payable by such indemnified party, as incurred, as a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total proceeds from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Offered Shares as set forth on such cover. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the Underwriters, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9(c), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in Section 9(c) with respect to notice of commencement of any action shall apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this Section 10; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under Section 9(c) for purposes of indemnification.

28




The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 10.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Offered Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10 are several, and not joint, in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments as set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A . For purposes of this Section 10, each affiliate, director, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.
Section 11.      Default of One or More of the Several Underwriters . If, on the First Closing Date or any Option Closing Date any one or more of the several Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares that it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase does not exceed 10% of the aggregate number of the Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as may be specified by the Representatives with the consent of the non-defaulting Underwriters, to purchase the Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date. If, on the First Closing Date or any Option Closing Date any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares and the aggregate number of Offered Shares with respect to which such default occurs exceeds 10% of the aggregate number of Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares are not made within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination. In any such case either the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days in order that the required changes, if any, to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be effected.
As used in this Agreement, the term “ Underwriter ” shall be deemed to include any person substituted for a defaulting Underwriter under this Section 11. Any action taken under this Section 11 shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

29




Section 12.      Termination of this Agreement . Prior to the purchase of the Firm Shares by the Underwriters on the First Closing Date, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by notice given to the Company if at any time: (i) trading or quotation in any of the Company’s securities shall have been suspended or limited by the Commission or by NASDAQ, or trading in securities generally on either NASDAQ or The New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited, or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established on any of such stock exchanges; (ii) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by any of federal, New York, Delaware or California authorities; (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of national or international hostilities or any crisis or calamity, or any change in the United States or international financial markets, or any substantial change or development involving a prospective substantial change in United States’ or international political, financial or economic conditions, as in the judgment of the Representatives is material and adverse and makes it impracticable to market the Offered Shares in the manner and on the terms described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to enforce contracts for the sale of securities; (iv) in the judgment of the Representatives there shall have occurred any Material Adverse Change; or (v) the Company shall have sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity of such character as in the judgment of the Representatives may interfere materially with the conduct of the business and operations of the Company regardless of whether or not such loss shall have been insured. Any termination pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of (a) the Company to any Underwriter, except that the Company shall be obligated to reimburse the expenses of the Representatives and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 4 or Section 7 hereof or (b) any Underwriter to the Company; provided, however, that the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.
Section 13.      No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Offered Shares and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering contemplated hereby and the process leading to such transaction, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, or its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering contemplated hereby and the Company has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.
Section 14.      Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery . The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, of its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or any of its or their partners, officers or directors or any controlling person, as the case may be, and, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Shares sold hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.

30




Section 15.      Notices . All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered or telecopied and confirmed to the parties hereto as follows:
If to the Representatives:
Jefferies LLC
 
520 Madison Avenue  
 
New York, New York 10022
 
Facsimile: (646) 619-4437  
 
Attention: General Counsel
 
 
 
Piper Jaffray & Co
 
50 California Street, Suite 3100
 
San Francisco, California 94111  
 
Attention: General Counsel
 
 
 
Guggenheim Securities, LLC
 
330 Madison Avenue
 
New York, New York
 
Attention: General Counsel
 
 
with a copy to:
Latham & Watkins LLP
 
140 Scott Drive
 
Menlo Park, CA 94025  
 
Facsimile: (650) 463-2600  
 
Attention: Mark Roeder and Brian Cuneo
 
 
If to the Company:
Menlo Therapeutics Inc.  
 
200 Cardinal Way, 2 nd  Floor
 
Redwood City, CA 94063
 
 
with a copy to:
Morrison & Foerster LLP
 
755 Page Mill Rd.  
 
Palo Alto, CA 94306  
 
Facsimile: (650) 494-0792
 
Attention: Stephen Thau and Alfredo Silva
Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.
Section 16.      Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, including any substitute Underwriters pursuant to Section 11 hereof, and to the benefit of the affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 9 and Section 10, and in each case their respective successors, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term “ successors ” shall not include any purchaser of the Offered Shares as such from any of the Underwriters merely by reason of such purchase.

31




Section 17.      Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.
Section 18.      Governing Law Provisions . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“ Related Proceedings ”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “ Related Judgment ”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Section 19.      General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each one of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it is a sophisticated business person who was adequately represented by counsel during negotiations regarding the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the indemnification provisions of Section 9 and the contribution provisions of Section 10, and is fully informed regarding said provisions. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10 hereof fairly allocate the risks in light of the ability of the parties to investigate the Company, its affairs and its business in order to assure that adequate disclosure has been made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, each free writing prospectus and the Prospectus (and any amendments and supplements to the foregoing), as contemplated by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
[ Signature Pages Follow ]

32




If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in accordance with its terms.
Very truly yours,
 
 
MENLO THERAPEUTICS INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:




( Signature page to Menlo Therapeutics, Inc. Underwriting Agreement )




The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Representatives in New York, New York as of the date first above written.
JEFFERIES LLC
PIPER   JAFFRAY & CO
GUGGENHEIM SECURITIES, LLC
Acting individually and as Representatives
of the several Underwriters named in
the attached Schedule A .
 
 
JEFFERIES LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
PIPER JAFFRAY & CO
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
GUGGENHEIM SECURITIES, LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
 
 




( Signature page to Menlo Therapeutics, Inc. Underwriting Agreement )




Schedule A



Underwriters
 
Number of
Firm Shares
to be Purchased
Jefferies LLC
 
 
Piper Jaffray & Co
 
 
Guggenheim Securities LLC
 
 
JMP Securities LLC
 
 

Total
 
 





Schedule B


Free Writing Prospectuses Included in the Time of Sale Prospectus

None






Schedule C


Pricing Information Included in the Time of Sale Prospectus
 
Price per share to the public:
$
Number of shares being sold by the Company:
 
Number of shares potentially issuable pursuant to the option to purchase additional shares:
 
 






Schedule D

Permitted Section 5(d) Communications
Presentation entitled “Menlo Therapeutics Inc. Q4 2017” presented on each of November 28, 2017, November 29, 2017, November 30, 2017, December 1, 2017, December 4, 2017, December 5, 2017, December 6, 2017, December 7, 2017, December 8, 2017, January 8, 2018, January 9, 2018 and January 10, 2018.







Exhibit A
Form of Lock-up Agreement
Jefferies LLC
Piper Jaffray & Co

    
As Representatives of the Several Underwriters
c/o Jefferies LLC
520 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022


and


Piper Jaffray & Co
50 California Street, Suite 3100
San Francisco, California 94111

RE:    Menlo Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”)
Ladies & Gentlemen:
The undersigned is an owner of shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“ Shares ”) or of securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares. The Company proposes to conduct a public offering of Shares (the “ Offering ”) for which Jefferies LLC (“ Jefferies ”) and Piper Jaffray & Co (“ Piper Jaffray ”) will act as the representatives of the underwriters. The undersigned recognizes that the Offering will benefit each of the Company and the undersigned. The undersigned acknowledges that the underwriters are relying on the representations and agreements of the undersigned contained in this letter agreement in conducting the Offering and, at a subsequent date, in entering into an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) and other underwriting arrangements with the Company with respect to the Offering.
Annex A sets forth definitions for capitalized terms used in this letter agreement that are not defined in the body of this agreement. Those definitions are a part of this agreement.
In consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, during the Lock-up Period, the undersigned will not (and will use best efforts to cause any Family Member not to), without the prior written consent of Jefferies and Piper Jaffray, which may withhold their consent in their sole discretion:
Sell or Offer to Sell any Shares or Related Securities currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by the undersigned or such Family Member,
enter into any Swap,
make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any Shares or Related Securities, or cause to be filed a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement (or an amendment or supplement thereto) with respect to any such registration, or

1




publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing.
The foregoing will not apply to the registration of the offer and sale of the Shares, and the sale of the Shares to the underwriters, in each case as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) the transfer of Shares or Related Securities by gift, including, without limitation, to a charitable organization, or by will or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or any Family Member or to a trust whose beneficiaries consist exclusively of one or more of the undersigned and/or a Family Member, (ii) transfers or dispositions of the undersigned’s Shares or Related Securities to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity all of the beneficial ownership interests of which, in each case, are held by the undersigned or any Family Member, (iii) distributions of the undersigned’s Shares or Related Securities to partners, members, stockholders or trust beneficiaries of the undersigned, (iv) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, the transfer of Shares or Related Securities to (x) another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned, (y) any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned, or (z) limited partners, general partners, members, managers, managing members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders or other equity holders of the undersigned or of the entities described in the preceding clauses (x) and (y), (v) transfers of Shares as forfeitures to satisfy tax withholding and remittance obligations of the undersigned in connection with the vesting or exercise of equity awards granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans or pursuant to a net exercise or cashless exercise by the stockholder of outstanding equity awards pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans, or (vi) the transfer of Shares or Related Securities pursuant to a change of control of the Company (meaning the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of Shares the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the voting capital stock of the Company) after the Offering that has been approved by the independent members of the Company’s board of directors, provided, that in the event that such change of control is not completed, the Shares or Related Securities owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions herein; provided, however , that in any such case as provided in clauses (i) through (vi), it shall be a condition to such transfer that:
each transferee executes and delivers to Jefferies and Piper Jaffray an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Jefferies and Piper Jaffray stating that such transferee is receiving and holding such Shares and/or Related Securities subject to the provisions of this letter agreement and agrees not to Sell or Offer to Sell such Shares and/or Related Securities, engage in any Swap or engage in any other activities restricted under this letter agreement except in accordance with this letter agreement (as if such transferee had been an original signatory hereto), and
prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, no public disclosure or filing under the Exchange Act by any party to the transfer (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) shall be required, or made voluntarily, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Shares in connection with such transfer.
If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase or otherwise receive in the Offering (including pursuant to a directed share program).

2




Furthermore, notwithstanding the restrictions imposed by this letter agreement, the undersigned may (i) exercise an option to purchase Shares granted under any equity incentive plan or stock purchase plan of the Company, provided that the Shares issued upon such exercise shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter agreement, (ii) establish a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Shares, provided that such plan does not provide for any transfers of Shares during the Lock-up Period and the entry into such plan is not publicly disclosed, including in any filing under the Exchange Act, during the Lock-up Period, (iii) transfer or dispose of Shares acquired in the Offering or on the open market following the Offering; provided that no public disclosure or filing under the Exchange Act by any party to the transfer shall be required, or made voluntarily, during the Lock-up Period, or (iv) transfer Shares or Related Securities by operation of law, including pursuant to a domestic order or negotiated divorce settlement; provided that the transferee execute and deliver to Jefferies and Piper Jaffray a letter agreement in substantially the form of this letter agreement.
In addition, if the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Jefferies and Piper Jaffray agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Shares, Jefferies or Piper Jaffray will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company (in accordance with the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement) will announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Jefferies and Piper Jaffray hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if both (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement that are applicable to the transferor to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.
The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of Shares or Related Securities held by the undersigned and the undersigned’s Family Members, if any, except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.
With respect to the Offering only, the undersigned waives any registration rights relating to registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any Shares and/or any Related Securities owned either of record or beneficially by the undersigned, including any rights to receive notice of the Offering.
The undersigned confirms that the undersigned has not, and has no knowledge that any Family Member has, directly or indirectly, taken any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Shares. The undersigned will not, and will cause any Family Member not to take, directly or indirectly, any such action.
Whether or not the Offering occurs as currently contemplated or at all depends on market conditions and other factors. The Offering will only be made pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the underwriters.
If (i) the Company notifies the Representatives in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement is not executed before February 15, 2018, (iii) the purchase of Firm Shares (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) does not occur by February 15, 2018 or (iv) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) terminates or is terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Firm Shares, then in each case, this letter agreement shall automatically, and without any action on the part of any other party, terminate and be of no further

3




force and effect, and the undersigned shall automatically be released from the obligations under this letter agreement.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power, capacity and authority to enter into this letter agreement. This letter agreement is irrevocable and will be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned.
This letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
( Signature page follows )

4




 
Signature
 
 
 
Printed Name of Person Signing
 
(Indicate capacity of person signing if
signing as custodian or trustee, or on
 behalf of an entity)





Certain Defined Terms
Used in Lock-up Agreement
For purposes of the letter agreement to which this Annex A is attached and of which it is made a part:
Call Equivalent Position shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act.
Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Family Member ” shall mean the spouse of the undersigned, an immediate family member of the undersigned or an immediate family member of the undersigned’s spouse, in each case living in the undersigned’s household or whose principal residence is the undersigned’s household (regardless of whether such spouse or family member may at the time be living elsewhere due to educational activities, health care treatment, military service, temporary internship or employment or otherwise).
Immediate family member ” as used above shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act.
Lock-up Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the date hereof and continuing through the close of trading on the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement).
Put Equivalent Position ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act.
Related Securities ” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares.
Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Sell or Offer to Sell ” shall mean to:
sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend,
effect any short sale or establish or increase a Put Equivalent Position or liquidate or decrease any Call Equivalent Position
pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in, or
in any other way transfer or dispose of,
in each case whether effected directly or indirectly.
Swap ” shall mean any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of Shares or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise.
Capitalized terms not defined in this Annex A shall have the meanings given to them in the body of this lock-up agreement.


Exhibit 3.2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
MENLO THERAPEUTICS INC.

It is hereby certified that:
1.    The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”) is Menlo Therapeutics Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 21, 2011. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Tigercat Pharma, Inc.

2.    The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed on July 12, 2017, is hereby amended by striking out paragraph A of Article IV in its entirety and by substituting in lieu of said paragraph the following paragraphs:
“A. Classes of Stock . This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock tobe designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that this Corporation is authorized to issue is 83,322,761 shares. 55,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, each with a par value of $0.0001 per share and 28,322,761 shares shall be Preferred Stock, each with a par value of $0.001 per share.
Effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”), each 2.6975 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, automatically and without any further action on the part of any stockholders of the Corporation, be reclassified as one share of Common Stock (the “ Reverse Stock Split ”).
Each stock certificate representing shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, from and after the Effective Time, represent that number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares shall have been reclassified pursuant to the Reverse Stock Split; provided , however , that each holder of any stock certificate(s) that represented shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender of such certificate(s), one or more certificates (or book entry shares) evidencing and representing the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares represented by such certificate(s) shall have been reclassified pursuant to the Reverse Stock Split.
The par value of the shares of Common Stock and authorized number of shares of Common Stock shall not be adjusted in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. No fractional shares shall be issued for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Reverse Stock Split. If the Reverse Stock Split would result in the issuance of any fractional share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any such fractional share, pay cash in an amount equal to the fair value of such fractional share (as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors).

All of the outstanding share amounts, amounts per share and per share numbers for the Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split, as applicable.”



Exhibit 3.2


3.    The foregoing amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
4.    This Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective at 5:00 P.M. Eastern Time on the date of its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Executed at Menlo Park, California, on January 8, 2018.
/s/ Steven L. Basta
Steven L. Basta, President

2

Exhibit 4.2

MENLOTHERAPEUTICSSTOCKPR001.JPG




The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN,OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable
laws or regulations:
TEN COM – as tenants in common
 
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT –
 
Custodian
 
TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties
 
 
(Cust)
 
  (Minor)
JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common
 
 
under Uniform Gifts to Minors
COM PROP – as community property
 
 
Act
 
 
 
 
 
 (State)
 
 
 
UNIF TRF MIN ACT –
 
Custodian (until age
 
)
 
 
 
(Cust)
 
 
 
 
 
 
  under Uniform Transfers
 
 
 
(Minor)
 
 
 
 
to Minors Act .
 
 
 
 
 
(State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,
 
hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto



PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
 IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
 


 
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
 
 
 
 
 
shares
of the capital stock represented by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 
 
attorney-in-fact
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of the substitution in the premises.
 
 
 
 
 
Dated
 
 
 

 
X
 
 
X
 
Signature(s) Guaranteed:
 
NOTICE:
 
THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

By
 
 
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS,
SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT
 ACCEPTABLE. SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE DATED.



Exhibit 5.1
PALOALTO1820705V4MNLO_IMAGE1.GIF
425 Market Street
San Francisco
California 94105-2482
Telephone: 415.268.7000
Facsimile: 415.268.7522
www.mofo.com

MORRISON & FOERSTER LLP

NEW YORK, SAN FRANCISCO
LOS ANGLES, PALO ALTO,
SACRAMENTO, SAN DIEGO,
DENVER, NORTHERN VIRGINIA,
WASHINGTON, D.C.

TOKYO, LONDON, BRUSSELS,
BEIJING, SHANGHAI, HONG KONG

January 12, 2018
Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
200 Cardinal Way, 2 nd Floor
Redwood City, California 94063
Re:
Registration Statement on Form S-1
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We are acting as counsel to Menlo Therapeutics Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with its registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-222324), as amended (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the proposed public offering of up to 6,516,667 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), including shares of Common Stock that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, all of which Shares are to be sold by the Company pursuant to the proposed form of Underwriting Agreement among the Company and the underwriters named therein filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”).
As counsel for the Company, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion and we are familiar with the proceedings taken and proposed to be taken by the Company in connection with the authorization, issuance and sale of the Shares. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies.
This opinion letter is based as to matters of law solely on the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as currently in effect. We express no opinion herein as to any other laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, or regulations.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares will be duly and validly authorized and upon issuance, delivery and payment therefor in the manner contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
This opinion letter has been prepared for use in connection with the Registration Statement. We assume no obligation to advise you of any changes in the foregoing subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement.



PALOALTO1820705V4MNLO_IMAGE1.GIF
Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
January 12, 2018
Page Two

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Morrison & Foerster LLP


Exhibit 10.6

MENLO THERAPEUTICS INC.
2018 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
The following constitute the provisions of the 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Menlo Therapeutics Inc.
1.     Purpose . The purpose of the Plan (as defined below) is to provide Employees (as defined below) of the Company (as defined below) and its Designated Parents or Subsidiaries (as defined below) with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock (as defined below) of the Company through accumulated payroll deductions. It is the intention of the Company to have the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (as defined below) and the applicable regulations thereunder. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a manner consistent with the requirements of that section of the Code.
2.      Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions apply:
(a)      Administrator ” means either the Board or a committee of the Board that is responsible for the administration of the Plan as is designated from time to time by resolution of the Board.
(b)      Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of employee stock purchase plans, if any, under applicable provisions of federal securities laws, state corporate and securities laws, the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any foreign jurisdiction applicable to participation in the Plan by residents therein.
(c)      Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(d)      Change in Control ” means as defined in the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
(e)      Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(f)      Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.
(g)      Company ” means Menlo Therapeutics Inc., a Delaware corporation.
(h)      Compensation ” means, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an Employee’s base salary from the Company or one or more Designated Parents or Subsidiaries, including such amounts of base salary as are deferred by the Employee: (i) under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement described in Section 401(k) of the Code; or (ii) to a plan qualified under Section 125 of the Code. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, “Compensation” does not include overtime, bonuses, annual awards, other incentive payments, reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, contributions (other than contributions described in the first sentence) made on the Employee’s behalf by the Company or one or more Designated Parents or

1


Subsidiaries under any employee benefit or welfare plan now or hereafter established, and any other payments not specifically referenced in the first sentence.
(i)      Designated Parents or Subsidiaries ” means the Parents or Subsidiaries, which have been designated by the Administrator from time to time as eligible to participate in the Plan.
(j)      Effective Date ” means the Registration Date. However, should any Parent or Subsidiary become a Designated Parent or Subsidiary after such date, then the Administrator, in its discretion, will designate a separate Effective Date with respect to the employee-participants of such Designated Parent or Subsidiary.
(k)      Employee ” means any individual, including an officer or director, who is an employee of the Company or a Designated Parent or Subsidiary for purposes of Section 423 of the Code. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the individual’s employer. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated on the day that is three (3) months and one (1) day following the start of such leave, for purposes of determining eligibility to participate in the Plan.
(l)      Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(m)      Exercise Date ” means the last day of each Purchase Period.
(n)      Fair Market Value ” means as defined in the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
(o)      New Exercise Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 18(b).
(p)      Offer Period ” means an Offer Period established pursuant to Section 4 hereof.
(q)      Offering ” means an offer under this Plan of an Option that may be exercised during an Offer Period. For purposes of the Plan, all Employees eligible to participate pursuant to Section 3 will be deemed to participate in the same Offering unless the Administrator otherwise determines that Employees of the Company or one or more Designated Parents or Subsidiaries will be deemed to participate in separate Offerings, in which case the Offerings will be considered separate even if the dates of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by Section 1.423-2(a)(1) of the Treasury regulations issued under Section 423 of the Code, the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and the Offering together satisfy Sections 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3) of such Treasury regulations.
(r)      Offering Date ” means the first day of each Offer Period.

2


(s)      Option ” means, with respect to each Offer Period, a right to purchase shares of Common Stock on the Exercise Date for such Offer Period in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(t)      Parent ” means a “parent corporation” of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
(u)      Participant ” means an Employee of the Company or Designated Parent or Subsidiary who has enrolled in the Plan as set forth in Section 5(a).
(v)      Plan ” means this Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(w)      Purchase Period ” means, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, a period of approximately six (6) months.
(x)      Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock (i) on the Exercise Date or, if applicable, (ii) on the Offering Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, the Purchase Price will be eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower.
(y)      Registration Date ” means as defined in the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
(z)      Reserves ” means, as of any date, the sum of: (1) the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each then outstanding Option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised; and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but not then subject to an outstanding Option.
(aa)      Subsidiary ” means as defined in the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
3.      Eligibility .
(a)      General . Subject to the further limitations in Sections 3(b) and 3(c), any individual who is an Employee on a given Offering Date will be eligible to participate in the Plan for the Offer Period commencing with such Offering Date. No individual who is not an Employee will be eligible to participate in the Plan.
(b)      Limitations on Grant and Accrual . Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee will be granted an Option under the Plan: (i) if, immediately after the grant, such Employee (taking into account stock owned by any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary; or (ii) which permits the Employee’s rights to purchase stock under all employee

3


stock purchase plans of the Company and its Parents or Subsidiaries to accrue at a rate which exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars (US$25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the shares at the time such Option is granted) for each calendar year in which such Option is outstanding at any time. The determination of the accrual of the right to purchase stock will be made in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
(c)      Other Limits on Eligibility . Notwithstanding Subsection (a), above, unless otherwise determined prior to the applicable Offer Date, the following Employees will not be eligible to participate in the Plan for any relevant Offer Period: (i) Employees whose customary employment is 20 hours or less per week; (ii) Employees whose customary employment is for not more than 5 months in any calendar year; (iii) Employees who have not been employed for such continuous period preceding the Offering Date as the Administrator may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than 2 years; and (iv) Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether he or she is also a citizen of the United States or a resident alien (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) if his or her participation is prohibited under the laws of the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Section 423 of the Code. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Employees who have not been employed continuously for the one (1) month period preceding an Offering Date will not be eligible to participate in the Plan for the Offer Period corresponding to such Offering Date.
4.      Offer Periods .
(a) The Plan will be implemented through overlapping or consecutive Offer Periods until such time as (i) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been purchased or (ii) the Plan has been sooner terminated in accordance with Section 19 hereof. The maximum duration of an Offer Period is twenty-seven (27) months. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Plan will initially be implemented through successive Offer Periods of six (6) months’ duration.
(b)      A Participant will be granted a separate Option for each Offer Period in which he or she participates. The Option will be granted on the Offering Date and will be automatically exercised in successive installments on the Exercise Dates ending within the Offer Period.
(c)      If on the first day of any Purchase Period in an Offer Period in which an Employee is a Participant, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock is less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Offering Date of the Offer Period (after taking into account any adjustment during the Offer Period pursuant to Section 18(a)), the Offer Period will be terminated automatically and the Participant will be enrolled automatically in the new Offer Period which has its first Purchase Period commencing on that date, provided the Employee is eligible to participate in the Plan on that date and has not elected to terminate participation in the Plan.

4


(d)      Except as specifically provided herein, the acquisition of Common Stock through participation in the Plan for any Offer Period will neither limit nor require the acquisition of Common Stock by a Participant in any subsequent Offer Period.
5.      Participation .
(a)      An eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan by submitting an authorization of payroll deduction (using such form or method (including electronic forms) as the Administrator may designate from time to time) as of a date in advance of the Offering Date for the Offer Period in which such participation will commence, as required by the Administrator for all eligible Employees with respect to a given Offer Period.
(b)      Payroll deductions for a Participant will commence with the first partial or full payroll period beginning on the Offering Date and will end on the last complete payroll period during the Offer Period, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.
6.      Payroll Deductions .
(a)      At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan, the Participant will elect to have payroll deductions made during the Offer Period in amounts between one percent (1%) and not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) (or such lesser percent determined by the Administrator) of the Compensation which the Participant receives during the Offer Period.
(b)      All payroll deductions made for a Participant will be credited to the Participant’s account under the Plan and will be withheld in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.
(c)      A Participant may discontinue participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10, or may increase or decrease the rate of payroll deductions during the Offer Period by submitting notice of a change of status (using such form or method (including electronic forms) as the Administrator may designate from time to time) authorizing an increase or decrease in the payroll deduction rate. Any increase or decrease in the rate of a Participant’s payroll deductions will be effective as soon as administratively practicable following the date of the request. A Participant’s payroll deduction authorization (as modified by any change of status notice) will remain in effect for successive Offer Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10. The Administrator will be authorized to limit the number of payroll deduction rate changes during any Offer Period.
(d)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Sections 3(b) and 7 herein, a Participant’s payroll deductions will be decreased to zero percent (0%). Payroll deductions will recommence at the rate provided in such Participant’s payroll deduction authorization, as amended, when permitted under Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b), unless such participation is sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

5


7.      Grant of Option . On the Offering Date, each Participant will be granted an Option to purchase (at the applicable Purchase Price) shares of Common Stock; provided: (i) that such Option is subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(b), 6 and 12; (ii) until otherwise determined by the Administrator, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock a Participant will be permitted to purchase in any Offer Period is 3,250 shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 18; and (iii) that such Option is subject to such other terms and conditions (applied on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis), as the Administrator determines from time to time. Exercise of the Option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10, and the Option, to the extent not exercised, will expire on the last day of the Offer Period with respect to which such Option was granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares subject to the Option may only be purchased with accumulated payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account in accordance with Section 6. In addition, to the extent an Option is not exercised on each Exercise Date, the Option will lapse and thereafter cease to be exercisable.
8.      Exercise of Option . Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, the Participant’s Option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on each Exercise Date, by applying the accumulated payroll deductions in the Participant’s account to purchase the number of full shares subject to the Option by dividing such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price. No fractional shares will be purchased; any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant’s account which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be carried over to the next Purchase Period or Offer Period, whichever applies, or returned to the Participant, if the Participant withdraws from the Plan. In addition, any amount remaining in a Participant’s account following the purchase of shares on the Exercise Date due to the application of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, or Sections 3 or 7, will be returned to the Participant and will not be carried over to the next Offer Period or Purchase Period. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s Option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by the Participant.
9.      Delivery . Upon receipt of a request from a Participant after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares occurs, the Company will arrange for the delivery to such Participant, as soon as administratively practicable, of the shares purchased upon exercise of the Participant’s Option.
10.      Withdrawal; Termination of Employment .
(a)      A Participant may, by giving notice to the Company (using such form or method (including electronic forms) as the Administrator may designate from time to time), either: (i) withdraw all but not less than all the payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account and not yet used to exercise the Participant’s Option under the Plan; or (ii) terminate future payroll deductions, but allow accumulated payroll deductions to be used to exercise the Participant’s Option under the Plan at any time. If the Participant elects withdrawal alternative (i) described above, all of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account will be paid to such Participant as soon as administratively practicable after receipt of

6


notice of withdrawal, such Participant’s Option for the Offer Period will be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares will be made during the Offer Period. If the Participant elects withdrawal alternative (ii) described above, no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares will be made during the Offer Period, all of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account will be applied to the exercise of the Participant’s Option on the next Exercise Date (subject to Sections 3(b), 6, 7 and 12), and after such Exercise Date, such Participant’s Option for the Offer Period will be automatically terminated and all remaining accumulated payroll deduction amounts will be returned to the Participant. If a Participant withdraws from an Offer Period, payroll deductions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offer Period unless the Participant enrolls in such succeeding Offer Period. The Administrator may, in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, specify further procedures for withdrawal.
(b)      Upon termination of a Participant’s employment relationship (as described in Section 2(k)) prior to the next scheduled Exercise Date, the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offer Period but not yet used to exercise the Option will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his/her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 14, and such Participant’s Option will be automatically terminated without exercise of any portion of such Option.
11.      Interest . No interest will accrue on the payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account under the Plan.
12.      Stock .
(a)      Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which will be made available for sale under the Plan is 325,000 shares, plus an annual increase to be added on the first business day of the calendar year beginning with the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Plan becomes effective equal to the least of: (i) 325,000 shares; (ii) 1 percent of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (iii) a lesser number of shares determined by the Administrator. If the Administrator determines that on a given Exercise Date the number of shares with respect to which Options are to be exercised may exceed: (x) the number of shares then available for sale under the Plan; or (y) the number of shares available for sale under the Plan on the Offering Date(s) of one or more of the Offer Periods in which such Exercise Date is to occur, the Administrator may make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available for purchase on such Offering Dates or Exercise Date, as applicable, and will either continue the Offer Period then in effect or terminate any one or more Offer Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 19, below. Such allocation method will be “bottom up,” with the result that all Option exercises for one (1) share will be satisfied first, followed by all exercises for two (2) shares, and so on, until all available shares have been exhausted. Any amount remaining in a Participant’s payroll account following such allocation will be returned to the Participant and will not be carried over to any future Purchase Period or Offer Period, as determined by the Administrator.

7


(b)      A Participant will have no interest or voting right in shares covered by the Participant’s Option until such shares are actually purchased on the Participant’s behalf in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan. No adjustment will be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such purchase.
(c)      Shares to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant.
13.      Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Administrator, which will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility, to determine, with respect to each Offer Period, whether the Purchase Price will be determined as of (i) the Exercise Date or (ii) as of the Offering Date or the Exercise Date (whichever is lower), to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan, and to designate separate Offerings for the eligible Employees of the Company and one or more Designated Parents or Subsidiaries, in which case the Offerings will be considered separate even if the dates of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by Applicable Law, be final and binding upon all persons.
14.      Designation of Beneficiary .
(a)      Each Participant will file a designation (using such form or method (including electronic forms) as the Administrator may designate from time to time) of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.
(b)      Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant (and the Participant’s spouse, if any) at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living (or in existence) at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Administrator), the Administrator will deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse (or domestic partner, as determined by the Administrator) of the Participant, or if no spouse (or domestic partner) is known to the Administrator, then to the issue of the Participant, such distribution to be made per stirpes (by right of representation), or if no issue are known to the Administrator, then to the heirs at law of the Participant determined in accordance with Section 27.
15.      Transferability . No payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account, Options granted hereunder, or any rights with regard to the exercise of an Option or to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as provided in Section 14) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without

8


effect, except that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offer Period in accordance with Section 10.
16.      Use of Funds . All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions or hold them exclusively for the benefit of Participants. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company may be subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors. Participants will have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company. Any amounts payable to Participants pursuant to the Plan will be unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The Company will retain at all times beneficial ownership of any investments which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations hereunder. Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust or any Participant account will not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Administrator, the Company or any Designated Parent or Subsidiary and a Participant, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Participant or the Participant’s creditors in any assets of the Company or a Designated Parent or Subsidiary. The Participants will have no claim against the Company or any Designated Parent or Subsidiary for any changes in the value of any assets that may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.
17.      Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to Participants at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.
18.      Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization; Changes in Control .
(a)      Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the Reserves, the Purchase Price, the maximum number of shares that may be purchased in any Offer Period or Purchase Period, as well as any other terms that the Administrator determines require adjustment, for: (i) any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock; (ii) any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; or (iii) as the Administrator may determine in its discretion, any other transaction with respect to Common Stock, including a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation (including a spin-off or other distribution of stock or property), reorganization, liquidation (whether partial or complete) or any similar transaction; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment, if any, will be made by the Administrator and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive. Except as the Administrator determines, no issuance by the Company of shares

9


of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, will affect, and no adjustment by reason hereof will be made with respect to, the Reserves and the Purchase Price.
(b)      Changes in Control . In the event of a proposed Change in Control, each Option under the Plan will be assumed by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the Administrator, in the exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu of such assumption, determines to shorten the Offer Period then in progress by setting a new Exercise Date (the “ New Exercise Date ”). If the Administrator shortens the Offer Period then in progress in lieu of assumption in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify each Participant in writing at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s Option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that either :
(i)      the Participant’s Option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offer Period as provided in Section 10; or
(ii)      the Company will pay to the Participant on the New Exercise Date an amount in cash, cash equivalents, or property as determined by the Administrator that is equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the Fair Market Value of the shares subject to the Option over (y) the Purchase Price due had the Participant’s Option been exercised automatically under Subsection (b)(i) above. In addition, all remaining accumulated payroll deduction amounts will be returned to the Participant.
(c)      For purposes of Section 18(b), an Option granted under the Plan will be deemed to be assumed if, in connection with the Change in Control, the Option is replaced with a comparable Option with respect to shares of capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof. The determination of Option comparability will be made by the Administrator prior to the Change in Control and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.
19.      Amendment or Termination .
(a)      The Administrator may at any time and for any reason terminate or amend the Plan. Except as provided in Section 18, no such termination can adversely affect Options previously granted, provided that the Plan or any one or more Offer Periods then in effect may be terminated by the Administrator on any Exercise Date or by the Administrator establishing a new Exercise Date with respect to any Offer Period and/or Purchase Period then in progress if the Administrator determines that the termination of the Plan or one or more Offer Periods is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. Except as provided in Section 18 and this Section 19, no amendment may make any change in any Option theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any Participant without the consent of affected Participants. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other Applicable Law), the Company will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

10


(b)      Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been “adversely affected,” the Administrator will be entitled to limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during Offer Periods, change the length of Purchase Periods within any Offer Period, determine the length of any future Offer Period, determine whether future Offer Periods will be consecutive or overlapping, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, establish or change Plan or per Participant limits on share purchases, establish additional terms, conditions, rules or procedures to accommodate the rules or laws of applicable foreign jurisdictions, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable and which are consistent with the Plan, in each case to the extent consistent with the requirements of Code Section 423 and other Applicable Laws.
20.      Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Administrator at the location, or by the person, designated by the Administrator for the receipt thereof.
21.      Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares will not be issued with respect to an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the Participant to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned Applicable Laws or is otherwise advisable. In addition, no Options will be exercised or shares issued hereunder before the Plan has been approved by stockholders of the Company as provided in Section 23.
22.      Term of Plan . The Plan will become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 19.
23.      Stockholder Approval . Continuance of the Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.
24.      No Employment Rights . The Plan does not, directly or indirectly, create any right for the benefit of any employee or class of employees to purchase any shares under the Plan, or create in any employee or class of employees any right with respect to continuation of

11


employment by the Company or a Designated Parent or Subsidiary, and it will not be deemed to interfere in any way with such employer’s right to terminate, or otherwise modify, an employee’s employment at any time.
25.      No Effect on Retirement and Other Benefit Plans . Except as specifically provided in a retirement or other benefit plan of the Company or a Designated Parent or Subsidiary, participation in the Plan will not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement plan of the Company or a Designated Parent or Subsidiary, and will not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind or any benefit plan subsequently instituted under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation. The Plan is not a “Retirement Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
26.      Effect of Plan . The provisions of the Plan will, in accordance with its terms, be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, all successors of each Participant, including, without limitation, such Participant’s estate and the executors, administrators or trustees thereof, heirs and legatees, and any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or representative of creditors of such Participant.
27.      Governing Law . The Plan is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of Delaware to the rights and duties of the parties, except to the extent the internal laws of the State of Delaware are superseded by the laws of the United States. Should any provision of the Plan be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions will nevertheless remain effective and will remain enforceable.
28.      Dispute Resolution . The provisions of this Section 28 will be the exclusive means of resolving disputes arising out of or relating to the Plan. The Company and the Participant, or their respective successors (the “ parties ”), will attempt in good faith to resolve any disputes arising out of or relating to the Plan by negotiation between individuals who have authority to settle the controversy. Negotiations will be commenced by either party by notice of a written statement of the party’s position and the name and title of the individual who will represent the party. Within thirty (30) days of the written notification, the parties will meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to resolve the dispute. If the dispute has not been resolved by negotiation, the parties agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Plan must be brought in the United States District Court for Delaware (or should such court lack jurisdiction to hear such action, suit or proceeding, in a Delaware state court) and that the parties will submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court. THE PARTIES ALSO EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY HAVE OR MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. If any one or more provisions of this Section 28 is for any reason held invalid or unenforceable, it is the

12


specific intent of the parties that such provisions be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

13
Exhibit 10.5(a)


MENLO THERAPEUTICS INC.
2018 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
1.     Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.
2.      Definitions . The following definitions shall apply as used herein and in the individual Award Agreements except as defined otherwise in an individual Award Agreement. In the event a term is separately defined in an individual Award Agreement, such definition shall supersede the definition contained in this Section 2.
(a)      “Administrator” means the Board or any of the Committees appointed to administer the Plan.
(b)      “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b‑2 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
(c)      “Applicable Laws” means the legal requirements relating to the Plan and the Awards under applicable provisions of federal securities laws, state corporate and securities laws, the Code, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any non‑U.S. jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.
(d)      “Assumed” means that pursuant to a Corporate Transaction either (i) the Award is expressly affirmed by the Company or (ii) the contractual obligations represented by the Award are expressly assumed (and not simply by operation of law) by the successor entity or its Parent in connection with the Corporate Transaction with appropriate adjustments to the number and type of securities of the successor entity or its Parent subject to the Award and the exercise or purchase price thereof which at least preserves the compensation element of the Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction as determined in accordance with the instruments evidencing the agreement to assume the Award and Applicable Laws.
(e)      “Award” means the grant of an Option, SAR, Dividend Equivalent Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or Other Award.
(f)      “Award Agreement” means the written agreement or other instrument evidencing the grant of an Award, including any amendments thereto. An Award Agreement may be in the form of an agreement to be executed by both the Grantee and the Company (or an authorized representative of the Company) or certificates, notices or similar instruments.
(g)      “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(h)      “Cause” means, with respect to the termination by the Company or a Related Entity of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, that such termination is for “Cause” as such term (or word of like import) is expressly defined in a then-effective written agreement between the Grantee and the Company or such Related Entity, or in the absence of such then-effective written agreement and definition, is based on, in the determination of the Administrator, the Grantee’s dishonesty, fraud, material insubordination, moral turpitude, willful misconduct, or refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the termination by the Company or a Related Entity of the Continuous Service status of a Director, “cause” shall mean an act or failure to act that constitutes cause for removal of a director under Applicable Laws.




(i)      “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
(i)      an acquisition by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act (“Beneficial Ownership”)) of 50% or more of either the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided that the following acquisitions shall be excluded: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, or (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary;
(ii)      a majority of the members of the Board are replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of appointment or election; or
(iii)      consummation of Corporate Transaction; excluding, however, a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which:
(A)    all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who have Beneficial Ownership, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will have Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, the Company or a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (the “Resulting Corporation”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be;
(B)    no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than (1) the Company, (2) an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company, Resulting Corporation, or a Subsidiary, or (3) any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or a Resulting Corporation) will have Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the Resulting Corporation or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Resulting Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction; and
(C)    individuals who were members of the Board before the Corporation Transaction (or whose appointment or election is endorsed by a majority of such members of the Board) will continue to constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Resulting Corporation; or
(iv)      the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(j)      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2


(k)      “Committee” means any committee composed of members of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.
(l)    “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.
(m)    “Company” means Menlo Therapeutics Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor entity.
(n)    “Consultant” means any person (other than an Employee or a Director, solely with respect to rendering services in such person’s capacity as a Director) who is engaged by the Company or any Related Entity to render consulting or advisory services to the Company or such Related Entity.
(o)    “Continuing Directors” means members of the Board who either (i) have been Board members continuously for a period of at least twelve (12) months or (ii) have been Board members for less than twelve (12) months and were elected or nominated for election as Board members by at least a majority of the Board members described in clause (i) who were still in office at the time such election or nomination was approved by the Board.
(p)    “Continuous Service” means that the provision of services to the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant is not interrupted or terminated. In jurisdictions requiring notice in advance of an effective termination as an Employee, Director or Consultant, Continuous Service shall be deemed terminated upon the actual cessation of providing services to the Company or a Related Entity notwithstanding any required notice period that must be fulfilled before a termination as an Employee, Director or Consultant can be effective under Applicable Laws. A Grantee’s Continuous Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Continuous Service or upon the entity for which the Grantee provides services ceasing to be a Related Entity. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers among the Company, any Related Entity, or any successor, in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant, or (iii) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant (except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, in the event of any spin‑off of a Related Entity, service as an Employee, Director or Consultant for such Related Entity following such spin‑off shall be deemed to be Continuous Service for purposes of the Plan and any Award under the Plan. An approved leave of absence shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other authorized personal leave. For purposes of each Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan, if such leave exceeds three (3) months, and reemployment upon expiration of such leave is not guaranteed by statute or contract, then the Incentive Stock Option shall be treated as a Non‑Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following the expiration of such three (3) month period.
(q)    “Corporate Transaction” means a reorganization, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.
(r)      “Director” means a member of the Board or the board of directors or board of managers of any Related Entity.
(s)    “Disability” means such term (or word of like import) as defined under the long‑term disability policy of the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides services regardless of whether the Grantee is covered by such policy. If the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides service does not have a long‑term disability plan in place, “Disability” means that a Grantee is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Grantee by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment for a period of not less than ninety (90) consecutive

3


days. A Grantee will not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Administrator in its discretion.
(t)    “Dividend Equivalent Right” means a right entitling the Grantee to compensation measured by dividends paid with respect to Common Stock.
(u)    “Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is in the employ of the Company or any Related Entity, subject to the control and direction of the Company or any Related Entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company or a Related Entity shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.
(v)    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(w)    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
(i)    If the Common Stock is listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems, including without limitation The NASDAQ Global Select Market, The NASDAQ Global Market or The NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the principal exchange or system on which the Common Stock is listed (as determined by the Administrator) on the date of determination (or on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
(ii)    If the Common Stock is regularly quoted on an automated quotation system (including the OTC Bulletin Board) or by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such system or by such securities dealer on the date of determination, but if selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or on the last date such prices were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or
(iii)    In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock of the type described in (i) and (ii), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith.
(x)    “Grantee” means an Employee, Director or Consultant who receives an Award under the Plan.
(y)    “Good Reason” means, with respect to a termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service by the Grantee, that such termination is for “Good Reason” as such term (or word of like import) is expressly defined in a then-effective written agreement between such Grantee and the Company or a Related Entity, or in the absence of such then-effective written agreement and definition, means the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions unless consented to by such Grantee (and such Grantee shall be deemed to have consented to any such event or condition unless such Grantee provides written notice of such Grantee’s non-acquiescence within thirty (30) days of the effective time of such event or condition): (i) a change in such Grantee’s responsibilities or duties which represents a material and substantial diminution in such Grantee’s responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction in such Grantee’s base salary; provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of substantially all other individuals in positions similar to such Grantee’s by the same percentage amount shall not constitute such a salary reduction; or (iii) requiring

4


such Grantee to be based at any place outside a fifty (50) mile radius from such Grantee’s job location or residence except for reasonably required travel on business.
(z)      “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
(aa)    “Non‑Qualified Stock Option” means an Option not intended to, or that does not, qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
(bb)    “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Entity within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(cc)    “Option” means an option to purchase Shares pursuant to an Award Agreement granted under the Plan.
(dd)    “Other Award” means an award entitling the Grantee to Shares or cash that may or may not be subject to restrictions upon issuance or cash compensation, as established by the Administrator.
(ee)    “Parent” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
(ff)    “Plan” means this 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
(gg)    “Registration Date” means the first to occur of (i) the closing of the first sale to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of (A) the Common Stock or (B) the same class of securities of a successor corporation (or its Parent) issued pursuant to a Corporate Transaction in exchange for or in substitution of the Common Stock; and (ii) in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction if the same class of securities of the successor corporation (or its Parent) issuable in such Corporate Transaction shall have been sold to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on or prior to the date of consummation of such Corporate Transaction.
(hh)    “Related Entity” means any (i) Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any other entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company.
(ii)    “Replaced” means that pursuant to a Corporate Transaction the Award is replaced with a comparable stock award or a cash incentive award or program of the Company, the successor entity (if applicable) or Parent of either of them which preserves the compensation element of such Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same (or, for the Grantee, a more favorable) vesting schedule applicable to such Award. The determination of Award comparability shall be made by the Administrator and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
(jj)    “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued under the Plan to the Grantee for such consideration, if any, and subject to such restrictions on transfer, forfeiture provisions, and other terms and conditions as established by the Administrator.
(kk)    “Restricted Stock Units” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon the passage of time or the attainment of performance criteria established by the Administrator and which

5


may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of cash, Shares or other securities as specified by the Administrator in the Award Agreement.
(ll)    “SAR” means a stock appreciation right entitling the Grantee to Shares or cash compensation or a combination thereof, as established by the Administrator, measured by appreciation in the value of Common Stock.
(mm)    “Share” means a share of the Common Stock.
(nn)    “Subsidiary” means any corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock, or any other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined equity thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining whether any individual may be a Grantee for purposes of any grant of Incentive Stock Options, “Subsidiary” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 424(f) of the Code.
3.      Stock and Cash Subject to the Plan; Director Limits .
(a)    Subject to the provisions of Section 10, below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to Awards initially shall be a number of Shares equal to 3,000,000 Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 10, below, no more than 3,000,000 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan. Commencing with the first business day of each calendar year beginning with the calendar year following the calendar year in which occurs the Registration Date, such aggregate number of Shares shall be increased by a number equal to the least of (x) 3,000,000 Shares, (y) 4 percent of the number of Shares outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar year, or (z) a lesser number of Shares determined by the Administrator. The Shares to be issued pursuant to Awards may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. The maximum aggregate amount of cash and Awards (based on the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares on the grant date) that may be paid to any Director for such Director’s service as a member of the Board shall not exceed $500,000 in any calendar year.
(b)    Any Shares covered by an Award (or portion of an Award) which is forfeited, canceled or expires (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) shall be deemed not to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan. Shares that actually have been issued under the Plan pursuant to an Award shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future issuance under the Plan, except that if Restricted Stock are forfeited, or repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, or at the lower of their original purchase price or their Fair Market Value at the time of repurchase, such Shares of Restricted Stock shall become available for future grant under the Plan. To the extent not prohibited by the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Select Market, The NASDAQ Global Market or The NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (or other established stock exchange or national market system on which the Common Stock is traded) or Applicable Law, any Shares covered by an Award which are surrendered (i) in payment of an Award exercise or purchase price (including pursuant to the “net exercise” of an option pursuant to Section 7(b)(v)) or (ii) in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations incident to an Award shall be deemed not to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. SARs payable in Shares shall reduce the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan only by the net number of actual Shares issued to the Grantee upon exercise of the SAR.

6


4.     Administration of the Plan .
(a)     Plan Administrator .
(i)     Administration with Respect to Directors and Officers . With respect to grants of Awards to Directors or Officers, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.
(ii)     Administration With Respect to Consultants and Other Employees . With respect to grants of Awards to Employees or Consultants who are neither Directors nor Officers, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. The Board or Committee may also authorize one or more Officers to administer the Plan with respect to Awards to Employees or Consultants who are neither Directors nor Officers (and to grant such Awards) and may limit such authority as the Board or Committee, as applicable, determines from time to time.
(b)     Powers of the Administrator . Subject to Applicable Laws and the provisions of the Plan (including any other powers given to the Administrator hereunder), and except as otherwise provided by the Board or any Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation:
(i)    to select the Employees, Directors and Consultants to whom Awards may be granted from time to time hereunder;
(ii)    to determine whether, when and to what extent Awards are granted hereunder;
(iii)    to determine the number of Shares or the amount of cash or other consideration to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
(iv)    to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;
(v)    to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder;
(vi)    to amend the terms of any outstanding Award granted under the Plan, provided that any amendment that would adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under an outstanding Award shall not be made without the Grantee’s written consent, provided, however, that an amendment or modification that may cause an Incentive Stock Option to become a Non‑Qualified Stock Option shall not be treated as adversely affecting the rights of the Grantee;
(vii)    to reduce, in each case, without stockholder approval, the exercise price of any Option awarded under the Plan and the base appreciation amount of any SAR awarded under the Plan and to cancel, in each case, without stockholder approval, an Option or SAR at a time when its exercise price or base appreciation amount (as applicable) exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares, in exchange for another Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, or other Award or for cash;
(viii)    to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and to define terms not otherwise defined herein;

7


(ix)    to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan and Awards, including without limitation, any notice of award or Award Agreement, granted pursuant to the Plan;
(x)    to approve corrections in the documentation or administration of any Award;
(xi)    to grant Awards to Employees, Directors and Consultants employed outside the United States or to otherwise adopt or administer such procedures or subplans that the Administrator deems appropriate or necessary on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Administrator, be necessary or desirable to further the purpose of the Plan; and
(xii)    to take such other action, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator deems appropriate.
The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Administrator shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Administrator; provided that the Administrator may not exercise any right or power reserved to the Board. Any decision made, or action taken, by the Administrator or in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in the Plan.
(c)     Indemnification . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as Officers or Employees, members of the Board and any Officers or Employees to whom authority to act for the Board, the Administrator or the Company is delegated shall be defended and indemnified by the Company to the extent permitted by law on an after‑tax basis against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any Award granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct; provided, however, that within thirty (30) days after the institution of such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at the Company’s expense to defend the same.
5.     Eligibility . Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a Parent or a Subsidiary of the Company. An Employee, Director or Consultant who has been granted an Award may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards. Awards may be granted to such Employees, Directors or Consultants who are residing in non‑U.S. jurisdictions as the Administrator may determine from time to time.
6.     Terms and Conditions of Awards .
(a)     Types of Awards . The Administrator is authorized under the Plan to award any type of arrangement to an Employee, Director or Consultant that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan and that by its terms involves or might involve the issuance of (i) Shares, (ii) cash or (iii) an Option, a SAR, or similar right with a fixed or variable price related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares and with an exercise or conversion privilege related to the passage of time, the occurrence of one or more events, or the satisfaction of performance criteria or other conditions. Such awards include, without limitation,

8


Options, SARs, sales or bonuses of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Other Awards or Dividend Equivalent Rights, and an Award may consist of one such security or benefit, or two (2) or more of them in any combination or alternative.
(b)     Designation of Award . Each Award shall be designated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Option, the Option shall be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non‑Qualified Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, an Option will qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code only to the extent the $100,000 limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded. The $100,000 limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is calculated based on the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to Options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company). For purposes of this calculation, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the grant date of the relevant Option. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the date the Plan becomes effective to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to Incentive Stock Options, then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.
(c)     Conditions of Award . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator shall determine the provisions, terms, and conditions of each Award including, but not limited to, the Award vesting schedule, forfeiture provisions, form of payment (cash, Shares, or other consideration) upon settlement of the Award, payment contingencies, and satisfaction of any performance criteria.
(d)     Acquisitions and Other Transactions . The Administrator may issue Awards under the Plan in settlement, assumption or substitution for, outstanding awards or obligations to grant future awards in connection with the Company or a Related Entity acquiring another entity, an interest in another entity or an additional interest in a Related Entity whether by merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or other form of transaction.
(e)     Deferral of Award Payment . The Administrator may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Grantees the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration to be received under an Award in compliance with Applicable Laws. The Administrator may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, Shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Administrator deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program.
(f)     Separate Programs . The Administrator may establish one or more separate programs under the Plan for the purpose of issuing particular forms of Awards to one or more classes of Grantees on such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator from time to time.
(g)     Term of Award . The term of each Award shall be the term stated in the Award Agreement, provided, however, that the term of an Incentive Stock Option shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Grantee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the specified term of any Award shall not include

9


any period for which the Grantee has elected to defer the receipt of the Shares or cash issuable pursuant to the Award.
(h)     Transferability of Awards . Incentive Stock Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee. Other Awards shall be transferable (i) by will and by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) during the lifetime of the Grantee, to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator, but only to the extent such transfers are made in accordance with Applicable Laws to family members, to family trusts, to family controlled entities, to charitable organizations, and pursuant to domestic relations orders or agreements, in all cases without payment for such transfers to the Grantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may designate one or more beneficiaries of the Grantee’s Award in the event of the Grantee’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator.
(i)     Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall for all purposes be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination to grant such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator.
7.     Award Exercise or Purchase Price, Consideration and Taxes .
(a)     Exercise or Purchase Price . The exercise or purchase price, if any, for an Award shall be as follows:
(i)    In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:
(A)    granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or
(B)    granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in the preceding paragraph, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
(ii)    In the case of other Awards, such price as is determined by the Administrator.
(iii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), in the case of an Award issued pursuant to Section 6(d), above, the exercise or purchase price for the Award shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the relevant instrument evidencing the agreement to issue such Award.
(b)     Consideration . Subject to Applicable Laws, the consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise or purchase of an Award including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator. In addition to any other types of consideration the Administrator may determine, the Administrator is authorized to accept as consideration for Shares issued under the Plan the following, provided that the portion of the consideration equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law:
(i)    cash;
(ii)    check;

10


(iii)    surrender of Shares or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Award shall be exercised;
(iv)    with respect to Options, if the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date and until the Common Stock is no longer listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems, payment through a broker‑assisted cashless exercise program made available by the Company;
(v)    with respect to Options, payment through a “net exercise” procedure established by the Company such that, without the payment of any funds, the Grantee may exercise the Option and receive the net number of Shares; or
(vi)    any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.
The Administrator may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard forms of Award Agreement described in Section 4(b)(iv), or by other means, grant Awards which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment for the Shares or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.
(c)     Taxes . The Company and any Related Entity shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Grantee to remit to the Company or a Related Entity, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local, domestic or foreign taxes required to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising with respect to an Award. The Administrator may require or may permit Grantees to elect that the withholding requirement be satisfied, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold, or by tendering to the Company, Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld (provided the amount withheld does not exceed the maximum statutory tax rate for an employee in the applicable jurisdictions or such lesser amount as is necessary to avoid adverse accounting treatment).
8.      Exercise of Award .
(a)     Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .
(i)    Any Award granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator under the terms of the Plan and specified in the Award Agreement.
(ii)    An Award shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award by the person entitled to exercise the Award and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Award is exercised has been made, including, to the extent selected, use of the broker‑dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the purchase price as provided in Section 7(b)(iv).
(b)     Exercise of Award Following Termination of Continuous Service .
(i)    An Award may not be exercised after the termination date of such Award set forth in the Award Agreement and may be exercised following the termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service only to the extent provided in the Award Agreement.
(ii)    Where the Award Agreement permits a Grantee to exercise an Award following the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for a specified period, the Award shall terminate to the

11


extent not exercised on the last day of the specified period or the last day of the original term of the Award, whichever occurs first.
(iii)    Any Award designated as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent not exercised within the time permitted by law for the exercise of Incentive Stock Options following the termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service shall convert automatically to a Non‑Qualified Stock Option and thereafter shall be exercisable as such to the extent exercisable by its terms for the period specified in the Award Agreement.
9.     Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares pursuant to the exercise, vesting or any other provision of an Award is or may be unlawful under Applicable Laws, the vesting or right to exercise an Award or to otherwise receive Shares pursuant to the terms of an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. The Company shall have no obligation to effect any registration or qualification of the Shares under federal or state laws.
10.     Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and Section 11 hereof, the number and kind of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, the number and kind of Shares available for issuance under the Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each such outstanding Award and any other terms that the Administrator determines require adjustment shall be proportionately adjusted for (i) any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination or reclassification of the Shares, or similar transaction affecting the Shares, (ii) any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, or (iii) any other transaction with respect to Common Stock including a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation (including a spin‑off or other distribution of stock or property), reorganization, liquidation (whether partial or complete) or any similar transaction; provided, however that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” In the event of any distribution of cash or other assets to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend, the Administrator shall also make such adjustments as provided in this Section 10 or substitute, exchange or grant Awards to effect such adjustments (collectively “adjustments”). Any such adjustments to outstanding Awards will be effected in a manner that precludes the enlargement of rights and benefits under such Awards. In connection with the foregoing adjustments, the Administrator may, in its discretion, prohibit the exercise of Awards or other issuance of Shares, cash or other consideration pursuant to Awards during certain periods of time. Except as the Administrator determines, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason hereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award.
11.     Corporate Transaction; Change in Control .
(a)     Termination of Award to Extent Not Assumed in Corporate Transaction . Effective upon the consummation of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Awards under the Plan shall terminate. However, all such Awards shall not terminate to the extent they are Assumed in connection with the Corporate Transaction.
(b)     Corporate Transaction .
(i)     In the event of a Corporate Transaction, for the portion of each Award that is neither Assumed nor Replaced, such portion of the Award shall automatically become fully vested and, if applicable,

12


exercisable immediately prior to the specified effective date of such Corporate Transaction, provided that the Grantee’s Continuous Service has not terminated prior to such date. For Awards that have an exercise feature, the portion of the Award that is not Assumed shall terminate under subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the extent not exercised prior to the consummation of such Corporate Transaction.
(ii)     In the event of a Corporate Transaction, for the portion of each Award that is Assumed or Replaced, then the portion of such Award (if Assumed), the replacement Award (if Replaced), or the cash incentive program (if Replaced) that is scheduled to vest and, if applicable, become exercisable, on or after the twelve (12) month anniversary of such Corporate Transaction (ignoring, for this purpose, any accelerated vesting provisions) shall instead vest and, if applicable, become exercisable on the date of such twelve (12) month anniversary, provided that the Grantee’s Continuous Service has not terminated prior to such date.
(iii)    In the event of a Corporate Transaction, for the portion of each Award that is Assumed or Replaced, then such Award (if Assumed), the replacement Award (if Replaced), or the cash incentive program (if Replaced) shall vest and, if applicable, become exercisable, and the post-termination exercise period for such Award (if applicable) shall become twelve (12) months (or, if earlier, the expiration of the stated term thereof), immediately upon termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service if such Continuous Service is terminated by the successor company or the Company without Cause or voluntarily by the Grantee with Good Reason within twelve (12) months after the Corporate Transaction, provided in each case that the Grantee executes a general release of claims in favor of the successor company or the Company in the form provided by the successor company or the Company.
(c)      Change in Control (other than a Corporate Transaction) . In the event of a Change in Control (other than a Corporate Transaction), the portion of each Award that is scheduled to vest and, if applicable, become exercisable, on or after the twelve (12) month anniversary of such Change in Control (ignoring, for this purpose, any accelerated vesting provisions) shall instead vest and, if applicable, become exercisable on the date of such twelve (12) month anniversary, provided that the Grantee’s Continuous Service has not terminated prior to such date. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control (other than a Corporate Transaction), each Award shall vest and, if applicable, become exercisable, and the post-termination exercise period for each such Award (if applicable) shall become twelve (12) months (or, if earlier, the expiration of the stated term thereof), immediately upon termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service if such Continuous Service is terminated by the Company or a Related Entity without Cause or voluntarily by the Grantee with Good Reason within twelve (12) months after the Change in Control, provided in each case that the Grantee executes a general release of claims in favor of the Company or the Related Entity in the form provided by the Company or the Related Entity.
12.     Effective Date and Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated. Subject to Section 17, below, and Applicable Laws, Awards may be granted under the Plan upon its becoming effective.
13.     Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan .
(a)    The Board may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Company’s stockholders to the extent such approval is required by Applicable Laws.
(b)    No Award may be granted during any suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

13


(c)    No suspension or termination of the Plan (including termination of the Plan under Section 11, above) shall adversely affect any rights under Awards already granted to a Grantee.
14.     Limitation of Liability . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
15.     No Effect on Terms of Employment/Consulting Relationship . The Plan shall not confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the Grantee’s Continuous Service, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the right of the Company or any Related Entity to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.
16.     No Effect on Retirement and Other Benefit Plans . Except as specifically provided in a retirement or other benefit plan of the Company or a Related Entity, Awards shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement plan of the Company or a Related Entity, and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind or any benefit plan subsequently instituted under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation. The Plan is not a “Pension Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
17.     Stockholder Approval . The grant of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted excluding Incentive Stock Options issued in substitution for outstanding Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws. The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options under the Plan prior to approval by the stockholders, but until such approval is obtained, no such Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable.
18.     Unfunded Obligation . Grantees shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company. Any amounts payable to Grantees pursuant to the Plan shall be unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Neither the Company nor any Related Entity shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special accounts with respect to such obligations. The Company shall retain at all times beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations hereunder. Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust or any Grantee account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Administrator, the Company or any Related Entity and a Grantee, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Grantee or the Grantee’s creditors in any assets of the Company or a Related Entity. The Grantees shall have no claim against the Company or any Related Entity for any changes in the value of any assets that may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.
19.     Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

14


20.     Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of the Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of Awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
21.     Governing Law . This Plan and any agreements or other documents hereunder shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware to the extent not preempted by federal law. Any reference in this Plan or in the agreement or other document evidencing any Awards to a provision of law or to a rule or regulation shall be deemed to include any successor law, rule or regulation of similar effect or applicability.

15
Exhibit 10.5(b)

MENLO THERAPEUTICS INC. 2018 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION AWARD
 
Grantee’s Name and Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
You (the “Grantee”) have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Option”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), the Menlo Therapeutics, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) attached hereto, as follows. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice.
 
Award Number
 
 
 
 
 
Date of Award
 
 
 
 
 
Vesting Commencement Date
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise Price per Share
$  
 
 
 
 
Total Number of Shares Subject
to the Option (the “Shares”)
 
 
 
 
 
Total Exercise Price
$  
 
 
 
 
Type of Option:
   Incentive Stock Option
 
 
 
 
 
   Non-Qualified Stock Option
 
 
 
 
Expiration Date:
 
 
 
 
 
Post-Termination Exercise Period:
Three (3) Months, subject to Section 5, 6 and 7 of the Option Agreement
 
Vesting Schedule:
Subject to the Grantee’s Continuous Service and other limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule (the “Vesting Schedule”):
[Vesting Schedule]
During any authorized leave of absence, the vesting of the Option as provided in this schedule shall be suspended after the leave of absence exceeds a period of three (3) months. Vesting of the Option shall resume upon the Grantee’s termination of the leave of absence and return to service to the Company or a Related Entity. The Vesting Schedule of the Option shall be extended by the length of the suspension.




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Notice and agree that the Option is to be governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement.
Menlo Therapeutics, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
By:
 
Title:
 
THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE SHARES SUBJECT TO THE OPTION SHALL VEST, IF AT ALL, ONLY DURING THE PERIOD OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE GRANTEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS NOTICE, THE OPTION AGREEMENT, OR THE PLAN SHALL CONFER UPON THE GRANTEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE AWARDS OR CONTINUATION OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE GRANTEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY OR RELATED ENTITY TO WHICH THE GRANTEE PROVIDES SERVICES TO TERMINATE THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, AND WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE. THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT UNLESS THE GRANTEE HAS A WRITTEN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH THE COMPANY TO THE CONTRARY, THE GRANTEE’S STATUS IS AT WILL.
The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Option Agreement, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. The Grantee has reviewed this Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement. The Grantee hereby agrees that all questions of interpretation and administration relating to this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement shall be resolved by the Administrator in accordance with Section 13 of the Option Agreement. The Grantee further agrees to the venue selection in accordance with Section 12 of the Option Agreement. The Grantee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated in this Notice.
 
Dated:
 
 
Signed:
 
 
 
 
 
Grantee





Award Number:    
MENLO THERAPEUTICS INC. 2018 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT
1. Grant of Option . Menlo Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the Grantee (the “Grantee”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the Total Number of Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms and provisions of the Notice, this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.
If designated in the Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. However, notwithstanding such designation, the Option will qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code only to the extent the $100,000 limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded. The $100,000 limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is calculated based on the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by the Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company). For purposes of this calculation, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the shares subject to such options shall be determined as of the grant date of the relevant option.
2. Exercise of Option .
(a) Right to Exercise . The Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Grantee shall be subject to reasonable limitations on the number of requested exercises during any monthly or weekly period as determined by the Administrator. In no event shall the Company issue fractional Shares.
(b) Method of Exercise . The Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice (a form of which is attached as Exhibit A) or by such other procedure as specified from time to time by the Administrator which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the whole number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other provisions as may be required by the Administrator. The exercise notice shall be delivered in person, by certified mail, or by such other method (including electronic transmission) as determined from time to time by the Administrator to the Company accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Grantee must also make arrangements with the Company for payment of any tax withholding obligations.
(c) Taxes . The Company or any Related Entity shall be entitled, if necessary or desirable, to deduct and withhold (or, in the sole discretion of the Company, secure payment from the Grantee in lieu of withholding) the amount of any tax withholding due with respect to this Option. In the [Company’s] [Grantee’s] sole discretion, such tax withholding may be accomplished by the withholding of Shares which would otherwise be issued upon Option exercise to the Grantee in an amount whose Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld (provided the amount withheld does not exceed the maximum statutory tax rate for an employee in the applicable jurisdictions or such lesser amount as is necessary to avoid adverse accounting treatment).
3. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Grantee; provided, however, that such exercise method does not then violate any Applicable Law and, provided further, that the portion of the Exercise Price equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law:
(a) cash;
(b) check;
(c) surrender of Shares held for the requisite period, if any, necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes, or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;





(d) payment through a “net exercise” such that, without the payment of any funds, the Grantee may exercise the Option and receive the net number of Shares equal to (i) the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Fair Market Value per Share (on such date as is determined by the Administrator) less the Exercise Price per Share, and the denominator of which is such Fair Market Value per Share (the number of net Shares to be received shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares); or
(e) while the Common Stock is listed on a national stock exchange or a national market system, payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (i) shall provide written instructions to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (ii) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction.
4. Restrictions on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws. If the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 5, 6 and 7 of this Option Agreement is prevented by the provisions of this Section 4, the Option shall remain exercisable until one (1) month after the date the Grantee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice.
5. [ Termination or Change of Continuous Service . In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates, the Grantee may, but only during the Post-Termination Exercise Period, exercise the portion of the Option that was vested at the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”). The Post-Termination Exercise Period shall commence on the Termination Date. In no event, however, shall the Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice. In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee, Director or Consultant to any other status of Employee, Director or Consultant, the Option shall remain in effect and the Option shall continue to vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice; provided, however, that with respect to any Incentive Stock Option that shall remain in effect after a change in status from Employee to Director or Consultant, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following such change in status. Except as provided in Sections 6 and 7 below, to the extent that the Option was unvested on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Option within the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option shall terminate.
6. Disability of Grantee . In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee may, but only within twelve (12) months commencing on the Termination Date (but in no event later than the Expiration Date), exercise the portion of the Option that was vested on the Termination Date; provided, however, that if such Disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following the Termination Date. To the extent that the Option was unvested on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. Section 22(e)(3) of the Code provides that an individual is permanently and totally disabled if he or she is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.
7. Death of Grantee . In the event of the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her death, or in the event of the Grantee’s death during the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the person who acquired the right to exercise the Option pursuant to Section 8 may exercise the portion of the Option that was vested at the date of termination within twelve (12) months commencing on the date of death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). To the extent that the Option was unvested on the date of death, or if the vested portion of the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.]
8. Transferability of Option . The Option, if an Incentive Stock Option, may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Grantee only by the Grantee. The Option, if a Non-Qualified Stock Option, may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, provided, however, that a Non-Qualified Stock Option may be transferred during the lifetime of the Grantee to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may designate one or more beneficiaries of the Grantee’s Incentive Stock Option or Non-Qualified Stock Option in the event of





the Grantee’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator. Following the death of the Grantee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised (a) by the person or persons designated under the deceased Grantee’s beneficiary designation or (b) in the absence of an effectively designated beneficiary, by the Grantee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Grantee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and transferees of the Grantee.
9. Term of Option . The Option must be exercised no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice or such earlier date as otherwise provided herein. After the Expiration Date or such earlier date, the Option shall be of no further force or effect and may not be exercised.
10. Tax Consequences . The Grantee may incur tax liability as a result of the Grantee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. THE GRANTEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.
11. Entire Agreement: Governing Law . The Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nothing in the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties. The Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement are to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of Delaware to the rights and duties of the parties. Should any provision of the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.
12. Venue and Jurisdiction . The parties agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for Delaware (or should such court lack jurisdiction to hear such action, suit or proceeding, in a Delaware state court) and that the parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court. If any one or more provisions of this Section 12 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.
13. Construction . The captions used in the Notice and this Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of the Option for construction or interpretation. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
14. Administration and Interpretation . Any question or dispute regarding the administration or interpretation of the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be submitted by the Grantee or by the Company to the Administrator. The resolution of such question or dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.
15. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown in these instruments, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.
END OF AGREEMENT





EXHIBIT A
MENLO THERAPEUTICS INC. 2018 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
[COMPANY
ADDRESS]
Attention: Secretary
1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, [DATE], the undersigned (the “Grantee”) hereby elects to exercise the Grantee’s option to purchase shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Menlo Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”) dated [ ], 20[ ] and this Exercise Notice (the “Exercise Notice”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Exercise Notice.
2. Representations of the Grantee . The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has received, read and understood the Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
3. Rights as Stockholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.
4. Delivery of Payment . The Grantee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 3(e) of the Option Agreement.
5. Tax Consultation . The Grantee understands that the Grantee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Grantee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Grantee represents that the Grantee has consulted with any tax consultants the Grantee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Grantee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
6. Taxes . The Grantee agrees to satisfy all applicable foreign, federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations and herewith delivers to the Company the full amount of such obligations or has made arrangements acceptable to the Company to satisfy such obligations. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Grantee also agrees, as partial consideration for the designation of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option, to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days of any disposition of any shares acquired by exercise of the Option if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Date of Award or within one (1) year from the date the Shares were transferred to the Grantee.
7. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. This Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Grantee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
8. Construction . The captions used in this Exercise Notice are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this Exercise Notice for construction or interpretation. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
9. Administration and Interpretation . The Grantee hereby agrees that any question or dispute regarding the administration or interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Grantee or by the Company to the Administrator. The resolution of such question or dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.





10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of Delaware to the rights and duties of the parties. Should any provision of this Exercise Notice be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.
11. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.
12. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.
13. Entire Agreement . The Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and together with this Exercise Notice constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nothing in the Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties.
Submitted by:
 
Accepted by:
 
 
 
GRANTEE:
 
Menlo Therapeutics, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
(Signature)
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
Address :
 
Address :
 
 
 
 
 
[COMPANY ADDRESS]
 
 
 


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-222324 on Form S-1 and related Prospectus dated January 12, 2018 of our report dated October 29, 2017, except for the effects of the reverse stock split described in Note 2 and for the subsequent events noted in Note 12, as to which the date is January 11, 2018, with respect to the financial statements of Menlo Therapeutics, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in this Prospectus which is part of this Registration Statement.

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

San Diego, California
January 11, 2018